The Gang of Five
The forum will have some maintenance done in the next couple of months. We have also made a decision concerning AI art in the art section.


Please see this post for more details.

Show Posts

This section allows you to view all posts made by this member. Note that you can only see posts made in areas you currently have access to.


Messages - DaveTheAnalyzer

Pages: 1 2 3 ... 9
1
I didn't know where to put this and Rhombus recommended this part of the forum, so...

Since this forum is focused on a film and TV series with dinosaurs and other extinct animals as the stars, I thought the PBS Eons youtube channel might be relevant for your interests: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCzR-rom72PHN9Zg7RML9EbA

This is a educational youtube series supported by PBS that covers various extinct living things throughout history, the context of the environment of time that led certain life to flourish or die off, and and covers some aspects of hominid and human evolution. I have been watching the channel for a few years now and I love it. There is more than a bit of dinosaur content but I do recommend the rest, as the life and topics covered are fascinating and informative. I could imagine some wanting to make anthros of the armored fish. Warning, though, there are a lot of videos to catch up on if this really grabs you.

Here's a minute and a half video that introduces the channel that will hopefully give you a taste of it:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=__LyE_vX3sY

2
LBT Fanfiction / Re: We Will Hold On Forever
« on: August 09, 2019, 04:52:31 PM »
Thanks for the reviews. I have been anticipating posting these two chapters, for more reasons than one. Glad Wing Father’s appearance intrigued. His demeanor and his character will be elaborated upon as the story goes on. Glad there is interest in the gangs’ arcs. Let’s just say some of their struggles will influence their later actions.

I have really anticipated the reveal of the time freeze for a long while. Hey, the movies and TV series are called The Land Before Time ;). I can usually roll with the series’ Comic Book Time but this time, I thought I could use it to add some additional conflict. This isn’t just effecting the Great Valley but the whole world. Bron’s visits are mentioned and he, Shorty and everyone the gang knows outside the Great Valley must remain the same age if they keep meeting them as they are. I’m glad that Grandma’s realization over the time was effective. I went over it many times but I was a bit uncertain of it.

Also glad the lighthearted moments with Cera and Tricia and the tag the gang played were also liked. As I said before, as much as I like grim stuff and putting characters through the ringer, I also like the lighthearted and hopeful moments from the series and want to keep that (And likely will in other fics). 

3
Character Showcase / Re: Shorty Showcase - August 2019
« on: August 07, 2019, 06:37:44 PM »
Great drawing. All the tiny longnecks peeking out while Shorty pauses mid-bite gave me the amusing thought they’re little imps about to make their prey one of their own.

I don’t remember my first impressions of Shorty but I’m fond of him now. He is a character very much effected by his experience. Some of his hostile behavior can be seen as self-sabotage, as he got rejected by parental projects and doesn’t seem close to his former charges, so why bother trying. He doesn’t seem to have spelled out to Bron he wants the latter to be his adopted father. I surmise he doesn’t want to be rejected again and thinks their fond but somewhat distant association is the best it’s going to get but then whoops Littlefoot comes into the scene. Fortunately, Littlefoot’s kind enough invite him into the family (Bron and his bond with him is a bit cricketty, with the showing versus telling clash of Bron’s character but this isn’t a Bron thread.). Shorty would be grateful but I suspect that feeling of inadequacy would continue with Littlefoot’s reputation something Bron would be proud of. Still, with the right upbringing I’m sure he can grow to be more confidant and secure.

At his best, I think he would still have that edge but be a spunky, mischievous brother Littlefoot could play and roughhouse around with. Teasing would be part of his repertoire. I once looked up Shorty’s kind and they grow bigger than Littlefoot’s, so I have the amusing headcanon he would teasingly request to be called “big brother” to mess with Littlefoot, whatever ages the two are. I can see him being friends with Cera with their similar demeanor but I think he could be good friends with Spike. They are both adopted brothers (and green :p), so I can see them relating and Spike even helping him with his issues. Spike’s laidback disconcern with social norms can help Shorty relax about how he’s perceived and if he measures up. Plus, he and Spike can be mischievous. The pranks they and Cera can get up to…oh god.

For fanfiction with Shorty, I do have a few ideas with him in ensembles and featuring him. One involves the gang’s parents being de-aged back to kids for a week and Shorty having fun with that with Bron. I might put him through the wringer in some stories because for certain characters, I show love with torment, but one thing I will never do is give Shorty a sad death. I’m not much about killing characters in general but he is an instant “Nope!” for me. Even one idea I have where Littlefoot passes on in old age and meets him in the afterlife is more for the warm fuzzles. All in all, I want him to go on to have a happy life.

In the sadly unlikely event LBT continues I hope he returns. I’m not happy he wasn’t present in 14, but I would keep Etta and Wild Arms (And I have a headcanon to get around the inconsistency of his absence). Those two would be more members of Bron’s herd Shorty could bounce off of in amusing and interesting ways (and more how he gets along with Littlefoot and the gang).

4
Character Showcase / Re: Spike Showcase - July 2019
« on: August 07, 2019, 05:52:14 PM »
One of my favs. A month late posting but I can’t resist talking about my fondness of Spike. He is a disability-coded character and as an autistic person, I can see something to relate to. I have come to appreciate him when I revisited the series a few years ago. He is laidback and silly, and pretty unashamed about marching outside of social norms while being pretty likeable about it. That can get him into trouble, like when he eats other people’s foods or is focused on eating in the middle of danger. Still, he is pretty friendly to his friends and others.

His bond with Ducky is sweet, and often the heart or an important part of a film or episode. I like Spike and Chomper bond as sniffers in one episode. I think they would get along very well as the youngest of the group. Despite Cera’s derision of him joining the group in that deleted scene in the first film, I think they do and can grow to get along well, with Spike’s laidback tendencies calming Cera and both of them having a tendency for mischief. I can see their mud pool trips with Ruby and Tria as time to bond more. I can see the gang coming to appreciate Spike’s laidback attitude as they grow up, as a wise thing to do after all the drama they get involved in.

While his “Through the Eyes of a Spiketail” episode mightn’t be great in execution, I do appreciate and like the concept. It does show nonverbal people often have as complex thoughts and inner lives as everyone else. I just consider him hearing Cera and Littlefoot and Topps and Mr. Thicknose’s arguing as nonsensical sounds as his way of tuning it out, having long grown annoyed by/used to it. I do wonder if speaking for Spike is more challenging than just not wanting to. He only does it two times due to direct danger and he and his friends get into a lot of danger. In the episode where Littlefoot and Cera argue about the frozen watersweets, he thinks in frustration he knows where they are but doesn’t vocalize it. Maybe speaking is a challenge for him. Even if he can’t become completely verbal, I’m sure he can find other ways like some kind of spiketail sign language to communicate and his friends presumably would become more familiar with what he is trying to get across when they’re more grownup.

The episode saying his smells come out as songs to him does provide me with the amusing headcanon that when he eats during dangerous situations, the smell was like a siren song to him. I’m kind of sad Spike hearing his smells doesn’t become a meme, with pop songs and other music like “Absolute Destiny, Apocalypse” from Revolutionary Girl Utena being pasted into clips of that episode and others. 

Writing him as part of an ensemble in fanfiction can be challenging when he isn’t directly involved. I keep having to remind myself to at least give one moment a page or every few pages so he doesn’t disappear from the scene. Hopefully, I’m doing him okay. I want him to be part of the group in stories, not a character only added in grudgingly because he's part of the canon.

5
LBT Fanfiction / Re: We Will Hold On Forever
« on: August 04, 2019, 03:54:48 AM »
FF.net Link: https://www.fanfiction.net/s/12535668/20/We-Will-Hold-On-Forever

--

We Will Hold On Forever

by

DaveTheAnalyzer

Chapter 20: Take Your Time Part 2

Cera prowled through the grass around Tria with a menacing smirk.

“I’m going to get you, Tricia,” she said.

Tricia squealed and ducked behind Tria’s tail, peaking over with anticipation. Cera stalked closer. She jumped around the tail. Tricia yelped and ran, Cera not far behind her. They passed in front of their parents, Cera hearing Tria failing to stifle her giggles. Tricia disappeared from sight around their father but her laughter made it easy to follow.

“You can’t run forever, Tricia.” Cera growled. “Soon, you will be in my belly!”

Tricia cried out, sounding more than delighted at the thought of being eaten. This sincere joy made Cera’s heart rise. The first thing that happened when Cera woke up was Tricia bouncing close to her, begging her older sister to play with her. Normally, being awakened made Cera grumbly but seeing Tricia so happy made it not last long. After they had their morning meal, Cera played sharptooth with Tricia, not even minding playing the bad guy again. They circled around their parents, Cera finding it a bit repetitive but loving it. On one run, she glimpsed her father’s distracted, miserable look. Cera’s stomach squelched but she put down those thoughts about yesterday before they even started and ran even faster after Tricia. 

After a few laps around their parents, Cera built up speed and tackled Tricia, the two rolling before Cera ended up on her back with Tricia pinned to her big sister’s stomach. Tricia gasped. Cera smirked.

“I’m sorry, did I say in my belly? I meant on my belly!”

With that, Cera squished Tricia against her tummy. Tricia laughed as she flailed out, her ticklish wiggles caused giggles to escape from Cera. Tricia weaponized this, and with a mischievous smile, wiggled more to get Cera to laugh. They wrestled for a bit before they tired out and rested, Tricia still held in Cera’s forelegs. Tricia snuggled against Cera’s stomach.

“Cera…” Tricia said.

Cera smiled. Really, it was good to have a sister. Her only other remaining sister had long since grown and was busy looking after her twin children but Cera got to experience sisterhood again with Tricia. The toddler had an open, unjudging zest for life that made Cera able to cut loose. She didn’t have to put on any airs around Tricia. It was relaxing and Cera wouldn’t have it anyway other way. She pressed a foreleg around Tricia.

“Sister.” Tricia murmured.

“Yes?” Cera asked, smiling at being addressed that way but Tricia was looking around.

“Sister?” Tricia asked.

“What is it?” Cera said, confused. Was Tricia talking about her or not?

Tricia gazed about more, also confused, appearing to be struggling with how to say something.

“Sis – sis – sister.” Tricia frowned and blinked before hitting upon something. “Sisters! Ah! Sisters?”

She looked up at Cera questioningly, who was flummoxed.

“What about sisters?”

Tricia threw her eyes to their surroundings once more before looking at Cera. “Sisters?”

Cera stared, uncomprehending. Then a jolt went through her. She suddenly knew what sisters she was referring to. Cera had trouble meeting Tricia’ eye.

“Our sisters from a few days back, they are…” Cera gulped. “They won’t be back.”

Tricia tilted her head, too young to understand. Cera squirmed.

“That was a onetime thing,” she continued. “You can’t…none of us will-” The clench in her stomach became painful. “Look, can we not talk about this?”
   
Tricia shook her head. Tricia pawed at her but Cera rolled over, depositing Tricia on the grass and facing away from her. She felt Tricia paw at her pack.

“Sisters! Sisters!”

“They aren’t around.” Cera said. “Stop! Leave me alone!”

Cera pressed her forepaws into her ears. Tricia patted to Cera’s front, pawing at her frill. Cera glimpsed Tricia staring at her, stricken, saying “sisters, sisters” again and again. Cera tried to block out the sound, hating that she was treating Tricia like this, but the reminder of her lost sisters was too painful for her. The altercation got their parents’ attention.

“What’s going on?” Mr. Threehorn asked.

“She wants to know where the…other sisters went.” Cera closed her eyes. “I – I can’t deal with it. Get her off my case.”

Mr. Threehorn stiffened. After a moment, he forced himself to his feet and nosed at his youngest daughter.
   
“Come over, Tricia,” he said.

Reluctantly, Tricia patted away, sitting with her parents.

“You see, your other sisters have – been gone for a long time.” Mr. Threehorn said. “They – they are not here anymore and-”

Mr. Threehorn fell silent. After a moment, Tria took over, voice gentle as she spoke to an unsure Tricia but she sent a mixed look to Mr. Threehorn as she did so. Mr. Threehorn tried to listen but he looked away, eyes on the grass. Cera was barely aware of this, her back to her family, forepaws to her ears and full of shame.

*Some threehorn I am.*

Cera gritted her teeth. Why couldn’t she face these past anguishes? She was a threehorn, she should be able to face anything. Yet the minute a tough topic like this came up, she turned and muffled her ears like a scared baby. What example was she being to Tricia? On the other hand, she couldn’t help being annoyed. Why did her younger sister have to bring up the past in the first place? It was over and done, so why couldn’t she let it rest. Cera knew she was being unfair but she couldn’t help it. Why was everyone so focused on looking back? Even she got to it as well, when she felt guilty about her past actions. She felt her chest cool. She had to be tougher than this. She had to double down on being able to take anything. She couldn’t let this weakness get to her.

Her thoughts were cut off by another voice joining the muffled murmurs. Reluctantly freeing her ears, Cera looked around and saw Lizzie had appeared out of a hole, calling over to get Mr. Threehorn and Tria’s attention. Cera brightened. It had been awhile since she hung out with Lizzie. She would pop over and play with them, though it wasn’t as often as Cera liked. Cera went over, planning to hail Lizzie, when she saw the worried look on the tiny longnecks’ face.

“What’s going on?” Cera said.

Lizzie started, forcing a smile. “Hey Cera. How have been you been? It’s nothing much, just talking with your folks and…” She looked down. “Well, I’m here to tell them that the old flyer Don went after Ruby, Chomper, and Petrie.”

Cera stared. She felt as though the air had been punched out of her. “No. You’re kidding me.”

“They are fine but poor Chomper got kicked.” Lizzie replied. “Petrie’s mother and some other dinosaurs scared Don off. It – seems they aren’t only going for Littlefoot.”

“Petrie’s mother sent her here to tell us we should go meet with Littlefoot and his grandparents.” Tria explained. “Her plan is to have all your friends and their parents get together so you can be protested.”

“So we’re going to be gathered up and protected like shiny stones,” Cera said, grimacing. “Great.”

“We are not going to go along with this, Cera.” Mr. Threehorn said, lips pressed together. “Tria and I can protect you ourselves. We can take anything these Anchors give us.”

“What are you talking about, Topsy?” Tria demanded. “Do you remember how hard we had to fight Verter before he died? With them revived and given power by this Wing Father, it’ll be even harder if we face one of these Anchors, never mind four.”

“Four?” he repeated. He blanked for a second before he shook his head. “You – you’re right. Better to be safe than sorry. I don’t know what came over me.”

Cera and the others stared at him. This was the second time her father lapsed back to his old attitude in the last few days. What was going on? Tria shook her head.

“I’ll go and drop Tricia off to your eldest daughter before rejoining.” Tria said. “Come Tricia, it’s time for you to see Dinah and Dana again. Your big big sister will have to look after you while your mommy and daddy take care of this important job.”

“Now Tria, you don’t have to do that.” Mr. Threehorn said. “Stay with Tricia and the others. Don’t get involved with this dangerous business.”

“With these Anchors, we’ll need all the help we can get.” Tria replied. “I’ll see you two later.”

Tricia was even more confused as Tria got her to walk onward but didn’t appear put off about visiting the rambunctious twins again. Cera’s heart lurched a built as Tricia left.

“Well, see you all later.” Lizzie said. “Remember, Cera and her friends can always take shelter in our tunnels if they need to.”

Mr. Threehorn nodded. “Give Big Daddy my regards.”

With that, he turned and walked off, Cera following. She barely glimpsed Lizzie watching their retreating forms before she popped back underground.

“Well…at least I can see my friends again.” Cera muttered.

“This isn’t a fun excursion, Cera.” Mr. Threehorn said. “You’ll have to stay close to make sure no one can take you. There won’t be a lot you can do so you won’t risk yourself, okay?”

“Yeah, yeah, I get it.”

Mr. Threehorn noted Cera lower her head, the slight encouragement that had been rising in her snuffed out at his words. He felt like kicking himself.

*When am I going to stop screwing up as a father?*

He tried to shake himself from these doubts. He had been doing a terrible job keeping his personal problems to himself ever since his dead family came back. He should be strong but these tragedies and struggles were grounding him down so much he couldn’t even comfort Tricia. Why was he becoming so inept? Was Verter right and the Great Valley was making him weak? He had to do better than that. He to work harder to push down his struggles, so his family could live a happier life.

Relief flooded Mr. Threehorn when the pair finally reached Littlefoot and his grandparents’ nest. The rest of the children were present, huddled around Littlefoot a few feet from the grandparents and Mama Swimmer, eyes to the ground and miserable. Cera picked up her pace to settle into the grass beside them, seeing her friends’ expressions and souring. Mama Swimmer surveying their surroundings nervously with Grandpa and Grandma Longneck. Mr. Threehorn was just wondering where Mama Flyer was when the flyer in question flapped in and landed with a sigh.

“My kids have been moved to my former mate’s nest,” she said. “He isn’t happy about this, but he will make sure to look after them.”

“We make do with what we can.” Grandma Longneck said. “I assume Tria is dropping Tricia off to your eldest daughter, Mr. Threehorn?”

Mr. Threehorn nodded. “She’ll turn back up when she’s done with that.”

“Good.” Grandpa Longneck closed his eyes. “Then once she returns, we can start our watch.”

Mr. Threehorn was momentarily nonplussed. Though he had seen Grandpa and Grandma longneck at the end of their rope before, the shame in their expressions was completely new. If even they were feeling the strain, what did that bode for everyone else?

To distract himself, he examined their surroundings. They were sitting in a wide clearing on a hill. On either side of them were a forest while to the back and front of them was open grassland, giving them a good look of the valley. That was good, Mr. Threehorn thought. This would give them a good handle of their surroundings. The number of trees to the left was small enough that terming it as a forest was stretching it, but these were so tightly wound together no one larger than Don could hide in them. The deeper forest on the right went downhill and someone would have to run fast to get up and catch up to them. Even with whatever powers they had, it would still take more work for those Anchors to move quickly uphill. Mr. Threehorn nodded to himself. This area was as safe as could be. He settled by the other parents, finding himself keeping his eyes to the sky. Meanwhile, Cera, looked Littlefoot up and down.

“What’s got you so down in the tar pit?” she asked.

“A lot.” Littlefoot averted his gaze. “Sorry for getting you guys involved in this.”

“Hey, you do not need to say sorry about what you shouldn’t be sorry for.” Ruby said.

“This just mean Wing Father’s fault.” Petrie said.

“We do not blame you.” Ducky said. “Really, really.”

Spike nudged Littlefoot’s shoulder with his snout. The others nodded. Littlefoot squirmed. He didn’t feel he earned their goodwill. He had been eating silently with his grandparents when Mama Flyer came with Ruby, Chomper, Petrie, and the big intimidating whiptail longneck and explained what happened. The Anchors were going after his friends to get to him. Even though he knew it didn’t make sense, he couldn’t help but feel guilt, that his adventuring ways with his friends were responsible for their current predicament.

Eventually, Tria came into view, warm smile a bit tired.

“Tricia is in good hands,” she told them. “At least Dinah and Dana will distract her with their mischief.”

“I’m glad to hear that.” Grandpa Longneck smiled. “Now we must start the watch, and plan how to counter the Anchors.”

“Can we counter them?” Mama Swimmer asked. “It doesn’t sound like those people have a weakness.”

“Everyone has a weakness.” Grandma Longneck replied, a bit sharply. She took a breath to calm herself. “Even the most powerful. We just need to find what it is.”

“How?” Mr. Threehorn said. “It’s not like it’s going to be somewhere obvious.”

“We investigate.” Grandma Longneck said. “Know the enemy. If we know who they are, we can beat them. We’ll talk to people who knew them or saw them. We already have Mr. Thicknose on it. Granted, his demeanor has become strangely dryer recently and that could affect his ability to talk with people, but he’s doing what he can.”

“So you are suggesting we also have someone else ask around?” Tria asked.

“Exactly.” Grandpa Longneck said. “We need to learn more about the Anchors, if and when their behaviors changed, if they expressed any fears they haven’t before. We’ll need someone to talk with those who have had contact with Patty and Verter and see what they can say.”

“A bit late for that.” Mr. Threehorn snorted. “Their herd ran off as soon as they finished filling their stomachs this morning, remember? I’m relieved only a few valley dinosaurs took the coward’s way out and joined them in getting out of here.”

“I admit, we kind of overlooked that. We could send Petrie’s mother to talk with them. Even if they walked at top speed, they couldn’t have gotten too far from the valley.”

“You want to send her to Mysterious Beyond?” Petrie asked. “But it dangerous. What if there more Anchors there, ones that can fly?”

“Don’t worry, I can handle it.” Mama Flyer said. “I was about to make the suggestion anyway. I’ll make sure to have some backup with me, Petrie. I’ll be fine.”

“O-okay.” Petrie said. “Be safe.”

Mama Flyer smiled and looked at the other grownups. “I’ll be onto it now. See you after the bright circle passes the middle point in the sky.”
   
She took off, disappearing over some trees, Petrie watching with mixed emotions. Cera kicked a pebble.

“So we are going to be guarded like shiny stones,” she muttered. “Great.”

“I know, dear.” Tria said. “But at least you get to be with friends.”

“Tria has a point.” Grandpa Longneck smiled. “Just because you’re being watched doesn’t mean you can’t enjoy yourselves, within reason.”

“Should we be having fun now?” Ducky asked. “It is harder to have fun with scary things around, it is, it is.”

Spike nodded, mumbling in uncertainty. Oddly, he wasn’t making eye contact with Ducky.
 
“But it’s not impossible.” Mama Swimmer said. “Why, I have seen you children have fun during very harsh times. It’s when times are tough that it’s important to enjoy life. I don’t know about Ruby and Chomper’s situation before coming here but I guess their parents gave them similar advice.”

“So it really is okay to play now?” Littlefoot said.

“You’re not tarred to your spots.” Mr. Threehorn shifted, gaze to the side. “Just stick close and don’t wander far, so we can keep you safe.”

“Play. Don’t hold yourselves back.” Grandma Longneck said. “We want you to be careful, but we also want you to have a childhood. Don’t waste it.”
   
Something in that tone moved the children. Littlefoot thought back to the previous hard times in his life, especially his journey with his friends to the Great Valley. They had managed to have some fun then. Even if he was depressed a bit, wouldn’t it be better if he had fun now, especially with his friends with him? His grandparents pleading expressions made him square his shoulders.

“Well, what are we waiting for?” he asked. “It would be a waste to – ow!”

For Cera went over and gently bonked Littlefoot on the shoulder. The others stared until she skittered forward and back in a chasing fashion.

“Well, aren’t you going to run?” she asked. “Tag’s no fun when they don’t run.”

“What?” Littlefoot shook his head. “We have already done tags a lot of times, why don’t we – hey!”

For Chomper had bumped at his shoulder with his fist, smiling.

“Then let’s have two people do the tagging,” he said.

“I was just about to say that.” Cera’s caught Chomper’s eye, who exchanged smirks. “It would be a lot of fun to get away from more than one tagger at the same time. Everyone better start running.”

“But you tagged Littlefoot.” Ducky said. “I thought he would be it.”

“That was an example. We two are still the taggers and everyone are the tagged.” Cera bowed her head. “So – run!”

The others were still for a moment, unsure. Then Cera placed a foot forward and they scattered with giggles. Cera and Chomper looked around before deciding to chase Ducky, the three running toward the small collection of tightly packed trees, the taggers playfully bumping their shoulders together to dislodge their competitor.

“You can’t escape, swimmer!” Cera growled.

“No,” Chomper said, putting on his own growly voice, “You can’t escape me!”

Ducky giggled. “It is so hard being popular, it is, it is.”

They were gaining on her, only a foot but as she almost got too close to the packed trees, she was saved when Spike walked passed and scooped Ducky up with his head, quickly moving out of the taggers’ reach.

“Hey, riding on Spike is cheating!” Cera said.

Ducky giggled, both she and Spike hesitating when they made eye contact but smiling as she patted him in appreciation. “You did not say no one could ride on other people, no, no, n-”

She yelped when Chomper got up an extra burst of speed and tagged them both. There was a groan of disappointment as Ducky slid off. But then she and Spike looked at each other with mischievous faces and ran for Cera and Chomper, who yelped and ran parallel to the packed trees attempting to balance on the slope of the hill, panting.

“You just had to tag both of them.” Cera said.

“I didn’t think this through, okay.” Chomper said.

“Hey, remember what I said about not going far?” Mr. Threehorn called out. “Get back here!”

“Oh, sorry, sorry!” Ducky said.

Jumping, the four slowly turned direction and ran back to the parents. Soon Ruby ran in and Ducky looked at her and cried for Spike to move forward. Despite being the fastest of runners, Ruby was going slower so she wouldn’t speed past the safety of the parents. She laughed as they came closer.

“This is so weird,” she panted. “Real danger is so scary but when we play it, it is fun.”

“That’s because it’s pretend, duh!” Cera said, running alongside her. “Pretend danger is always more fun than real danger!”

The gang ran around, moving in circles in front of the parents and even running between them, the role of tagger switching back and forth. Ruby got struck and her fast movement made her a quick threat the gang had to really run from. Despite flying, Petrie got tagged when Ruby reared onto her toes and tapped him. Petrie appeared put him out until he realized his position as flyer and flew after his friends with all the playful menace he could muster. Eventually, the game devolved, with more than two people becoming taggers at once and they were all running in circles and almost into each other. Littlefoot took a moment to rest on the edge of the chaos and smile fondly at the scene. They were being silly and having a ball. After all the struggles he had been through, he felt this was worth it. He was so happy about the current moment, he didn’t realize everyone turned to him with ominous grins until they started slinking toward him.

“Uh-oh,” he said.

They pounced. Littlefoot turned to run but he only took a few steps when they piled onto him. Littlefoot laughed.

“Hey, that’s not fair,” he said. “Are we even playing tag anymore?”

“You always get away too easily,” Cera teased. “Now we’re making up for it.”

With that, they pressed their hands and forefeet on him with a unifying cry of “tag!” Frowning, he shoved back with his own body, saying “tag!” They pushed back and forth on who should be it, quickly devolving into silly mayhem./The others started tagging Littlefoot in a ticklish way, and Littlefoot did so return, making quick use of his forefeet and even hind feet. Littlefoot was having fun, his giggles mixing in with the others. Littlefoot gradually noticed he couldn’t find any pink that indicated Ruby’s presence. It confused him but he didn’t think much about it until Cera pushed him down and his sideways gaze was of Ruby whispering to his grandparents.

Littlefoot stared. Ruby’s back was to Littlefoot and his friends. She gesticulated as she spoke, his grandparents’ features twisting with horror. The other parents were too busy watching the gang’s antics or the surroundings to notice. Before he could understand what happened, Spike pulled him up with his forelegs with a mischievous chuckle and they collapsed into a wrestling pile. Though Littlefoot’s laughed as he fought against them, the image of Ruby and his grandparents’ brief exchange was burned in his mind.

*What was that about?*

She and Mama Flyer had explained what happened in the altercation with Don. It had horrified Littlefoot and his grandparents but what could be so important that Ruby didn’t talk to his grandparents until everyone was distracted? Maybe she was discussing the full details of the encounter, like if Don did something even more violent or maybe how Anchor bodies worked after dying? That sounded like it, but his grandparents’ reactions didn’t quite match that information…

Ruby appeared to finish and sprinted to the others.

“I hope there is enough space for me to give less space to Littlefoot,” she called.

Cera raised her head and grinned. “Don’t worry. There is plenty to go around.”

Littlefoot hesitated. Still, he chuckled as Ruby joined the pile and the silly tag game. He decided not to question Ruby. Everyone needed time to cope with bad stuff and it would be courteous not to bring it up with her. Those details weren’t his place anyway, especially if it was about Anchors’ bodies might work. That could be gross. Leave it to the grownups. He felt guilty his grandparents had to deal with such intense challenges but he was too tired to be demanding about it now. With that, he aimed to tag Ruby with some extra ticklish pats and have his worries melt away in the roughhousing that followed.

--

Littlefoot lay with his friends, all of them pressed together. The night circle hung in the dark sky. Littlefoot heard the snores of his friends, tired but content. They played a lot today. Once the gang got over their silly version of tag, they played toss the seed, kicked around a rock that caused each of them to yelp every time they hit it, and hide and seek, taking advantage of the limited space set forth by Mr. Threehorn to hide among their parents. It caused much amusement while Mr. Threehorn almost scolded them for distracting him from watching the surrounding. They continued playing throughout the day, only stopping to eat and rest, their moods rising more and more.

All the while, the parents murmured among themselves, trying to puzzle out the mystery of Wing Father and his Anchors. When evening neared, Petrie was relieved when Mama Flyer returned. The gang had slowed their play to eavesdrop but the grownups spoke too quietly for them to hear. The parents looked uneasy but the gang made sure not to think too much about it. Mama Swimmer eventually left to search for information and give Mama Flyer a chance to rest. When bedtime was announced, the gang gathered together, their exhaustion making it easy for them to wink out one by one. Currently, Littlefoot could hear the grownups whispering about who would take the first night watches. He let his mind wander, thinking about this was how life should be. He looked forward to the fun they could get up to tomorrow and hoped they would continue to get up to it in the many cold times to come…

Littlefoot didn’t know when he fell asleep but the next thing he was aware of, he had started and found himself awake. His friends were still snoring around him. He felt a cool tightness around his heart. He shook his head and shifted to get in a better position, avoiding the upsetting thoughts that accompanied that cool feeling. He lay there, hearing keen only to become aware of the shifting of an enormous body.

“I’m worried about Littlefoot.”

Littlefoot’s stomach squelched. That was his grandma speaking. Littlefoot opened an eye slightly and glimpsed Grandpa Longneck turning to her.

“That’s only natural. The dangers Patty and the others present can only make you worry.”

 “You know that’s not what I’m talking about.”

There was silence. Grandpa Longneck sighed.

“I knew that having another go at raising a child would be filled with just as many challenges as the first time,” he said. “Only after the last several cold times have I come to appreciate it. We haven’t been doing a good job. I suspected mortality would be a struggle for Littlefoot but we haven’t prepared him enough.”

“We should have seen it coming.” Grandma Longneck murmured. “Even during those first few days of ghosts, he was showing the strain. I thought he was struggling to comprehend this strangeness like we all were. But those struggles were of a more personal nature. We should have caught them earlier.”

“Yes,” Grandpa Longneck said, “maybe then, we could have helped him. Whenever our words did help him, though, something happened to further throw him off.”

“And when we said the wrong thing…oh, I could see him further slipping away. I don’t know what to do.”

Littlefoot glimpsed his grandparents nuzzling each other.

“I don’t know as well.” Grandpa Longneck said. “I didn’t expect him to blow up like he did with Mr. Clubtail’s death. We shouldn’t have kept pushing him about the circle of life. We should have been more delicate with him last night about his connection with his mother. Instead, we fumbled horribly. Why do we keep messing up like this?”

“We shouldn’t keep going on this grim track.” Grandma Longneck said. “At – at least we got Littlefoot away from Patty before anything could happen.”

“Yes. He is safe with us. They can’t take advantage of his great resentment. We can always do better next time.”

The grandparents nuzzled again. Littlefoot closed his eyes. In addition to everything else, he was bringing misery to his grandparents. They were the best, always forgiving and patient. He kept taking advantage of that. He shouldn’t have snapped last night. When was he going to stop ruining their lives for himself? Before he could go further down that line of thought, his grandmother replied.

“Maybe that’s why they want Littlefoot. He always had a great passion, and with his anger at the circle of life, maybe those four think they could use that temptation to get Littlefoot to join their cause.”

Temptation? What temptation? Littlefoot stirred in unease. Was it about ending the circle of life? He wasn’t happy about the circle of life but he didn’t trust the Anchors and this Wing Father. Besides, he made that obvious. Was it related to what Ruby said to them? What would cause his grandparents to have that look of horror?

Eventually, Grandpa and Grandma Longneck woke up Mr. Threehorn and Tria so they could take their watch.

“Nothing out of the ordinary so far.” Grandpa Longneck said. “The children seem to be sleeping well.”

“That information Petrie’s mother got wasn’t of much help.” Mr. Threehorn grumbled. “’Patty talking to herself.’ That isn’t much to go on.”

“Maybe this Wing Father can speak in their minds, and they can hold conversations with him.” Grandma Longneck said. “After these last few days, it’s something we might have to accept. Anyway, keep an ear open for anything. In the meantime, we’ll rest and-”

It happened suddenly.

The collection of trees to the left creaked and several burst down as a shadow flung itself out at the gathering of kids. Littlefoot shot up, no longer bothering to pretend sleeping. Grandpa and Grandma Longneck and Mr. Threehorn and Tria got to their feet but the shape rumbled at top speed. Littlefoot barely had time to think, to even turn to wake his friends. He could only watch helplessly as that dark shape loomed larger, rapidly closing the distance over to them…

Then passed and ran into the forest. Littlefoot sat there reeling, left untouched. A pair of screams rend the air and he turned and noticed two of his friends missing. Mama Flyer woke up and joined the other standing parents while Littlefoot’s friends started awake and looked around in alarm.

“Oh no.” Mr. Threehorn said, eyes wide. “Cera!”

“And Chomper.” Tria’s started running. “Follow, kids!”

At once, the four other parents took off. Littlefoot followed in their wake, and the others staggered after, moving quicker as sleep was drove out of them by the realization of what happened. Grandma Longneck reared back to fling her tail under their feet and slide them onto her back. Despite their large weight, the grownups covered a great distance, dodging around the trees, crashing some over so as not to delay. The grass flew under them and the stars above winked in and out of sight. Cera and Chomper continued screaming, terror in their voices, putting enough drive in the grownups’ run that they began to see the tail of a fleeing threehorn flicker in the darkness. Mr. Threehorn ran ahead, roaring.

“Verter!”

Verter laughed, slightly muffled but mocking into the night. Snarling, Mr. Threehorn put in more speed and thrust his horns at Verter’s backside. Verter staggered but kept on going, lashing his tail out and striking Mr. Threehorn in the face. Mr. Threehorn cried out, staggering more dangerously than he should from what should be a light blow, but he thrust himself back on all fours and shook his head, a bruise growing on the side of his head. Tria caught up and she took turns with her husband ramming their horns into Verter’s flesh. Verter grunted and lashed his tail out, not reacting much to the stabs to his backside. Mama Flyer zoomed down, slashing in and out of view at his face with her beak and talons, but no red came out. Verter continued his strike back with his tail but Mr. Threehorn and Tria dodged more easily and he could only take so much before it messed with his balance and he toppled down. Cera and Chomper were flung into in the air. The adults stopped running, their feet digging up earth so they wouldn’t topple over Verter. But the Cera and Chomper sailed through the air screaming, passing near the great treetops. Mama Flyer hastily flew out to catch them but she was too far away and they were rapidly arcing down toward the ground…

“Cera! Chomper!” Littlefoot shouted.

Another figure ran into view. Mama Swimmer dived, catching Cera and Chomper in her arms, landed on her back and rolling. She got to her feet and quickly went to the parents.

“Here, Grandma!”

Mama Swimmer placed them among Littlefoot and the others. Cera and Chomper lay on their knees, shaking, eyes darting about as fear and uncertainty fought for dominance. Their friends closed protectively around them.

“It’s okay, it’s okay, you’re with us now.” Littlefoot said.

“The grownups will protect us.” Ducky said.

Verter got to his feet and the parents stepped back as they glared, gazes burning with the promise of hurt if he approached.

“I was just coming along to report back what I learned.” Mama Swimmer’s eyes narrowed. “Looks like I came just in time.”

“You have some nerve trying to steal my daughter and Chomper under our nose, Verter!” Mr. Threehorn snapped.

Verter chuckled as he turned to them.

“You were the one with the nerve,” he said. “Guarding the children on one side out in the open with trees on either side? You were asking for them to get kidnapped.”

“What are you planning?” Tria demanded. “You were planning to hold them hostage for Littlefoot, weren’t you?”

“Yes, holding Cera and Chomper would be advantageous in a way.” Verter’s eyes glittered. “I would be holding under my toe the two responsible for my death.”

“Don’t you dare blame them for that!” Mr. Threehorn snarled. “You were kidnapping them. This is all on you.”

“Ah, but who was it that gave me permission to train them but you, Topps old pal.” Verter replied. “Even when you had doubts about their capability, you decided it was worth the risk. You didn’t watch long enough to make sure I wasn’t doing anything untoward to them.”

Mr. Threehorn was thrown. “I thought I could trust you – wait, how do you know that?”

“I’m more observant than you think.” Verter said. “That is the crux of the matter. Even when you had qualms, you didn’t step in and put your foot down. For all your bluster, can’t you see how the valley has made you weak?”

“You’re wrong!” Mr. Threehorn said, though a flicker of doubt went across his dark eyes. “I stopped you then – and it’s what I’m doing now!”

“But now you wouldn’t have four undead dinosaurs going against you. You wouldn’t be in this situation if you still had your pride.” Verter’s smirked. “Though mind you, you picked a new mate that is just as weak-willed.”

Tria’s eyes narrowed. “I always suspected there was something wrong with you.”
 
“You never did anything about it.”

“You tricked us! I thought you were our friend.”

“And that’s where you always fail,” Verter said. “You always must make amends so as not to disturb the peace. You’re weak. You might present yourself as flirtatious and brave but all it takes is a few strong wills to break you down.”

“Why should I listen to you?” Tria said.

“Because I know who you are.” He stepped forward. “When the valley determined to exterminate the Tinysauruses, did you stand up against it? I bet you didn’t. You went along with the hysteria and it didn’t occur to you they might be wrong.”

She winced. “I - I am ashamed of that. But I planned to do better -”

“Did you get better? With me, you crumbled before my reasoning.  You couldn’t even stand up to my will despite your knowledge of the ‘limits’ of children. You couldn’t keep your family together. Tell me, as a first time mother, is this what you imagined you would be doing?”

Tria opened and closed her mouth, unable to form words. Despite herself, uncertainty came into her expression. While distracted, Verter charged and rammed her aside, leaping up for the children atop Grandma Longneck’s back. The gang screamed as those blue eyes came closer. Grandma Longneck’s tail slapped Verter away, and Mama Swimmer ran in, slamming her elbow into his neck, making him Verter stagger back, annoyed. Mr. Threehorn pulled Tria back to her feet.

“Are you alright, Tria?” he asked.

Tria pushed him away. “I’m fine. I’ve faced worse blows out in the Mysterious Beyond.”

Mr. Threehorn stepped back, staring at her with concern. Verter laughed.

“Quiet, as you should be,” he said. “It will be worth it to give you what you deserve in the end.”

“Enough.” Grandpa Longneck said sternly. “Mr. Threehorn and Tria are better than you ever could be. You won’t sleight them.”
   
“Why a supposed savior like Wing Father would resurrect someone like you I don’t understand.” Mama Flyer said. “How does this demonstrate what you are doing is noble?”

“There needs to be enforcers.” Verter replied. “Sometimes you have to make tough alliances to do what must be done.”

“Is that what Wing Father is telling you/” Mama Swimmer snapped. “I have heard Patty, Don, and Tega have been talking to themselves more than usual, as though they are having a conversation with someone. Maybe Wing Father is also talking in your head? Is he telling you what to say right now?”

For some reason, Verter shifted and averted his gaze. “I can explain the logic of our group myself. But there are a lot of things that can’t be explained. Topps sliding back, for example. Whenever you think he gets better, he comes back to his old grumpy, stupid ways. He just doesn’t seem to learn his lesson. Isn’t that strange?”

“Everyone slides back.” Grandpa Longneck said. “Sometimes, it takes many attempts to adjust to a new way of living.”

Verter laughed. “Nice try, but I know the answer. I can see with Topps old habits die hard but I know that isn’t the case.”

“You don’t know Mr. Threehorn as well as you think.”

“You would be wrong. I already know why he’s like this. I know more about the situation than you do!”

“What is it?” Grandpa Longneck demanded, tone harsh. “It isn’t a good look for a supposed world savior to behave like a child!”

“Temper, temper.” Verter said. “We must address other matters first. For example, Cera - how are your cousins doing?”

Cera flinched. She cringed down, looking away when he looked at her.

“You don’t need to answer, Cera.” Grandpa Longneck said. “He’s only planning to play with your mind.”

“It’s a sincere question.” Verter said. “Are they the same as usual?”

“I – I – I don’t know.” Cera said. “They didn’t seem that much different from when I last saw them.”

“Not much different.” Verter murmured. “Isn’t that interesting? In all this time, they haven’t changed or improved much in talking at all. How much time has passed?”

“What? What does time have to do with anything?” Grandpa Longneck asked, baffled.

“Yeah.” Mr. Threehorn said. “You’d better not be thinking of harming my grandkids, Verter!”

“Pipe down, they’re only an example.” Verter said. “I’m just wondering – how many Times of Great Giving did you have? Nibbling Days? Visits from that longneck squirt’s papa?”

“How should we know?” Mama Swimmer said. “We haven’t been keeping track.”

“Come on, you’re parents. You must be marking the time as your kids grow. Tria must have been with a few of those holidays, even some of those only recently celebrated. How many cold times has it been since you all came to the Great Valley?”

“What is this about?” Mama Flyer said.

“Indulge me.” Verter smiled innocently. “Come on, some of you. What could be the harm?”

A few of the grownups glared. They didn’t trust a thing of what he could be proposing, and saw the ominous anticipation right through his innocent act. Nevertheless, Mama Flyer and Grandma Longneck turned inward to start calculating. The rest had their eyes on Verter, waiting for any sudden moves. Even in their fear, a few of the gang also tried to count, Ducky ticking off her fingers, though they kept losing track so much they gave up. Mama Flyer and Grandma Longneck frowned, as though they ran across an error in their calculations, and started over. After several moments, they stopped and counted again. They were beginning to look nervous.

“No…” Mama Flyer said. “There must be some mistake.”

“Figured it out?” Verter asked.

“I must be miscounting.” Grandma Longneck said. “That can’t be the number.”

“W-what is it, dear?” Grandpa Longneck asked, tearing his eyes from Verter briefly to cast a concerned glance at his mate.

“Yes, what is getting you so concerned?” Verter said.

“No.” Mama Flyer shook her head. “I won’t say it. It’s wrong, it makes no sense.”

“Won’t accept what, Mama?” Petrie said.

“But it doesn’t add up.” Grandma Longneck said. “Otherwise – that would mean-”

“W-why is counting suddenly so scary?” Ducky asked.

“What’s got you all worked up?” Mr. Threehorn asked. “Just spit it out, already.”

“We can’t.” Grandma Longneck said. “It’s just too preposterous.”

“How?” Littlefoot asked. “Grandma, what is it?”

“For once, I agree with Topps and the little longneck.” Verter said. “Come on, you can do it. Say it.”

“It’s just – no.” Mama Flyer shook her head. “I refuse to accept this.”

“Say the number!”

There were flinches. Mama Flyer and Grandma Longneck’s gazes wavered, not wanting to meet anyone’s eye. But then Grandma Longneck closed her eyes and took a deep breath.
 
“Twenty,” she said.

“That’s right.” Verter said. “Time has stopped. It’s been twenty cold times since you arrived in the Great Valley. You have been the same age this entire time.”

For a moment, there was silence. Everyone stared, minds blank, feeling a whoosh in their stomachs like missing a step on a climb. There was the shush of a gentle wind and the sound of branches waving in the air. Then Littlefoot shook his head.

“What are you talking about?” he said. “It’s you and the other Anchors who have stayed the same. Patty said she was dead for twenty cold times. None of you can age. That’s why she always had to move from herd to herd.”

“Is that what she said?” Verter asked. “Or did you just think that up yourself and she went along with it?”

“She…” Littlefoot wracked his brain for when she said it yesterday, only to realize that wasn’t what she said at all.

“But that doesn’t make any sense.” Grandpa Longneck said. “Seasons still pass. There are still cold times and warm times. If time really has stopped, we wouldn’t have those.”

“Let me clarify.” Verter said. “It is like the same cold time is restarting over and over again. The seasons still pass and the weather might be different each time, but people don’t grow or change.”

“Now that’s nonsense.” Mr. Threehorn said. “Chomper was born and grew up during our children’s time in the valley. Ducky’s mother’s many children, Dinah, Dana, Tricia, so many kids have been born and grown since we came to the valley. Time can’t be stopped if kids are still born and growing.”

“Yes, Chomper has grown.” Verter replied. “But has your dear Cera and her friends grown with him?”

“Why, sure, they-” Mr. Threehorn stopped, looking unnerved. “Sh-sharpteeth just grow more quickly, that’s all.”

Verter chuckled. “Nice try. That’s the problem, isn’t it? Children are still born and they do grow…but it stops, doesn’t it? At some point, they just remain adorable little toddlers, struggling to smush words together. That does lead to things like Chomper seeming to grow up faster than the other kids.”

“Ah.” Petrie said. “That – that do explain why Spike grow so quickly after being born on journey to valley.”

Spike murmured his reluctant agreement, eyes to the side, unsettled.

“But we have grown too.” Ducky protested. “We are much bigger than when we met on our first adventures, we are, we are.”

“That was when only Patty became one with Wing Father. Some growth is allowed when he has only one connection with the world. After Tega died from the Great Valley fire, that changed.”

“Stop this! We are bigger!” Littlefoot shouted. “A few cold times back, I couldn’t reach a branch from the Tree Sweet tree on Nibbling Day but by the time the day came around again, I grew tall enough that I could eat one of them off the branch.”

Verter laughed. “Is that your measure of how you’ve grown? Comparing yourself to a tree? You do realize trees grow too. Their branches grow up, out – and even down.”

Littlefoot flinched. He looked down, starting to shake.

“It – it just takes forever for children to grow.” Tria said. “Yeah. Becoming an adult takes a while and it can feel like a long time.”

“Yes. Though-“ Mr. Threehorn hesitated. “I don’t remember my eldest daughter taking this long to grow.”

“Me neither.” Grandma Longneck said. “I don’t think we spent that much time raising Littlefoot’s mother. It was long but compared to how long we have been raising Littlefoot-”

“Exactly.” Verter said, pouncing on this. “Isn’t it strange these kids are able to have so many adventures in the short time of childhood? Each time they go off, you parents have let down your guard. If it was happening so much in a short amount of time, wouldn’t you be alert all times in case your kids sneak off again? Some time, a lot of time, must pass for you to let your guard down enough so they could slip off again. Then again, you could be incompetent parents but even that’s unbelievable. This change has been in front of you the whole time, but you never noticed it.”

This pronouncement was greeted with silence. Everyone’s eyes were wide. Littlefoot looked down, remembering the words of the first sharptooth. "Even you haven't noticed the greatest terror – the one that has been staring you in the face this entire time." That was what he meant. They have stopped growing and time wasn’t moving on. They had never noticed but when they did, they would be terrified. Littlefoot and his friends looked at each other uncertainty. He even spared a glance to his grandparents. Nothing was out of the ordinary – they were just as he always knew them. There were a few minor changes, but Littlefoot could have met them for the first time now and there would be barely any difference.

And that was precisely the problem.

“When I said I wasn’t in any hurry to grow up,” Littlefoot said, shaking, “I didn’t mean like this.”

“I thought my two horns were coming in late.” Cera said. “I just thought it was late development or something.”

“No wonder our brothers and sisters never changed much.” Ducky said.

Spike nodded anxiously, and mumbled his agreement

“Each star day that passed, we stayed the same.” Ruby said, “I have had so many…why didn’t any of us notice?”

“How could any of you?” Verter said. “When you’re a kid, it feels like childhood will be forever. The effect of Wing Father is to make sure you don’t passively notice. That’s what I mean when I pointed out good old Topps and other people keep snapping back in their mental growth. You can only change as a person so much before you revert back to who you are. All of this was done by the simple presence of three Anchors. Think of what the effects will be now that all four of us around.”

“Of course.” Littlefoot said. “That’s why Hyp and his friends keep being mean again.”

“And why Chomper and some of us are still struggling with the same old struggles.” Ruby said. “We have dealt with them, but Wing Father’s influence means we snap back and have to deal with them again.”

Mr. Threehorn’s mouth was opened. “So…that means we’ll be the age we are…stay the people we are …forever?”

Verter’s smirk widened, “Well…let’s just say I wouldn’t expect any growth spurts from your children anytime soon.”
 
A distant buzzing came over Littlefoot. Some of his friends also started shaking. They loved their childhood – the play, the laughter, the friendship – they wouldn’t trade it for anything. But the prospect of never reaching adulthood, remaining as they were, was too much for them.

“That’s not fair.” Cera whispered. “I’ve looked forward to growing up, seeing what I can really do with three horns. You – you can’t take that from me!”

Chomper shook his head. “I don’t want to be small forever!”

“Me want to be strong and brave like Mama and Uncle Pterano.” Petrie said. “So me can’t be that?”

“Not if Verter and his Anchors get their way.” Ruby glared. “You are robbing everyone of the ability to change into better people!”

 “No need to be mad at me.” Verter said. “Wing Father made the rules. I’m just delivering the message.”

“And that’s supposed to make us feel better?” Littlefoot snapped. “You’re part of something that’s making us suffer, taking away our futures. Of course we’re mad at you!”

Verter laughed. Few were surprised by that but there was a hysterical note that made fear curdle in Littlefoot’s stomach. Verter gave Littlefoot a wicked look.

“Robbing futures? That is rich, coming from you.” Verter said. “In fact, you should be thanking us. In a world without death, you won’t have to worry about losing anyone again. In fact, the word ‘again’ will be superfluous with your past.”

Littlefoot was vaguely aware that Ruby, Chomper, and his grandparents looked uncomfortable but he didn’t pay attention to that.

“What are you talking about?” he demanded.

“Feelings of loss will be a thing of the past.” Verter said. “Don’t you get what Wing Father’s effects are? I thought you would figure it out, especially with these ghosts-”

“Don’t listen to him, Littlefoot?” Grandpa Longneck cut in.

“He’s talking nonsense.” Grandma Longneck said. “He’s just trying to upset you.”

“What’s this?” Verter said, examining the grandparents with interest. “It seems some among your number already know what we’re going to discuss.”

The grandparents started. His friends and the other parents looked confused. For some reason, only Ruby and Chomper looked nervous. After a few moments, Petrie became nervous as well.

“What?” Littlefoot said, staring.

“It – it’s nothing.” Grandpa Longneck said. “As Grandma just said, he’s just trying to upset us. We should focus on driving him away.”

“But you seemed to interrupt just when I was about to reveal more about this situation.” Verter said.

“That is a coincidence.” Grandma Longneck said. “We have had enough of you tormenting Littlefoot.”

“Liar.” Verter laughed. His gaze flicked to Littlefoot and the others, smirk widening. “And a few of your friends seem to know as well. What a coincidence.”

Littlefoot started, and look at the friends who had been nervous

“Ruby? Chomper? Petrie?” he said. “What – what do you know?”

“It’s nothing.” Chomper said quickly.

“Everything just scary.” Petrie said, forcing a laugh “We only just-”

“Does this have something to do with what Don said to you?” Littlefoot said.

Ruby, Chomper, and Petrie froze. Ducky and Spike turned to the three in confusion, Spike making a soft questioning noise. Verter examined them with interest.

“Don?” he said. “So that flyer rushed in to have some fun too. It seems like they decided this information was too much for you, Littlefoot. How patronizing, especially since you have an important responsibility here.”

Littlefoot looked around at his friends and grandparents, expression uncertain. He shouldn’t be trusting whatever Verter said; he hurt his friends and planned to hurt all of them more. But his instincts couldn’t help but remind them of the suspicious talk he glimpsed earlier today…

“You don’t need to listen to him, Littlefoot.” Grandpa Longneck said. “Whatever truth there might be to his words, it would be used to manipulate us.”

“But what is he talking about?” Mr. Threehorn asked. “What do you know?”

“Yes, that’s right Topps.” Verter said. “This benefits you too.”

“Don’t engage with him.” Grandma Longneck said. “He wants to play us against each other. We mustn’t sink down to it.” 

“Sink down?” Verter said. “It’s your own fault we have to torment you to cooperate.”

“That you will sink to torment us to go along is all the reason for us not to cooperate.” Grandpa Longneck said. “Let us all remember Verter’s previous conduct, and that this Wing Father chose people like him. We are only protecting those we value and-”

“I saw Ruby talking to you two!” Littlefoot interrupted.

His grandparents’ eyes widened.

“You saw…?” Grandpa Longneck asked.

“While we were playing, I saw her speaking with you.” Littlefoot replied. He had a hard time meeting their eye. “I thought she was talking about how scary the meeting with Don was…but it’s more, isn’t it?”

The other parents stirred, gazing at the grandparents in confusion.

“I – I didn’t notice this.” Mama Swimmer said.

“Nor I.” Tria said. “I guess we were too busy watching the kids having fun.”

Verter chuckled. “That was their plan. Oh, your grandparents and friends have been hiding things from you, Littlefoot. Especially since it’s so relevant to your interests.”

“It has no relevance to him.” Grandpa Longneck said. “It is only an attempt to manipulate him. It would only make him more upset.”

“What is it?” Littlefoot asked.

“Littlefoot, it is okay.” Grandma Longneck said. “We are trying to protect you. This isn’t something you need to hear, especially now.”
   
“But I have been through a lot in my life.” Littlefoot said.

“Only more reason we don’t want you to go through any more pain than necessary.”

“Even if I want to learn? I – I don’t like it when you hide stuff from me.”

That made Grandpa and Grandma Longneck falter. Verter chuckled.

“It seems I will have to fill in where your grandparents failed.” He prodded his chin. “Where was I? Oh, yeah. I thought you would make the connection with the ghosts. Wing Father’s influence, which is also causing time to be stopped, is indirectly causing those ghosts and ghosts are the spirits of the dead from the past. You know what that means.”

“Quiet! Quiet!” Grandpa Longneck said desperately. “Don’t poison our grandson’s ears, don’t!”

“The dead from the past will also come back!” Verter continued. “Isn’t that great, Littlefoot? You can have a complete family again.”

All the air escaped from Littlefoot. He gazed at Verter, feeling outside himself.

“You’re talking about Mother,” he croaked. “Patty said death shall be stopped…and if that’s for already dead people too, then Mother will come back.”

Verter smiled in satisfaction. “That’s what your friends and grandparents were hiding from you.”

Littlefoot slowly turned to Ruby, Chomper, and Petrie.

“You all knew?” he asked faintly.

Ruby averted her gaze. “I was planning to tell you at some point. I just thought with your struggles, that some point shouldn’t be now.”

Chomper nodded. “She didn’t say it was going to be forever.”

“Were you really going to tell me though?” Littlefoot asked.

Ruby and Chomper started, and averted their gazes.

“Me didn’t know about this.” Petrie blurted. “Me just with Ruby and Chomper when they talk about it, and they told Petrie to keep quiet.”

“And you just went along, even if you didn’t know anything?”

Petrie shuffled guiltily. Littlefoot examined them with disappointment.

“Littlefoot, they just didn’t want to upset you.” Grandma Longneck said.

“After what happened last night, we didn’t wish to weigh you down.” Grandpa Longneck said.

“I’d understand that, but why didn’t you tell the rest of us?” Mr. Threehorn asked. “This is a big thing to hide. It’s something we should have known.”

“We didn’t want to upset any of you.” Grandma Longneck said. “We were having trouble wrapping our mind around it. If we told you this, you would likely be too upset to concentrate on watching the children.”

“You think I wouldn’t be upset when I found out you hid this from me?” Littlefoot demanded, a hint of anger coming in. “I’ve already been through so much. You could have told me.”

“It’s just that, Littlefoot.” Grandma Longneck said. “With all the stress these Anchors put you through, did you want to learn this fact that would put you in further conflict about their goals?”

“I – I don’t know.” Littlefoot shook his head. “What the Anchors are doing isn’t right but-” he closed his eyes, “Mother…I miss her so much.”

There was only silence as the grandparents watched him with grief.

“Do you really look down on us?” Verter asked.

“Of course we look down on you.” Littlefoot said, faltering. “Wing Father chose people like you. The sharptooth who killed Mother tried to kill us. If he told us about this time thing, then Wing Father must be connected to him. That makes him bad.”

“You are using your own morals to judge Wing Father.” Verter stepped forward. “For people who have never lived or died, don’t you think they would have different values on what’s important? He wanted to make sure you were ready. Even if you failed, him changing the world would have brought you and his friends back anyway. All of this is for the greater good of stopping death.”

“If he understands death enough to want to stop it, he should comprehend the pain he is putting all of us through.” Grandpa Longneck scoffed. “That is just an excuse for being cruel.”

“Are you really sure of that?”

Grandpa Longneck opened his mouth but uncertainty came to his and Grandma’s face.

“This is the path that must be taken. There are no other options now.” Verter continued. “A choice must be made, and there is only one choice now.”

“No, we refuse!” Grandma Longneck said. “This isn’t right.”

“Oh really. This is about stopping death. It is noble. You see the good in it, Topps old pal. Don’t you want to see your old family again?”

“Don’t you dare mention them!” Mr. Threehorn snarled. “What – whatever my feelings about them – what you’re doing is wrong and sick.”

“Yes.” Grandpa Longneck said. “You are tormenting us into agreeing to this. This is a big change. This is too much for one child to decide.”

Verter’s smirk widened. “Then it’s a good thing Littlefoot won’t be deciding alone, is it?”

Littlefoot suddenly became aware of his friends stiffening around him. The parents also became still, staring.

“What – what do you mean?” Mr. Threehorn said.

“I mean, Littlefoot isn’t the only who decides on this.” Verter said. “Others have to play there part. Fortunately, they are already gathered here now.”

Verter’s eyes fell on not just Littlefoot but all of his friends. Mama Swimmer’s breath picked up.

“No,” she said. “No, no, no, no, no. Not them. Oh please not them.”

“That’s right.” Verter said. “All of Littlefoot’s friends are also chosen.”

There was silence. Cera shook her head.

“This has got to be a joke,” she said. “You Anchors said that Littlefoot is needed for this. You didn’t say that anyone else is needed.”

“It started with Littlefoot.” Verter said. “He is pretty important but we needed more people for this role. Through him, we managed to find just those we need. How good is that?”

“This is not good.” Ducky said. “Does – does that mean you are going to go after all of us.”

“It’s a big responsibility, changing the world.” Verter said. “If you don’t cooperate, we will have no choice but to be harsh.”

“Guys.” Littlefoot whispered, shaking “I’m sorry. I’m sorry.”

“Forget about that!” Cera breathed hard. “This isn’t true. You’re messing with us. You’re just trying to manipulate Littlefoot into going along.”

“I took you and Chomper for a reason, Cera!”

“To make Littlefoot chase after us!”

“And bring two of the seven we need for the ceremony to change the world.” Verter said. “You can accomplish more than one thing with an action at the same time. That is what I was trying to do.”

“I – is this really true?” Chomper said. “To make us all change something as big as – I – I can’t even think of it.” 

“There’s a reason why the other Anchors were so scared of me having you.”

Ruby looked down. She remembered what Don said early this morning, about how Littlefoot’s other friends should come and watch, and his odd tone at the time. That must have been what he was talking about but he didn’t want to give the game away too early...

“You know the responsibility you have now.” Verter said. “It isn’t Littlefoot’s alone. Now come. The whole world is waiting.”

“No.” Petrie shook his head. “No, no, me no want to be in charge of something that big.”

“Don’t put us into this!” Ruby said. “We don’t want to hand over the world to anybody.”

Spike shook his head hard, whimpering. He panted, utter terror reflected in his violet eyes.

“What alternative do you have?” Verter asked. “Can you stop Wing Father? What can you do?”

“Stop tormenting our children!” Grandma Longneck said.

“How can you do this?” Mama Swimmer said. “Please, don’t subject our children to this.”

“This is too much for them.” Mr. Threehorn said. “They have been through enough. This could break them.”

“In the face of the greater good, does that matter?” Verter smirked. “We will have what we want, and that’s that.”

“We will stop you.” Grandpa Longneck panted. “We will find a way. There is always a way.”

“What can you do to someone who was never alive or dead? They are out of your reach. Even if you harmed us Anchors, it won’t do anything to him. By the time you can touch him, it will already be too late. Do you think if you wait long enough, he will go away?”

They stood there in silence. Verter stepped forward.

“If Littlefoot and his friends don’t agree to their responsibility,” he continued, “things aren’t going to go back to the way they were. Ghosts are going to continue appearing. They will torment loved ones and rivals, making them think they were always there until the truth is learned and they have to go away. People who have changed will continue to snap back in mental growth. None of you are ever going to physically grow. This is going to be how things are until those children make their decision. Any delay only leads to more suffering. That leaves only one choice for them.”

“No.” Tria said. “Don’t come any closer. Leave our children alone!”

“There must be something we can do!” Mama Flyer said. “There must!”

“Oh really. What can you do?” Verter said.

He continued to get closer. The parents backed away, utter terror on their faces. Littlefoot and his friends couldn’t think, minds blinded by fear. They didn’t want this but they didn’t know where to turn, where to run or how get out of this. They could only watch as Verter closed the distance with them, eyes glittering with malice…

A tail whipped into view, whamming into the ground, forcing Verter to step back.

“Verter, enough!” Patty’s voice said. She walked into view, glaring. “You are revealing too much too fast. You shouldn’t be acting on your own.”

“I’m just having some fun.” Verter said. “Don’t make everything boring.”

“This is much too cruel. Wing Father wouldn’t approve of this.”

“Is that what you think?” Verter stepped closer. “We have talked. You don’t know him as much as you think.”

Patty looked a bit uncomfortable but she glared. “Does Wing Father approve of what you’re doing?”

Verter hesitated, lowering his head as though listening to someone. He sighed.

“Okay, I’ll go. No use angering the master.” He turned and started away. He looked back. “This isn’t over. Soon, we will have you all.”

He vanished into the night. The parents remained tense. Patty didn’t move, watching them unreadably. Her gaze focused on Littlefoot, who looked away, anger, fear, and grief mixing in him.

“Isn’t it nice?” she said. “That you have all this extra time with your grandparents?”

She turned and walked away. Littlefoot started to shake. The revelation that time had stopped was horrible but if it hadn’t happened, he wouldn’t have had all these wonderful moments with grandparents. They would have passed, far sooner before he came to really appreciate their presence. Everyone was silent. Then-

“Mommy.” Chomper said. He looked down. “I have been away from Mommy and Daddy for so long. I thought it was awhile but cold times. I can’t take these scary things anymore.”

“Chomper…” Ruby said.

Chomper’s eyes filled with tears. “I want Mommy and Daddy, I want Mommy and Daddy! I don’t want to deal with this alone! I’m scared! Mommy! Daddy!”

Ruby embraced him. The others could only remain silent, his cries filling the air. They were at a loss, unable to comprehend and fearful of what had just been revealed. They were against a power that could stop time and development, and bring people back from the dead. Nothing was going to change if they resisted and the ghosts would keep coming. It filled many of them with fear and desperation. Was there anything they could do?

Next time…

Collecting the Seven Part 1

--

Note: I hope to post the next pair of chapters around October or November.

6
LBT Fanfiction / Re: We Will Hold On Forever
« on: July 28, 2019, 02:10:51 AM »
FF.net Link: https://www.fanfiction.net/s/12535668/19/We-Will-Hold-On-Forever

--

We Will Hold On Forever

by

DaveTheAnalyzer

Chapter 19: Take Your Time Part 1

In the cave that overlooked the Great Valley, four dinosaurs waited. Tega lay on the ground, chewing her piece of grass. Don perched on a stalagmite in the corner, rubbing his chin as watched the others. Verter stood near the cave entrance, eying the center circular stone impatiently. Patty stood near one of the cave holes that gave her a grand view of the valley. The bright circle was gradually setting in the west, obscuring the pinpricks of life moving down below in increasing darkness but her attention wasn’t on them.

“This day has taken many turns.” Patty said. “Littlefoot should be by our side, faithful to the cause. Instead, he turned against me. I admit, that’s partly my fault. I shouldn’t have got angry with him.”

Don snorted. “He always was a righteous sort. I suspect he would have found something to be offended by even if no one breathed a word of our more nefarious actions.”

“I surmise our plan isn’t to wait until he calms into a more listening mood.” Verter said.

“Of course not.” Patty said. “The adults will only find ways to further dissuade him.”

“There’s more than one way to persuade even the most reluctant.” Tega said. “We might have to take the – harsh approach.”

“You are not hurting the kids or their loved ones!” Patty said, rising up. “They have been through enough. What you’re suggesting is disgraceful.”

“We are just checking all our options.” Tega said. “For a better world, what do a few kids and their families matter?”

“It’s because of those few kids that I’m doing this.” Patty looked around. “I admit, I’m disappointed. I thought my fellow Anchors would be better people than this.”

“Funny you should say that. It’s not like you objected to the plan to kill the snooping threehorn and the longneck’s grandparents.”

“That’s-” Patty winced.

There was silence. Verter smirked. When her uncertain gaze fell on Don, he started and looked away. Tega slid onto her side.

“What I’m thinking is more subtle anyway,” she said. “Leading an all out brawl against a quarter of the valley would only throw further obstacles into our plans.”

“I can’t agree more, Tega,” said an ethereal voice.

At once, the four got up and stood in front of the center stone. A green light rose from the middle, widening and rising like flame and yet calm as the bright circle. A figure became visible amid the light, with features so foreign that anyone who clapped eyes on him would be barely able to comprehend him. Eyes as vivid green as the surrounding glow surveyed the four dinosaurs before him. The Anchors didn’t kneel, but their upright stance shown with a newfound reverence.

“Wing Father.” Patty intoned.

The being known as Wing Father inclined his head in return. “It was wise to retreat. We can’t simply clear out the obstacles and expect everything to fall into place. We just need to find another way to persuade them.”

Tega closed her eyes, pleased with herself. Disgruntled, Don spoke up.

“That would be difficult. We have already revealed ourselves. Everyone would just dismiss anything we say as the words of the delusional faithful.”

“Yes, a bit late for persuasion now.” Verter said dryly.

“Persuasion has different meanings depending on the context.” Wing Father said. “We just need to pace ourselves and reveal the right information at the right time, to show the options they have.”

Verter grunted. “I understand the slow burn of a plan but there are people down there that have wounded me. I don’t know how long I can wait.”

“Let your experience override your pride, Verter.” Patty replied. “As demonstrated today, hasty action only puts off desire.”

“Hmm,” he said. “Kind of like how your hasty action with Mr. Clubtail eventually led to panic in the Great Valley and Littlefoot rejecting you and the cause we stand for.”

Patty’s face contorted. “Don’t compare my actions to your play, you –”

Wing Father raised a calming hand, and Patty fell silent. She looked uncomfortable.

“Our passions have made us all hasty,” he said. “All we can do now is find a way to make good out of a bad situation. And yes, that includes some slow planning.”

Verter didn’t look pleased. To his surprise, Wing Father made an understanding expression.

“Please understand, I’m not unsympathetic to your plight. However…if you play this long game properly,” an eerie smile played across those lips, “vengeance is just as, if not more, rewarding.”

--

Evening fell over the Great Valley and yet not many were settling in for the night. By now, only the most reclusive haven’t heard of the altercations that took place earlier in the day. A crowd had gathered at the meeting circle to hear what the fuss was about. In the dying light of the great circle, shocked and uneasy murmurs were traded after Grandpa Longneck’s story. The reveal that Patty the teenage longneck was the culprit of Mr. Clubtail’s death had many of them reeling. That someone so young could do this was horrifying, especially to a few parents. What really got more shocked looks and hushed whispers was not only that Verter had apparently come back to life but the other three so-called Anchors were formerly dead as well. There was amazement and horror in most present but there was more than a few who were skeptical.

“Are you sure that’s what happened?” Hyp’s father asked. “I understand it must have been frightening but that glow…it could have been a trick of the light.”
   
Grandpa Longneck sighed. He and Grandma still had the scratches from the close call with the rockslide and combined with having done most of the recounting of what happened, the exhaustion made him look older than ever.

“I know after the ghosts, it is a lot to ask all of you to believe that more fantastic things are happening,” he said. “But it happened. The air was clear and the bright circle bright. The cave was well lit and Littlefoot remembered it all too well. Besides, Verter was there – Mr. Threehorn and Tria saw him die. That couldn’t be a trick of the light.”

Hyp’s father looked uncomfortable. “But everyone has been so stressed these past few days. I’m not passing judgement but with these betrayals, maybe you all thought you saw-”

“He is dead.” The spikethumb leader interrupted. “I sent a flyer to check his spot recently. There was a crater there and a lot of blood. Since it was more than any threehorn could have survived from…what other explanations could it be?”

She slid her gaze away, unsettled. There was silence.

“I understand why some are a bit skeptical.” Mama Swimmer said. “It’s unsettling enough the dead come back without bodies…now they’re coming back with them.”

“And the only major clues we have is Wing Father and this cave they’re so eager to protect.” Mama Flyer said. “Mr. Thicknose, do you know anything about it?”

Mr. Thicknose coughed, stepping forward. “Mm. I have familiarized myself with many locales and places of interest in the Great Valley, and this hollow in that particular mountain is the first I have heard of it.”

A young domehead nodded. “Over a night circle cycle back, I walked on a path near that mountain myself, to cool down from an argument with a friend. When I reached the peak, there was no cave there and the path didn’t even touch the peak.”

There were nods from a few dinosaurs who have been around that area. The spikethumb leader pursued her lips.

“The land is always changing.” Grandma Longneck said. “Still, this is unsettling. The Anchors seem very invested in that cave.”

“Patty and the others likely haven’t left the valley.” Grandpa Longneck said. “They still present a danger. They have attempted to kill twice connected to that cave, so I advise everyone not to approach it. With what they hint to be planning, we should be prepared for an attack. Big Daddy, Mr. Thicknose, would you be willing to lead the kids and adults to shelter?”

“Of course.” Big Daddy smiled slightly. “Your children are always welcome there.”

“For those of us who find those tunnels a bit stuffy, I can lead them to shelter in the caverns of the Great Valley walls.” Mr. Thicknose said.

“But um, if I may say something, Littlefoot’s grandpa, sir.” Guido hesitantly raised a feathered arm. “I don’t think those guys will attack us. They seem mostly interested in Littlefoot.”

Most eyes turned to Littlefoot, who started and looked down. So far, he had been mostly silent, just passively observing all the talk going on around him. Now it came back to him this whole plot had him as a major target. Guido fidgeted.

“Oh, I knew I was going to ruin the mood with that comment,” he muttered.

“No, someone was bound to bring it up.” Grandma Longneck reassured.

“Of course,” a spikeback sighed. “He always has to be the center of attention.”

“Hey, it’s not his fault they decided to target him, leave him alone,” said a squareshield.

Littlefoot was encouraged to see more than a few nods of sympathy. Grandma Longneck stepped forward.

“Patty is the most fanatical about wanting to recruit Littlefoot,” she said. “But the others are interested in him as well. Why do they see him as necessary for their plans?”

“Maybe it’s because of the kid’s reputation.” Attention turned to Pat, who smiled humbly. “I hope I’m not speaking out of turn but ever since the Great Valley became my home, I’ve heard a lot about Littlefoot and his friends’ exploits – keeping sharpteeth at bay, finding sources of food, helping the sick or endangered when there’s no one else around…they have built a reputation as those who values life and doing good. If the Anchors’ goal involves stopping death, well, whatever way they believe they can do it, Littlefoot is somehow necessary.”

“But the world isn’t bereft of good people.” Swooper said. “Out of all of them, why recruit a boy?”

There were a few whispers, as some speculated about the motive. The spikethumb leader just stared around. Some of her herd were trading incredulous looks.

“I don’t know.” Mama Swimmer said. “How will they do it? Can they really stop death?”

“Verter is back and they are pretty strong if they could start a rockslide.” Mama Flyer said. “That indicates some power.”

“Then…if they can stop death, then maybe it’s a good thing,” a pebbleback said hopefully. “Maybe we should let them change the world.”

“No!” Grandpa Longneck said. “Whatever we think of death, this Wing Father chose those were willing to do bad things and made promises that wouldn’t be good for anyone.”

There was silence. The pebbleback grimaced.

“How would you know?” he said. “These beings never lived or died – they might think differently.”

“That’s-” Grandpa Longneck hesitated. “We should learn more. But in the meantime, I don’t trust them with Littlefoot. Whatever powers they might have, we must be cautious and-”

“I have had enough of this!”

They jumped. The spikethumb leader stood with her head lowered. She looked up to reveal fear and anger mixed in her eyes.

“Listen to yourselves, debating about stopping death and having powers,” she continued. “How can you go on like this is normal?”

The rest of her herd nodded, looking at the meeting circle members with fear and amazement.

“You have dealt with the ghosts before.” Tria said. “Why is this upsetting you?”

“I didn’t see the ghosts. I don’t understand them but at least they seemed like a phenomena, like flying rocks and the weather.” The spikethumb leader replied. “This time, I see proof there are higher powers out there, with unknowable intents that could bring harm to us. I can’t take it.” She panted. “I thought the Great Valley was safe but it’s not. People have died nearly more than once and two of my herd members have outed themselves as part of this cult. I’m done here. I can’t leave my herd to experience whatever might happen. First thing in the morning, we are getting out of here. If anyone wants to, feel free to join us tomorrow.”

She turned and left. The rest of her herd stared at valley dinosaurs before turning to follow her back to their sleeping area. The rest of the meeting circle members was silent as the rumble of the herd’s feet disappeared into the distance.

“Erm.” Grandpa Longneck said. “I hope no one leaves but I would understand if you want to. Perhaps we should adjourn for now. Follow the warnings we mentioned earlier. Don’t approach the cave the Anchors lay claim to and be careful and stick in groups. If you see any of the Anchors, don’t approach or confront them, especially if you’re alone. Until then, let’s all turn in for the night and get some sleep.”

There were murmurs and nods, and everyone broke off into whispering groups. The grandparents went to where Littlefoot and his friends were standing. 

“You understand, don’t you Littlefoot?” Grandma Longneck said. “Until this issue is resolved, you must stay close to us, or a trusted grownup.”

“Okay.” Littlefoot said.

Mr. Thicknose called the grandparents over and they wandered off. Littlefoot saw them chat, his grandparents looking a bit puzzled as Mr. Thicknose spoke. His friends’ parents lingered but he could tell from how their eyes darted they wanted to get back home quickly. Most didn’t linger. Many meeting attendees disappeared into the darkness in groups, eyes darting about as they walked or flew along. Big Daddy waved for his children to follow him and they were almost jogging, looking around with practiced alertness before disappearing down a tunnel. Though there was nervousness and wariness among the departures, none had the fear and desperation the spikethumb leader’s herd had in wanting to get out of the Great Valley. That was encouraging. People who settled in the Great Valley were resilient like that. They weren’t going to abandon their home. Besides, even with all the dangers the Great Valley had, it was still safer in comparison to the Mysterious Beyond. Like with Big Daddy and his charges, most of the other families were especially quick in preparing to leave, wanting to get their children home safely. Among them, Littlefoot saw Hyp smirk at him.

“Need protection scaredy-egg?” he called. “I can give it to you – for a price!”

Hyp’s father, in the process of picking up treestars he gathered, stood up and glared. “Hyp, be quiet. Littlefoot is in real danger. Don’t make this any harder than it has to.”

“What, it’s a genuine offer.” Hyp said innocently. “I can take anything those Anchor weirdos got.”

Hyp’s father grabbed his son’s arm with his free hand. “Don’t be smart with me. I’m not having you make the other adults’ responsibilities harder.”

Hyp’s father dragged him off, making Hyp wince and stumble.

“Okay, okay, I get the message!” he snapped. “You can let go of me now!”

Hyp’s father removed his hand but slowed to watch his son closely. “Honestly, why do you keep making life difficult for everyone?” he growled. “Whenever I turn my back, I hear you showing your behind to the whole world and I’m getting sick of it…”

The words faded as the pair vanished in the dark and foliage. Littlefoot stared after them.

“I thought he had gotten better,” he said.

“Yes.” Ruby said. “He forgot his lesson again. That is odd.” She touched her chin. “Then again, change is easier said than done. Sometimes, some people find it hard to change at all.”

“That would be sad.” Ducky said. “I mean, I kind of like him and his friends when they are not being mean.”

Spike made a noise of agreement, looking at where Hyp and his father disappeared off to morosely. Cera’s lips thinned.

“Whatever it is, it probably can’t be fixed,” she muttered. “Not worth the trouble.”

Littlefoot surveyed her sadly. “You were worth the trouble. You’re now our friend. You changed so much since we first met.”

Cera faltered and gazed down. “Yeah, well…did I really?” she muttered.

That pricked Littlefoot’s curiosity. Before he could ask further, Mr. Threehorn and Tria called for Cera, and Mama Swimmer and Mama Flyer soon asked for the rest of his friends as well. That left Littlefoot to accompany his grandparents back to their sleeping spot. He noted how they turned their heads and surveyed their surroundings as they walked, on the lookout for anything dangerous. When they at last arrived at their nest, they lay down close on either side of him. Still, they had a hard day and Littlefoot soon heard their breaths take the soft rhythm of sleep.

Littlefoot closed his eyes but he couldn’t rest. He tossed and turned, groaning. His mind was in a whirl. In spite of himself, he thought about the day’s events. He had held it off in in the distraction of the meeting, but with only the insides of his eyelids to occupy himself, his mind couldn’t help but shift to the subject of Patty’s betrayal. Anger and grief combated in his chest. She had become his friend so she could help him with her goal. All their talks and games were to get him to cooperate with this Wing Father. She hid her murder of Mr. Clubtail and lied to him about what they were going to do in that tunnel. No matter her protestations, he had been a means to another end for her. It made Littlefoot’s eyes sting, and it was enough to make mourn for what was never there.

But she wasn’t gone. She and those other Anchors were in that cave, planning their next move. They had pretended to be friends to his friends and almost killed his grandparents and Mr. Threehorn, so they were willing to go far to make sure Littlefoot cooperated with them. He didn’t know how he was going to deal with seeing Patty again, especially since they were desperate to get that deathless future.

*But…would that really be so bad?*

Littlefoot shifted uncertainly. A lot of what the Anchors were doing was awful but pushing for a world with no death sounded noble. That would end a lot of suffering. His grandparents might be opposed but Littlefoot didn’t see a bad side to this. No more family separations, no more friends never seeing each other again. Everyone could just eat and play and explore in eternal contentment. It would be what Littlefoot wanted.

But does that excuse killing people to accomplish it? Mr. Clubtail would never live to experience this, and if the Anchors had their way today, neither his grandparents and Mr. Threehorn either. They worked so hard to keep this a secret – was it really because of fear that there would be pushback? Littlefoot could picture some people, particularly those like his grandparents who believe in the circle of life, would believe it’s a violation of how things are. He doesn’t like this but did that mean the Anchors had to kill in order to accomplish their goal? What further invalidated the apparent good will of that mission was that the likes of the cruel Tega and ruthless Verter were chosen as Anchors. Still, they weren’t going to give up on their goals, which wasn’t very good news for him.

*What if they go after my grandparents and friends?*

That was Littlefoot’s great concern. Since they were at least powerful enough to start a rockslide, the Anchors might be able to hold their own against his grandparents and other grownups in a battle. Patty said they always had energy. Maybe they could fight forever and wear his and his friends’ parents down. If the parents proved to be too much of a nuisance, the Anchors might kill them. That made his heart squelch.

*My grandparents are still recovering from the sharptooth’s beating. I could see them wincing from some of the bumps they got from the rockslide. That might make it hard for them to fight. And if Patty and the others don’t show mercy... What – what can I do?*

There seemed to be no good options – there was so much unknown about the Anchors. Could they be injured or tired out enough to surrender. Was there a way they could – Littlefoot’s stomach clench– be killed again? He wished the world wasn’t such that dinosaurs had to contemplate these thoughts. He wanted to protect those he loved but there was little he could do at his age. Maybe throw some rocks or lure people to dangerous cliffs but the majority of the fighting would be done by his delicate grandparents. Either Patty’s group got what they wanted and ruled the world or they were defeated at the costs of the lives of those he loved. This wasn’t like anything anyone dealt with before. Littlefoot just didn’t know what to do.

Feeling so cornered, he hugged his chest and turned to his source of strength and comfort, the presence that had promised to be with him in his heart so many cold times ago.

*Mother, will everything be alright? Maybe we can all make it out of this. Will that happen? I’m tired of losing people after you and Mr. Clubtail. What must Patty’s mother be thinking about what she is doing?*

Silence. Littlefoot never expected any verbal response but there had always been some sort of resonance to indicate he wasn’t alone. Littlefoot waited but several seconds ticked by where he felt nothing but cold in his heart.

*Mother, can you hear me? Are you there?*

Nothing. Shifting nervously, Littlefoot gripped his chest, attempting to lock onto that familiar presence.

*You’re not saying anything, Mother. It’s scaring me. Please say something, anything.*

He tried to keep his breathing calm but all he could find was absence, a horrible absence. He looked everywhere in himself, became aware of every feeling thrumming through him, and encountered nothing, no sign that resembled her presence, only a deep cold in his chest. He attempted to rub warmth in but that coolness remained.

*Mother? Mother?*

Littlefoot felt himself shake. His breathing shuddered and he felt tears start gathering in his eyes. He told himself he was being silly, he shouldn’t get emotional over something that was always conceptual, but he felt so alone and after everything he had been through, he couldn’t stop himself from crying.

“Littlefoot? Oh…oh.”

He became aware of a stirring on both sides and he felt his grandparents press their necks against him in comforting warmth. Guilty for waking them, he pressed his lips together but he could only settle for a few moments before more cries broke through.

“It’s okay…it’s okay.” Grandpa Longneck continued.

“We’re here.” Grandma Longneck murmured. “We’re here for you.”

That did bring some comfort to Littlefoot. He allowed himself to be soothed by their touch and gentle words, inhaling and exhaling slowly. After a while, he calmed his tears into nose-clearing sniffs. His grandma and grandpa stayed with him for a moment before drawing back, eyes full of sympathy.

“Don’t blame yourself.” Grandpa Longneck said. “After a day like today, it’s only natural to cry.”

“What Patty did was terrible.” Grandma Longneck said. “Even if it was only for a few days, you two were close. You have a right to be upset.”

“I – I know.” Littlefoot said, embarrassed his voice were still wet. “I don’t like it. But that’s not what’s bothering me.”

“Oh?” Grandma Longneck brought her head closer “What is it?”

“It…it’s just….” he gulped. “I can’t feel my mother anymore.”

His grandparents gazed at each other, surprised. This was the last turn they expected.

“She said she would always be with me,” Littlefoot continued. “And she was. But now…nothing. I just feel cold.”

Grandpa Longneck smiled comfortingly. “This is probably stress. I’m sure it’s temporary.”

“No, something’s different. I’ve…been feeling weird the past few days. When I looked for her after Mr. Clubtail died, she wasn’t there either. Does that mean she’ll…stay gone?”

“Your mother is not gone, Littlefoot.” Grandpa Longneck said. “She’s still with you, as she’s with all of us. However…”

“However?” Littlefoot repeated. “What do you mean, however?”

Grandpa Longneck hesitated. Grandma Longneck looked nervous. Littlefoot breathing started to quicken.

“You mean that’s what I have to look forward to?” he said. “Never even feeling her again.”

“No, of course not.” Grandma Longneck said quickly. “But your relationship with others don’t always stay the same. As time passes, the feeling for some doesn’t-” She stopped, looking unsure and uncomfortable.

“I lose that connection.” Littlefoot said. “But she’s my mother. How could that happen?”

“I – I don’t know.” Grandpa Longneck shook his head. “This is strange. But maybe this has something to do with you…not having been with her long.”

Littlefoot looked down. “So she is gone.”

“No, no.” Grandma Longneck said. “She is with you in other ways. The ways she taught you, your memories with her. No matter how old you get, she will always be an influence and you-”

“How is that better?” Littlefoot demanded. “At least this way, she was still there in a way I can feel. It was almost like before. But it’s gone, and I feel alone now. What good is it if I can’t feel her anymore? Will this happen with other people I lose? Is this part of your circle of life?”

“Littlefoot-” Grandpa Longneck warned.

“Don’t give me that! How is this fair? If my friends go, will it be like this? Where I feel them less and less until it was like they were never at all? I don’t want that to happen. Is that happening with Mr. Clubtail now? Will – will it happen with you?”

The conversation was quickly spiraling out of his grandparents’ control. They looked desperate to reassure him but they were scared over what to say, fearing messing up even further. Something in that expressions broke Littlefoot. He looked down.

“Of course. So that’s how things are,” he said. “When some people go, they go in all the way. You can’t even fight it. Of course it’s like this.”

He settled down, glaring at the grass.

“I hate all of this.” he said. “I hate the circle of life. I hate everything!”

He looked down, misery and bitterness pressed between his lips. All the fight went out of him. He sat there in resignation. He was barely aware of his grandparents watching him, expressions broken, wanting to help but him seeming just out of reach.

--

Ruby was darting about in front of the cave. She snatched treestars from branches, tree sweets from stems. If there was a bug crawling around, she bowed down or reached up to snatch it. Every once in a while, she paused and had a quick look-around, making sure no one else was around. When Ruby’s arms became full, she walked back to the cave entrance where Chomper waited, dumping and rearranging the offerings between them. 

“Here is what I could find.” Ruby said. “Sorry I couldn’t find more.”

“That is okay.” Chomper said. He grabbed a squirming black crawler and tossed it in his mouth. “You could have waited until Petrie’s mother came to get food, you know. I was worried to see you out in the open like that.”

“Well, eating is important,” she said, snagging some sweet bubbles and putting them into her beak. “It makes you happy. Being happy is as important as eating, right?”

Chomper gave an “Mmm,” chewing on the crawler remains. They sat together in silence, mouths occupied with eating. He found his gaze straying to Ruby. She chewing slowly, eyes tilted downward. Her mind appeared to be somewhere else, somewhere not happy. Chomper hesitated, but he didn’t like seeing her this way and they had to start somewhere.
   
“I’m sorry about what happened with Don,” he said.

“Oh. Thanks.” Ruby said. “It has been hard. It’s not the kind of hard thing you see coming.”

“It’s not your fault, you know.”

“Isn’t it? There were odd things about Don. If I paid attention to those odd things, then I could have stopped him and the others from almost killing Littlefoot’s grandparents and Mr. Threehorn. Not seeing this trick coming only reminds me of how much I still don’t know. I’m supposed to know more, and lookout for how the Great Valley works. It’s all to stop Red Claw. I’m not learning fast enough about them and the Great Valley.”

“Well,” Chomper said, “maybe next time you could learn more with us. Together, I’m sure we can come up with something. We could always ask our friends’ parents or Mr. Thicknose if we really need to know more about it.”

Ruby slowly turned and looked at him, gaze confused. Then she smiled.

“All this time, I expected I would have to help you often,” she said, “but just as often you help me. I’m glad you’re my friend, Chomper.”

Chomper grimaced and looked down. “Yeah, well, you still do a lot to help me. I don’t see that changing anytime soon.”

“Are you talking about Verter?”

“Yeah. It’s a bit scary he’s back. I don’t know how to deal with this Anchor thing. He was strong and powerful before but with how he helped with that rockslide…I’m not sure. If he goes after us-” He thumped a foot into the ground, anger and fear in his voice. “Oh, why can’t I do anything?”

“Hey, you are still useful, Chomper.” Ruby said. “Remember what I showed you yesterday with that sniffer? You were able to get the Anchors to reveal themselves. That shows how helpful you can be.”

“Mmm,” he frowned, scratching his chest. “Sniffing’s not very useful in a fight though. I hope the grownups can deal with this. I don’t know if I’ll ever be able to do much against Verter.”

He looked so down that Ruby decided to change the subject

“Let’s not talk about that now,” she said. “With all our friends’ parents focused on protecting them, Littlefoot’s probably alone now. We should visit him.”

“Can we really see Littlefoot?” Chomper asked.

“I don’t think Petrie’s mother or Littlefoot’s grandparents will mind.” Ruby replied. “Our parents aren’t around and we must stay with someone. Why not Littlefoot to cheer him up? The only problem is thinking of a way to do the cheering.”

He nodded, beginning to smile. “Maybe we can play some games. It feels like forever since we had fun.”

“All that bad stuff has made it actually be forever.” Ruby smiled. “This get together will be good for everyone. We make Littlefoot feel better and that makes us feel better too.”

“Yeah!” Chomper said with a trace of his old cheer. “I want to play toss the seed or swimmer and splasher with him. I’m sure that’ll put a smile on his face.”

“If we can’t find a seed, we can at least find a stone.” Ruby said thoughtfully. “But it needs to be a soft stone, something that won’t hurt if you kick it too hard. Something like a – a…”

“Ruby.”

Ruby and Chomper froze, terror in their stomachs. Slowly, they peeked their heads out, Ruby scolding herself for letting them sit in view like this. Don walked over from the distance, smile genial as he got closer.

“I’m surprised to find you here,” he said. “We have business to discuss.”

Chomper’s face contorted. “Get away from here, you monster!”

Faster than Ruby could react, Chomper got up and charged out of the cave, baring his teeth.

“Stop!” Don said, putting a hand out. “I’m not here to threaten. I just want to talk.”

Chomper stumbled to a halt a few feet in front of Don, but stood tense, giving him a side-eye.

“A likely story.” Chomper said. “You probably want to get us so you could lure Littlefoot.”

“I want to find a way to change the world reasonably.” Don replied. “I’m more intelligent than my fellow Anchors. They will become more aggressive. Violence isn’t always the answer.”

Ruby hesitated. She very much didn’t want to go out there within Don’s reach but Chomper was near him. Cautiously, she patted closer, touching Chomper’s shoulder to remind him of her presence and to be careful.

“You didn’t seem that bothered with violence when you tried to kill us,” she said.

“That was more for Littlefoot’s grandparents and the threehorn.” Don said. “Didn’t you notice how you were able to quickly get out of the rockslide’s range? Besides, the hurt wouldn’t have lasted long if we changed the world.”

“It wouldn’t last long?” Chomper repeated. “Are you saying Littlefoot and Cera would have forgot all about their parents in your world?”

“We are trying to stop death.” Don replied. “That is a worthwhile cause.”

“Not if we forget about those we love!” Ruby said. “Even if your world is noble, it’s not so noble when you can’t remember and share it with your family.”

“I believe you misunderstand how this resurrection works.” Don said. “We…have our reason for doing what we do.” His gaze wavered a bit but he continued. “Greater good require sacrifice. That is why some people would have to be put out of the way for the moment.”

“How can you say that?” Chomper demanded. He stepped closer “Then they wouldn’t have be able to enjoy this deathless world either. I don’t trust this. This is too weird.”

“Come, come, you would also benefit from this. Wouldn’t it be in your interest to not have to kill to eat, so you could stay with your friends and not worry about harming them?”

Chomper faltered. His gaze wavered, sharp teeth displayed in uncertainty. Don tried to keep his face sympathetic, but something like his old suspicion slid in, and he kicked Chomper away.

“Chomper!” Ruby cried.

Chomper cried out, rolling through the grass before stopping and curling in on his stomach. Ruby made to go after him but Don grabbed her arm. Glaring, she kicked at his legs but upon contact, pain thrummed through her foot and she fell to one knee with a cry. Don hadn’t so much as flinched.

“That wasn’t very wise,” he hissed.

She took a breath and glared. “I – I knew we shouldn’t have trusted you.”

“It isn’t wise to be lax around a sharptooth, even a young one.” Don said. “In the flock, sometimes you have to use harsh discipline on the youth for everyone’s survival.”

“Even if that includes kicking kids?” she said.

Don glared. Still, he relaxed his hold on her, at least enough so her arm wasn’t turning numb. He looked away.

“You misunderstand me,” he muttered. “I’m here to warn you. This is nothing compared what some of my fellow Anchors are planning. It would be best if Littlefoot came along quietly.”

“Is that your message of mercy?” Ruby asked. “To come along quietly, or else? This isn’t making your cause look any more good.”

“Do you not get it, girl? This is stopping death. Wouldn’t it be worth it if you don’t have to lose anybody while dealing with Red Claw or any other threat? You wouldn’t have to rush to learn so you could finish him. We would get everything we want. I will finally regain the respect I-” Don stopped and took a deep breath. “This will be paradise. There is no downside.”

“There is if you rob that opportunity for others by killing them. Others already lost loved ones, some from Verter. What about them?”

“Don’t you get it? What makes you think this just stops future death?”

Ruby froze. She stared at Don, feeling a chill crawl up her spine.

“What?” she said.

“Why do you think these ghosts keep appearing?” Don said. “That is Wing Father’s power. He is trying to spread his influence over the world but he doesn’t have complete control yet. If he had full control…you know what that means.”

There was silence. Ruby’s skin tingled.

“All wounds from our ‘violence,’ mended.” Don continued “All those ‘murdered,’ returned. And all families torn apart…reunited.”

Ruby’s mouth was dry. Chomper became still in a way that indicated he heard. The dread in her stomach was replaced by a chill.

“Isn’t this a noble cause now?” Don whispered. “Please tell Littlefoot that. His reasons for being upset are because of our actions but now he can see they are not permanent. Don’t worry, he won’t be harmed. Littlefoot only needs to pop over to our cave for an afternoon and you all can have the world you really deserve. You and all his friends could even come and watch if you like.”

She gulped. The cold spread to her chest. Don sounded mostly sincere. These details made a weird kind of sense. It was an explanation of where the ghosts came from and it cleared up Don and the others’ ruthless behavior. A part of her suddenly thought if this was so bad. Still, why Littlefoot of all people? And when Don’s last sentences took on an odd tone…

“You’re not telling all the details.” Ruby shook her head. “This is too big of a responsibility for a kid. What are you hiding from us?”

“I have to be careful with how much I can reveal.” Don said. “Wing Father can fill everyone on all the details. There won’t be much pressure – no more than what is expected of children with basic manners. You’ll all be happy by the end. What do you say?”

Ruby’s lips worked but no sound came out. Her first instincts screamed that this was very much a trap. But saying that to Don would only turn the flyer hostile. Ruby chanced a glance at Chomper, but he didn’t appear in any immediate state to get up. The cool in her chest became gripping and painful. Some part of her thought it might be safer to go with him but that would only make things worse. She had to think of something. She could already see a look of impatience coming to Don’s eyes. Before either could say anything, another voice interceded.

“Ruby! Chomper! Mornin – oh no!”

Petrie had been flying into view, his cheery greeting filling the air. Upon seeing Don, he nearly fell out of the sky. Flapping hastily, Petrie zipped down and put himself between Don and Ruby.

“What you doing?” Petrie squeaked. “Let go of my friend!”

“I’m merely having a conversation, Petrie.” Don said. “Is that a problem?”

“If the conversation involves kicking Chomper and trying to drag me somewhere, yes.” Ruby said.

“What?” Petrie yelped. “Why you so mean, Don? Everyone has some good and bad inside them, but you allowing too much bad to be in you.”

“Necessity changes people, Petrie.” Don replied. “To make the world a better place, you must chance hurting others to accomplish the greater good. Need I remind you of the numerous sharpteeth you hurt and killed?”

“But that self-defense.” Though Petrie winced. “Sharpteeth need to eat but you no need to do this. Just stop. Live peacefully in valley with us.”

“I won’t.”

“You…haven’t really killed anyone right? Me sure you would be forgiven. It might be tough but-”

 “I can’t even if I want too.” Don said. “You miss such obvious details. Wing Father brought us back. I must serve him, and I do so willingly. If we fail in this endeavor or walk away, do you know what will happen?”

There was silence. Don met their gaze, allowing a slight bit of desperation to slip in. A sinking feeling entered Ruby’s stomach.

“I will die.” Don continued. “Without Wing Father, all of us Anchors will die, again. Do you want that?”

Ruby and Petrie stared, eyes wide. For a moment, they tried to imagine being in Don’s position, having died after being abandoned by a flock mate. Knowing his struggles they could guess why he would compromise anything to not go back to the unknown of death.

“N-no.” Petrie said finally. “But there must be other way, like-”

“I have to do this. You are so unrealistic, Petrie. That naiveté still needs to be worked on. How about you accompany Ruby to talk with Wing Father. He could help you understand why he have been so harsh in our methods. He can help you learn and expand your mind more than it have ever been. You could be the one to persuade Littlefoot to cooperate with us.”

Don stepped closer, and Petrie hastily flapped back. Petrie very much wanted to flee, but he couldn’t abandon Ruby and Chomper. His chest felt funny. A part of him was tempted and learning to know more sounded nice but he shook those absurd thoughts off. He tried to come up with ideas to escape but there was nothing coming to mind…

The sound of more flapping came into hearing range and Mama Flyer flew into view, along with the rest of her children.

“Petrie, don’t fly so far ahead, I don’t want you to get – you!”

She jerked in midair. As her children cried out in dismay, she zoomed down to place herself between Don and the Petrie, Ruby, and Chomper.

“Let go of her!” she said, pushing Don back with enough force to jerk his hold off Ruby. “I knew I should have checked on Ruby and Chomper sooner. What are you doing here, Don?”

“I’m just conversing with a friend.” Don sneered. “And what I say to a friend is no business of yours.”

“Don was trying to get me to persuade Littlefoot to come with him.” Ruby said immediately. “See Chomper over there? He kicked him. He was going to take us and Petrie to Wing Father.”

“He did what?” One of Petrie’s sisters exclaimed. “How dare he!”

The other brothers and sisters called out, making their displeasure known. Petrie looked at this, amazed. His siblings really had grown attached to his Chomper. Mama Flyer pressed her beak together.

“How dare you use children like this,” she said. “I won’t have it. Go on, get out! You’re not welcome here!”

Her raised voice attracted attention. A few dinosaurs who had been passing by came to see what all the shouting was about. They stopped when they came across the scene of Mama Flyer standing against Don, the children scattered behind her in various positions of fear and defiance.

“Hey, it’s Don. One of those Anchors.”

“He’s going after Littlefoot’s friends already.”

“How cruel.”

Petrie flew over and perched on Ruby’s shoulder as she went to pull Chomper up.

“Are you okay?” she murmured.

Chomper winced. “My tummy hurts…”

The observing dinosaurs turned at Don. Their expressions became a mix of anger and defiance.

“How could you…they haven’t hurt anyone.” Pat said quietly. “I’d advise you to leave.”

“Look at yourself, bullying kids.” A threehorn said. “Do you realize what you’re doing?”

“Get back in the sky, or I’ll show you what ankle biter really means!” Lizzie shouted.

A few others joined in, shouts overlapping each other. Don looked around, mutinous.

“The ignorance of the masses,” he said. “Remember this, Petrie. And remember my words, Ruby. Until then…”

Don swept his wings out and flew into the sky, disappearing into the blue. Mama Flyer and the others stared up for several seconds before they relaxed.

“Are you children alright?” Mama Flyer asked.

Ruby nodded, distracted. “I don’t think it’ll be alright for us to sleep in the Secret Caverns though.”

“You’re right. I thought you two might be vulnerable but that they would go after you and Chomper so soon-” Mama Flyer gripped her beak. “This is more serious than I thought. I need to alert the other families. We might need to gather all of your friends together to protect you.”

Chomper nodded, eyes down. “That’s okay. Me and Ruby wanted to stay with Littlefoot anyway.”

“Then in some ways, it might benefit everyone.” Mama Flyer smiled briefly. “But this’ll be complicated. This might mean I have to send the rest of my children to their Dad.”

“What?” One of Petrie’s sister yelped. “Oh Mama, do we have to?”

“I’m sorry, but this is dangerous. I want to keep you safe. Whatever those Anchors are planning, I want to keep you away from it.”

The flyer children groaned. Petrie averted his gaze.

“Sorry, guys,” he said.

“Hey, it not your fault those weird Anchor guys are after you.” One of his brothers assured.

“Don’t you worry about talking with the other families.” Pat said. “I’ll go and warn Ducky and Spike’s mother.”

“And I’ll speak with Cera’s dad and Tria.” Lizzie said. “I know the tunnels to get there. I like visiting Cera and Tricia sometimes.”

Mama Flyer smiled. “Thank you. This is a load off my mind.”

“I can accompany you to Littlefoot and his grandparents, if you want,” A whiptail longneck offered. “No one will go near us with my tail.”

Mama Flyer thanked her, and they discussed the finer details of where they would go and what threats to look out for. Petrie saw Ruby lean down to quietly speak to Chomper.

“You heard everything, Chomper? Including the part about families?”

“Yes.” Chomper looked disturbed. “I don’t think I’ll be able to help with that.”

“Look, allow me do the talking. It’s probably not a good idea to tell Littlefoot about these upsetting ideas until he’s less upset.”

Chomper blinked. “Wait, you are going to lie to him?”

“I am not going to lie.” Ruby said. “I am just going to leave out some facts. With what we know of Littlefoot’s past, would it be good idea to tell him about those facts?”

“What facts?” Petrie whispered.

Ruby winced. In her stress, she had forgot about Petrie’s presence on her shoulder.

“You’ll find out when we decide the others should find out,” she said. “You care about Littlefoot, right? If you have something upsetting to say, wouldn’t you wait for a better time to say it?”

“Um, me don’t always.” Petrie said nervously. “Would he be happy about this?”

Ruby paused. “I don’t like it either. But let me talk to Littlefoot’s grandparents first. Maybe they can help figure out when and if we should talk to him about it. I just don’t want to bring Littlefoot’s mood down any more than it already has.”

Petrie nodded reluctantly. Chomper sighed.

“I hope you know what you’re doing, Ruby,” he said.

Ruby looked down. “Me too.”

Mama Flyer turned and waved for them to follow. The threehorn parted with Petrie’s brothers and sisters while Pat and Lizzie walked off. With that, Mama Flyer and the trio started moving in the direction of Littlefoot and his grandparents’ nest, the whiptail longneck providing a guarding shadow. Ruby tried not to dwell on the anxieties Petrie and Chomper’s questioning brought up. She was sure she was doing the right thing and would be consulting wiser grownups about it. But was it right? She tried to put those thoughts aside. Whatever the situation, at least the silver lining was they would be seeing and playing with Littlefoot again.

--

The bright circle was still to the east in the sky and the laughs and splashes of swimmer children playing were in the air, but Ducky wasn’t among them. She sat on a rock not far from the river, eyes lowered to the grass. She could see her brothers and sisters playing dodge splash at the edge of her vision, but didn’t pay attention to that. Normally with such a game, she would be the first to join and her siblings had waved and called out to her with insistence to do so.

But with what happened yesterday, she couldn’t even bring herself to smile at such silly fun.

A shadow fell over. Ducky raised her head up to find Spike watching her. The cries and squeals of the splash fight went on behind him but his attention was solely focused on her.

“What is it, Spike?” she murmured. “It is okay. I want to be alone.”

Spike shook his head, giving a “eh” with concern.

“I just do not feel like playing right now.” Ducky replied. “You go, play with our brothers and sisters. You do not need to miss out on the fun for me.”

He didn’t comply. He sat down, expression resolute, making clear he wouldn’t move with his sister in this current state. A small spark of annoyance came in Ducky but that was swiftly smothered by the lump in her throat.

“You really are that worried for me?” she asked. “Thanks, Spike. I guess I am bothered by something.”

Spike nodded solemnly. He waited for Ducky to put words together

“It is about Tega,” she sighed. “I am thinking about her.”

There was silence.

“I thought she was a good person deep down,” she continued. “She was kind of mean and I did not like her thoughts about selfishness but she showed some niceness. I thought we got through to her. But none of it was true…”

Spike nodded sadly.

“I never encountered this before.” Ducky continued. “Pterano tricked us but at least he was not so bad. With Tega…she did not care at all. That hurt. And…”

She sniffled. Spike stepped closer, pressing into her cheek, and she rubbed her eyes. She noticed his eyes were wet as well and it took a moment for Ducky to realize that it was for more than her sake.

“That is right, she was pretending to be your friend too,” she said. “I did not think of that. Sorry, that was self-interested – I mean, selfish –” She shook her head.  “Oh, it is no use. Even saying selfish feels related to her.”

He grunted in agreement, a hint of anger coming in. She felt silly for not noticing how her brother had been effected. Even with his leeriness of Tega’s philosophy, he came to relax in her presence and related to their mutual disinterest in adventure. He tended to like most people. That Tega was doing this to manipulate them must have hurt him as well. 

“That is probably what she wanted, to screw up how we think.” Ducky continued. “Stupid Tega. She probably thinks we are being selfish somehow for helping each other but we are not! We are being nice…right?”

Spike made another noise of agreement, but this time it was traced with uncertainty. That didn’t bring Ducky much comfort. For a few moments, they pressed together, comforting each other (and themselves?) in their sadness. Then Spike pulled back and gave a brave smile, waving his head at their mother and siblings playing in the water.

“What? You want to join the game?” she asked, confused.

He shook his head, then paused, thinking it over. He shook himself again to indicate it wasn’t what he was talking about. He babbled, voice disdainful as he glared at the sky but then he smiled as he looked at their family and then waved his head in an expansive manner.

“Family still here,” she said slowly. “Friends still here too?”

Spike nodded rapidly, smiling with relief he got the point across. Ducky found herself smiling too.

“You are right. What happened with Tega is bad, but we still have our friends, and our family. Not that we are with our family much…” She shook her head. “We can make up for that. We still have them. All of them. We do not need Tega. Come on, let’s show our brothers and sisters how to have a good time!”

Spike nodded, baying with delight. Ducky slid off the rock and started rushing in the direction of the river. Spike moved beside her, also eager to join their siblings’ game. Ducky was in a good mood. Spike reminded her of what was really important. They still had friends and family who cared about them and they were worth more than Tega ever knew. True, she wasn’t with her siblings as much as she liked but she was going to make up for that. Now she looked forward to all the silliness they would get up to with the rest of their family.

Then she noticed her mother standing aside in the splash fight, whispering with Pat’s looming figure. Strange, Ducky thought. Her mother and Pat had spoken before but Pat preferred to give the gang their space. What could bring him here now? The swimmer children continued their splash fight, not paying attention but as the grownups talked, Mama Swimmer threw a fearful glance at Ducky and Spike. Ducky and Spike slowed, a sinking feeling in their stomachs.

“Can you? Thanks.” Mama Swimmer turned to her charges. “Kids, I’m sorry, but I have to take Ducky and Spike to Littlefoot and his grandparents now. Pat is going to take you to Papa.”

Her children stopped splashing and moaned and cried out in disappointment.

“What?” Bitty asked. “Why? What happened, Mama?”

Ducky and Spike jogged up to the river, worried looks on their faces.

“Why does everyone need to leave?” Ducky asked.

“There has been an incident.” Mama Swimmer said. “Don confronted Ruby, Petrie, and Chomper this morning.” Ducky and Spike jerked in horror, and she quickly added. “They’re okay, but Don almost took them away to manipulate Littlefoot.”

“And since those three were threatened, it isn’t a stretch they might go after the rest of you kids.” Pat surveyed them with concern. “I came here to tell you about this.”

“And so that means we can’t be with Mama?” Eda asked.

“I’m sorry, children.” Mama Swimmer said. “I’m sure it won’t be forever. But Ducky, Spike, and their friends need all of the protection they can get.”

Ducky put her hands on her mouth. “So we have to go away too. Oh, no, no, no. I did not think it would be like this.”

Spike lowered his head, whimpering. Ducky could relate. She was looking forward to playing with her family – she didn’t want them to be separated in a crises. A lot of their brothers and sisters also looked sad about the situation. But one became angry.

“Oh, it’s always Ducky and Spike!” Norkel said. “You always have to save them or help them with something! Why can’t you pay more attention to us!”

“Hey, it’s not Ducky and Spike’s fault.” Mama Swimmer said sharply. “I do pay attention, I love all of you! It’s just, sometimes, some of your brothers and sisters need more attention and...” She didn’t appear to know how to finish that sentence.

“I am sorry.” Ducky said. “We do not mean to keep Mama to ourselves. We just like to learn things and help people, but sometimes that leads to trouble and…” She sighed. “I would not blame you for hating me.”

Some of her brothers and sisters looked at her, and Ducky’s heart lurched upon seeing the uncertain mix of resentment and sympathy in their eyes.

“We do not hate you.” Fussy said. “It is just we wish you would not to get in trouble so much so Mama wouldn’t be away a lot.”

“Children…” Mama Swimmer said, guilt in her gaze.

Ducky winced. Looking to the side. She saw that though Spike was upset, he didn’t appear to reject the essence of what Fussy said.

“Maybe I should have my friends think more before we get in trouble.” Ducky said. “I do not like this either. When this is all over, I hope we can spend more time together.”

Loch rubbed her head and then smiled, brittle. “Y-yes. Count on it. You and Spike and Mama be safe out there.”

Ducky attempted to return the smile, but she could barely pull up the corners of her lips. There was a miserable silence among the brothers and sisters. Watching sadly, Pat waved his neck.

“Well, come on, kids. Best not to linger here.”

Reluctantly, the swimmer children turned and followed, walking by Pat’s gigantic forefoot, backs slumped. Ducky stared after them until Mama Swimmer waved at her, and they and Spike walked in the opposition direction.

They moved in silence. Ducky walked close to Mama Swimmer, who looked downcast. Ducky was only faintly aware of this. Her mind lingered on the mental image of her brothers and sisters’ mixed expressions, how some were sympathetic or resentful, and others didn’t look like they knew how to feel. Was that how her siblings felt about her, that they didn’t know whether to like her or not? Loch’s response to if they can spend more time together was affirmative but her tone was shaky. Ducky feared what that could mean. Why couldn’t everyone just be happy, and have fun like she and her friends do? She was in a low mood and she didn’t know how to solve this situation.

She was distracted from these thoughts by Spike nudging her.

“No, Spike.” she asked. “Do not bother me now.”

She turned ahead and ignored him. After a moment, he nudged her again and smiled, indicating the bright side of seeing their friends again. Normally, that would improve Ducky’s mood but she found herself annoyed.

“I am not happy now,” she said. “Leave me alone, please.”

Spike frowned, and they walked in silence. Ducky hugged herself, wondering if it was possible to get back into her brothers and sisters’ good graces after all that had happened. Then she felt him nuzzle her in comfort and something in her snapped.

“I said stop, Spike!” she said, whirling around. Spike jumped. “I am sad, and you not leaving me alone only makes me mad! You always do this, bothering other people. Why are you always so bad at knowing when people want to be alone, it is annoying, why can’t you just -”

“Ducky!” Mama Swimmer said, surprised.

Ducky started. Spike gazed at her, eyes wide. Then a shadow came over his gaze and he slowed, walking behind their mother. Ducky put a hand out but he didn’t notice. Guilt settled in. He had only been trying to help her. He saw she had been worried about her conflict with their siblings, and her response to his kindness was to snap at him. It made her feel horrible. She rubbed her chest. When was she going to stop thinking of herself first?

Next time…

Part 2

7
LBT Fanfiction / Re: We Will Hold On Forever
« on: June 07, 2019, 08:06:46 PM »
Thank you for the review. The first chapters were a bit clunky writing-wise but I hope I improved on that front. I’m trying to model my writing on a writer or two. I have the story split into around five arcs, so nothing like the ghost appearances would be too repetitive. Again, I’m glad you read this story despite how different it is. Oh, I have plans for what’s to come.

I wouldn’t blame you for not reviewing every single chapter, as that can be personally draining. However, if it’s for my sake, getting a deluge of reviews most definitely isn’t a problem for me. I love them. Again, you don’t have to if it’s too draining and time-consuming, but I would be welcome to it.

Glad you like the developments with recent chapters and Wing Father. I already know what kind of character and trajectory I have in mind for the characters, so I hope the execution is satisfying. I look forward to your future reviews.

8
Silver Screen / Re: Getting real tired of the #MeToo Movement
« on: April 27, 2019, 03:19:50 PM »
Wow, an over two month late response to this. I came across this thread and it gave me pause, especially after watching the video. I think there is some misunderstanding about this kind of situation and in general those ranging from sexual harassment to rape today. False accusations are actually pretty rare, around the 2-10% range, depending on the study. While anyone can be a victim, the few false reports as detailed in this article do have certain patterns. TLDR, parents of teenagers who want to cover up an accidental pregnancy or other matters, certain mental illnesses that cause people to believe they were assaulted or compulsively lie about it, and particular broken people with criminal records who have a history of criminal fraud and bizarre accusations. The important issue is also those three groups are just as likely to experience such sex crimes because they are vulnerable and unconsciously or otherwise predators target them because they are less likely to be believed.

As for why survivors don’t come forward and file a report, this article written by a person who works with survivors explains why. The long and short of it is survivors have many reasons why they don’t come forward: the experience of being violated can induce shame, especially in this victim-blaming culture, they sometimes blame themselves. We think we would do more in those situations, without realizing how intense experiencing them really is. Survivors also try to downplay them to cope, even though the experience can lead to problems like depression or drug addiction. Also many don’t come forward because of the fear they would be disbelieved and harassed, and it’s horrible go through all that only for the perpetrator not to be charged or found not guilty (The U.S. Criminal Justice System isn’t built to deal with sex crime cases). With that in mind, many don’t even try to come forward with the situation, thinking it’s not worth it. This can be compounded by the feeling that they are the only victim of a perpetrator (But if one person comes forward, that does give courage for other survivors to do the same) and that they somehow brought it on themselves, as though the perpetrators are forces of nature you got in the way of instead of people that can and should change their behavior.

As for why so many people in positions of power and celebrity are seemingly revealed to engage in this kind of conduct, there is the resentment of women being in the workforce, sexual gratification, interpreting interactions with female coworkers as sexual, attempting to compensate for insecurity by harassing others, not taking perspectives outside your own, etc. Power, insecurity, and entitlement can be a dangerous brew (especially when expectations about gender roles are in play). On another note, speaking about the U.S. but it’s probably applicable to other countries, we are terrible at teaching about consent and communication and dealing with our feelings, and that can lead to a lot of trouble.

I know this might seem not as relevant to Vic Mignoga, since the situations I’m mentioning seem “more intense.” But he seems to be too intimate with his hugs and kisses, especially with minors and as the adult he should respect boundaries. His colleagues apparently warned him to stop in the past. I know it’s upsetting when people you come to look up to are accused of bad things. I have also had to deal with people I liked and agree with not following what they preach. Cognitive dissonance is a thing. But I would argue not to dismiss these accusations out of hand. As guys, we can be quite clueless with what women have to go through. One in four women go through these kinds of situations. Even if the women in your life indicate they haven’t experienced that (and thank goodness if they haven’t), that doesn’t invalidate the experience of other women. If you have the time, I would suggest reading the articles in full. They make mention of some political figures that might rankle you but are very informative.

9
LBT Fanfiction / Re: We Will Hold On Forever
« on: April 23, 2019, 09:47:44 AM »
@Sovereign Thank you for the reviews. There are some odd moments you saw I planned there, and they will be explained. I’m glad you liked the final scene. It was one of the first I wrote for this story and I wrote and rewrote it to get it exactly right. It’s good those efforts paid off.

As for the next chapter, I’m glad the Wing Father plotline has your attention. That was a lot of work to seed in. I’m also glad the new characters’ allegiance with him is a surprise and how those kinds of revelatory scenes played out agreed with you. Yeah, I can kind of see the criticism with some of the cliché lines. I did think about some of them near the end might have needed work, but the flow felt good enough and I was on the lookout for other issues. Though I did think Tega’s “chosen one” was alleviated by her eyeroll and dry sarcasm. As for Wing Father, let’s say I know his motivations and a lot of how he’s doing things. That will be explained. Hopefully it will stand up to expectations. I look forward to your feedback in the next chapter.

@rhombus Thanks for the reviews. I’m glad you liked the buildup before the reveals. I worked hard to try to get them right. Yeah, information dump through dialogue can be tricky but I remember reading them being done well in Harry Potter and I must have taken cues from them. I know who Wing Father is, and everything will become clear about him. Tega is a piece of work but I would hesitate using the word “psychopath.” That word gives me the impression it indicates someone was bad from birth but she wasn’t. She was a loner who chose to be more distant with others until she disconnected from people. The Anchors are ordinary people who in other circumstances might be decent or harmless but through their choices and circumstances, choose to do very horrible things.

From your reaction to Verter coming back, I so wanted to be the fly on the wall when you and other readers came across that moment. It’s one of those wham moments I enjoy making. I’m glad the buildup I have been going up to all this time was worth it for you. Mr. Threehorn’s characterization seems to still be an issue? I’ve been trying to show how this situation has been slowly cracking through his usual demeanor and how that demeanor isn’t healthy with coping with this situation. I’ll see how I handle this in future chapters.

10
LBT Fanfiction / Re: We Will Hold On Forever
« on: April 14, 2019, 11:49:18 AM »
FF.net Link:  https://www.fanfiction.net/s/12535668/18/We-Will-Hold-On-Forever

--

We Will Hold On Forever

by

DaveTheAnalyzer

Chapter 18: The Anchors Part 2

The roar of the rockslide went on forever. The rocks and boulders surged down the mountain, loosening and carrying along other material, making an earthy wave. Cera and the others remained ducked behind their boulder, Tria having rushed forward and pressed her head over them. Brown dust bloomed outward, like the mist from a waterfall, and they coughed as it entered their lungs. All the while the crash continued to fill their ears, a surge that stretched the many second out into eternity. 

Then at last, the rumble quieted. The crackles and crashes became spaced apart and silence reigned, the silence following a disaster. Tentatively, they opened their eyes and peered up. The brown dust was still around them, obscuring their view of everything. Cera raised her head, trying to keep her breaths even but finding that difficult as she looked around.

“Daddy,” she said. “Daddy!”

“Cera, don’t move yet!” Tria said. “It might still be dangerous.” Tentatively, she stepped back, glancing down. “Are you all alright?”

“We – we think we are.” Ducky answered, getting up from Spike’s neck. “But what about the others?”

“I don’t know.” Tria said. She stared into the brown fog ahead. “Oh no. Topsy…”

The brown plum continued to be around them. They looked around but there was silence and they appeared to be the only ones around.

“Ruby! Chomper!” Ducky shouted, cupping her mouth. “Where are you? Please be alright. Oh, please…”

Spike echoed her, calling with urgency and concern. The silence was worrying. They wondered if their friends could hear them or something worse happened. Then a distant voice called out.

“…alright!” Ruby said. “Chomper is alright too. We got ahead of it quickly.”

There were sighs of relief. It was good to know their friends were still safe. The tentative tap of footsteps came behind them, and they realized they weren’t alone.

“Ducky? Spike? Is that you?” Mama Swimmer’s voice called out. “My goodness, I was marching over expecting to punish you for getting into trouble, only to find you in another kind of trouble.”

“The trouble did not happen to us.” Ducky said. “It happened for Ruby, Chomper, Grandma and Grandpa Longneck, and Cera’s dad. Ruby and Chomper are fine but they are on the far side of the rockslide.”

“I’ll go get them.” Mama Flyer’s voice said, close to Mama Swimmer’s. “I’ll make sure they don’t get in the way of any remaining falling rocks.”

There were the flap as Mama Flyer flew away. The dust cleared a bit, and they could see some of the trees behind them. A tall shape was approaching in that direction, resolving into a distressed Mama Swimmer. A few other dinosaurs were moving in behind her, the first bystanders that usually came after a disaster struck, examining their surroundings. They could begin to see the outline of the pile of rocks and boulders looming over, some of the round shapes of individual debris becoming clear. They saw a flying shape go by, making a beeline for two distant youthful figures moving tentatively into view from around the pile. Cera looked around with increasing distress.

“Daddy!” she said. “Daddy, where are you?”

“Grandpa Longneck! Grandma!” Petrie said. “You safe, right? Me sure you safe.” More quietly, he said. “Please say you safe.”

There was silence. People got closer, a few glancing among themselves and whispering as they got together who was in trouble. The dust continued to hover, leading to many blind spots around them. A dark grey female threehorn bit her lip with worry. There was the feeling of everyone holding a breath. Then, a voice.

“It – it’s alright.” Grandpa Longneck’s voice panted. “We’re alive!”
 
There were sighs of relief and cheers. Three figures appeared to the left of the Great Wall, dark shapes in the dust. Grandpa and Grandma Longneck resolved into view, a bit dirty and scratched up, but unharmed. Mr. Threehorn brought up the rear, eyes wide and panting from the aftermath of a hard run.

“Daddy!” Cera cried.

Tria broke her hold and allowed Cera to run forward, nudging against Mr. Threehorn’s lowered head and nuzzling him.

“I’m sorry for worrying you. Both of you,” he added, as Tria came in for a nuzzle. “That was a close one there.”

“Oh.” Tria said, pressing into him. “You got to stop scaring me like this.”

More dinosaurs were arriving. They were squinting through the dust, mouths open at the damage they could glimpse. Mr. Thicknose had come in along with his volunteers, taking in the scene before him with wide eyes. They were able to hear Grandpa Longneck announce their status, and Mr. Thicknose approached him and Grandma Longneck.

“When I heard you were trying a new angle, I didn’t realize you were risking your life for it,” he said dryly.

“Neither were we.” Grandma Longneck replied. “The rockslide surprised us. We nearly got buried there.”

“And those kids got into danger again.” Mr. Thicknose sighed, glancing at the gang. “I wish they would stop risking themselves like this.” 

“We aren’t happy about it,” Grandpa Longneck said, “but it was because they followed and gave their warning that we had enough time to get away.”

They smiled as Mama Flyer escorted Ruby and Chomper to Cera and the others, and the kids embraced. The grandparents and other grownups turned and looked up. The dust had finally cleared. A pile of rocks and boulders reached up high before them, nearly twice the height of a longneck and covering an area wider than the Thundering Falls. The lower part of the pile sloped a bit forward but enough rocks had gathered that it stabilized and there was no risk of it rolling down. 

“What caused this?” Grandpa Longneck said.

“It’s too much of a coincidence that rockslide came in at the exact spot where we found where Mr. Clubtail fell.” Grandma Longneck said.

“It isn’t.” Cera said. “There was a giant pile of rocks on top of the mountain. Someone was trying to push them on you.”

“Someone did not want us to live to put the clues together.” Grandpa Longneck said. “They were very desperate. They must have kept close track of what we were doing. But who...?”

“Oh, you have got to be kidding me! They got away?”

Everyone looked up at the voice. It was distant and echoed, but it projected from the top of the Great Wall mountain. They could just make out two heads looking down at them. The long, narrow head flinched but the other just stood there, gazing down without shame. They were a familiar brown and green.

“Wait.” Petrie said. “That is-”

A four legged dinosaur jumped down the Great Wall. There were gasps but she slid down an angled path of the Great Wall, maneuvering her feet to avoid protrusions and landing on the mountain path. She gazed down at the assembled dinosaurs, chewing her piece of grass.

“Bet you didn’t think I could do that, huh?” The spiketail said.

Everyone stared. There was a distant growl of frustration. The flyer figure opened his wings and flapped out, flying down to the spiketail.

“Did you really have to go down and expose us?” he demanded.

“You exposed us by talking too loudly,” she replied. “No use hiding after that.”

A whoosh came through Cera and the others. They looked up along with everyone else, seeing but unable to believe.

“I am confused.” Ducky said. “I am so confused! What are Tega and Don doing there?”

Don and Tega stood together on the mountain path, looking down on everyone.

“You!” Grandpa Longneck said. “You were the ones who tried to kill us?”

Don hesitated but his gaze hardened.

“I did warn this plan shouldn’t be implemented,” he said. “Now you suffer the consequences.”

There were intakes of breath. Those that were gathered exchanged glances, disbelieving, not knowing what to do with this. Mr. Thicknose’s eyes widened and his mouth opened slightly, before sending a concerned glance at the gang. A few other dinosaurs were walking in, looking about with confusion at what the fuss was about. There was a shout.

“No!” Ruby said. “This has got to be a misunderstanding! Please say this is a misunderstanding, right?”

Don flinched and looked way. Tega continued to chew her grass, no guilt in her eyes.

“You were getting too close to the truth,” she said. “We couldn’t have you bumbling in and ruining everything we had been working for.”

“Ruin everything you work for?” Grandpa Longneck said. “That must mean…you were the ones who murdered Mr. Clubtail!”

There were shocked murmurs. Mama Flyer stepped back near the children.

“You mean…I’ve been allowing a murderer near my family?” she asked.

“We weren’t the ones who killed Mr. Clubtail.” Don said. “It was…an associate of ours. A rash action. It caused us much trouble.”

“Not that makes us feel any better.” Mama Swimmer snapped. “Why were you associating with our children? What did you want with them?”

“We thought we might as well make the best of the situation.” Tega said. “Your children are very important. It could solve many problems at once.”

“You didn’t answer the question.” Mr. Threehorn growled.

Don sighed. “Let’s go through the reasons. First, we couldn’t help but notice Cera and Chomper were getting caught in the company of a dubious character, Verter.” He grimaced, eyes rolling up in distaste. “We were concerned about what the threehorn would do to the pair. So we associated with your children to have them doubt Verter and get them to separate Cera and Chomper from him.”

“What?” Grandpa Longneck said.

“What is going on?” said a voice. The spikethumb leader marched in, eyes sweeping around. “What is everyone gathering near a dangerous rockslide pile for?”

“Ah, here she is.” Tega said. “What convenient timing.”

The spikethumb leader looked up and narrowed her gaze at Tega and Don on the path. “Who are you people?”

“These dinosaurs tried to kill us while we tracked down the killer, who they are associated with.” Grandpa Longneck answered. “They also had some hand in arranging Verter’s death.”

“They have?” The spikethumb leader turned, gaze boring into the pair. “So you are the ones who murdered one of my herd members.”

“Something like that.” Tega smirked. “He was a bad, bad boy.”

“Is that supposed to be funny? How do you justify yourselves?” The spikethumb leader retorted, furious.

“Haven’t you noticed the troublemaker in your herd? Someone has been sneaking out of your herd at night.” Don said. “He was going to take Cera and Chomper away. We couldn’t have our associate caught. With those two concerns, we framed him for the murder.”

The spikethumb leader frowned, looking strangely disconcerted about what he said.

“Wait.” Mama Flyer said slowly. “So the whole reason you bonded with Petrie and the others was to blame Verter for the murder?”

“Not on the whole.” Tega said. “But it was a very important part.”

Silence fell. Petrie, Ruby, Ducky, and Spike looked down, shock mixed with grief. It had been only a few short days, but they had gotten along well with Don and Tega. They thought the pair had gotten closer because of genuine interest. The concept they bonded with the kids for duplicitous reasons was a betrayal they struggled to comprehend.

“T-tell us,” Ruby’s voice cracked. “Was – was everything a lie. Did you really care about us?”

Don flinched. He closed his eyes, pain mixing in as he sighed.
 
“I do like you two,” he said finally. “But I had to do it. I had to lead you to the right conclusions so our mission wouldn’t be for naught.”

“So we weren’t being smart?” Petrie said, voice trembling. “We were being lead to what you want to think?”

“You followed the clues I laid out well, Petrie.” Don said. “You put them together at the right moment. We suspected Verter was up to something, but not kidnapping. You helped urge action just when we needed it most.”

“But me did not do that because me smart.” Petrie stepped back. “You…you tricked Petrie. You made me feel smart so you could make me go where you want.”

“I don’t mean to be blunt but…it fits your temperament.” Don replied. “You’ll need far more time to get where I am.”

Petrie staggered, unable to stop a whimper from escaping his beak. Mama Flyer pressed a hand to his back, glaring upwards. 

“If someone is tricked, that means someone has to be the trickster!” Ruby said. Her eyes were wet but they burned with anger “How dare you hurt us like this.”

“Ruby, I’m not happy about this-” Don began.

“If you weren’t happy about it, you should have stopped!” she snapped. “A good person would stop and apologize. Just feeling regretful while still doing bad things isn’t good enough.”

“You don’t understand!” Don shouted. “Oh, of course you don’t understand. I have to survive, my wisdom has to survive! For Wing Father’s sake, I can’t allow the world to forsake me again.” He almost appeared to glow with fury. “Hurting two children’s feelings isn’t great but there are more important things out there. I can’t expect someone from your generation to understand!”

“Calm down, Donny boy.” Tega said. “You don’t want to reveal things too soon, do you?”

Don stopped and closed his eyes as he attempted to calm down. Ruby glared, a tear going down.

“Ah, there’s the old Don,” she said. “Was that in you this whole time?”

Don started. Regret flickered in before he shook himself and glared down coolly. Ducky looked up with Spike with hesitation.

“What about you, Tega?” she asked. “Did – did you not feel anything for us?”

Tega stared down while chewing her grass.

“You were amusing,” she said at last. “That’s the most positive thing I could say about you two.”

Spike started, his eyes wide. Ducky stepped back.

“That – that is all?” she asked.

“You shouldn’t be surprised, with my self-interest talk.” Tega continued. “You have such a naïve view of the world, I had to stop myself from smiling more than once. You two weren’t much help though. You didn’t pick up my hints that Verter was a danger at all.”

“But I liked you.” Ducky protested. “Me and Spike did. Even if you were kind of snippy, I thought you were our friend.”

“Friend? Pah.” Tega laughed. “You were just a means to an end. I was such a jerk to you two but your wishy-washy compassion made you give me chances again and again.” She sighed and looked down “Ah, the beginning story of so many battered mates.”

Ducky flinched. In spite of herself, she started sniffling and Spike whimpered. Mama Swimmer embraced them.

“You’re heartless, Tega,” she snapped.

Tega yawned. “Did you practice that in your sleep? How natural for the mother of unimaginary cretins.”

Expressions grief-stricken, Petrie, Ruby, Ducky, and Spike pressed together while Cera and Chomper, watching sadly, joined them, already knowing the sting of betrayal. Cera glared up at them, furious on her friends’ behalf. Those two were monsters, for hurting them, for nearly taking away her dad…but how were an old flyer and lazy spiketail able to push so much rocks? She was too confused and sad and angry to pursue that thought, assuming it wasn’t actually that strange since the gang have caused rockslides themselves a few times. More than one dinosaur was glaring up at Don and Tega after that exchange.

“You didn’t need to put the kids through all this hardship.” Mr. Thicknose said. “There was already concern about Verter. Rumors were being spread about what he might be up to.”

“That was because I was spreading those rumors.” Don replied. “No one was taking swift enough action. Cera and Chomper could be under threat. So I passed the word on to a couple of gossipy female flyers and spread it wide. I thought this would press the valley to take the kids from Verter. Unfortunately, no one took the rumors seriously enough.”

“You do realize the reputation rumors have around here.” Tega said.
 
“I did what I had to do.” Don said. “It is everyone else’s problem they didn’t act.”

“But if you realized how these things were received, you would have come up with something better. Not very smart, eh?”

Don growled but he didn’t object. Grandpa Longneck stared up, anger over the treatment of the gang making him press his lips together.

“So what was the other reason you associated with the children?” he demanded.

“It was because of their connection to a certain someone.” Don said. “A little impertinent longneck known as Littlefoot.”

“Littlefoot?”

There were whispers. Dinosaurs turned and exchanged glances. Guido landed on a branch beside Swooper, who turned and gave a summary of what he was hearing from the conversation.

“That’s right.” Tega said. “Wing Father is really interested in him. And as his Anchors, it’s our duty to seek what he wants.”

“Anchors?” Mr. Threehorn said. “What are you doing, throwing around made up words?”

“It’s not a made up word. Let’s just say it’s going to become popular in a future that’s not going to happen.” 

Grandpa Longneck frowned. “And who’s Wing Father?”

“That’s just a saying Don likes to say when he’s frustrated.” Ruby said. “At least, that’s what he says…right?”

She turned to Don, uncertain. Don shuffled and gazed down.

“It was a saying I made up to cover for when I was muttering his name,” he said. “As experienced as I am, I can’t help but talk to myself at times and it would have been suspicious if I started saying a stranger’s name.”

“But who is Wing Father?” Grandpa Longneck said. “And what does he want with Littlefoot?”

“Oh, it’s a name you’ll become familiar with very soon.” Tega said. “He is going to make some changes around here. Things that should have been reality a long time ago. As for Littlefoot, he is the chosen one, he is where it starts.” She rolled her eyes. “Typical, right? That longneck is going to play a very important role in putting Wing Father in charge.”

“You won’t get him!” Grandpa Longneck said, stepping forward. “We refuse to let you touch him!”

Don sighed. “This is why we have been so secretive. People tend to act rash with what they don’t understand. For Wing Father’s sake, that is why we tried to kill you when you were getting close to the truth.”

“So that was why Mr. Clubtail was killed?” Mama Flyer asked. “Because he found out about Wing Father?”

“Found out a place related to him.” Tega replied. “Caused our associate who found him to panic and kill him.”

“And you are okay with this murder?” Grandpa Longneck asked. “Is this Wing Father?”

“Wing Father is beyond normal morals.” Don said. “Whatever our actions, they are worth it for the greater world we pursue.”

“No one is above morals.” Grandma Longneck said. “You’re not making a good argument for your leader. The killer. Who it is?”

“Oh, it should have been obvious. It would be the troublemaker in the spikethumb’s herd. The one who sneaks off for much of the night.”

“You already agree that Verter wasn’t the killer.” Tria said. “So why are you-”

“Verter wasn’t the one sneaking off for much of the night.” The spikethumb leader interrupted. She looked troubled.

“W-what?” Tria blinked. “But – he sneaked to Topsy the night you arrived. How could you-”

“He might have done so, but he was present all other nights. I checked myself. ”

“Oh. Then I’m confused.” Tria replied “Who else could have sneaked off? I only know him and he was clever, maybe he slinked off to find new training spots or -”

“It wasn’t him, it was Patty!” The spikethumb leader said.

Silence fell. It was almost greater than the silence that followed the rockslide.

“I have sneaked in looks of the body when no one was looking,” Don said. “Didn’t you wonder what those thin marks under the injuries from his fall were?”

The silence remained. Don leaned down, gripping the edge of the path.

“Whips marks.” he said. “Young, longneck whip marks. Do you see?”

They all stared. Slowly, Grandpa and Grandma Longneck started looked around, head movements becoming quicker with desperation.

“Littlefoot.” Grandpa Longneck said, breaths becoming harsh. “W-where’s Littlefoot?!”

Tega laughed creakily. Don snorted.

“Don’t you worry,” he said. “He is on his way to Wing Father now.”

--

Silence reigned in the tunnel. Littlefoot was staring at Patty, barely aware of her tail wrapped around his. Her eyes were lowered. Her sad, resigned tone was so unlike how she usually behaved he didn’t know what to make of it.

“See too much?” he repeated. “What do you mean? Are you saying that – no. Oh no.”

“I wish I had been more careful with my words.” Patty said. She sighed. “But I can’t take them back now.”

Littlefoot gulped. He tried to deny, to spin all this as a practical joke, but he couldn’t wave off the evidence in front of him.

“You killed Mr. Clubtail,” he whispered.

She didn’t say anything. A cold spread through Littlefoot, settling in his stomach and tingling beneath his skin. He couldn’t believe, still couldn’t. Patty, the teenage longneck who had a loss like his own, so nice yet so sad, who accepted an offer of friendship from a youth like him. How could the Patty he came to know do something like this?

“W-why?” his voice cracked.

She sighed. “I acted rashly. When I heard Mr. Clubtail planned to look at the night circle on the Great Wall, I got paranoid. I knew I might be overthinking the risks but-”

“How did you know about that?” Littlefoot interrupted. “Mr. Clubtail only told us.”

“I hung behind to listen in on you.” Patty said. “I was so happy to meet you, Littlefoot. I couldn’t resist hiding behind the trees and hearing more about you. When I heard what Mr. Clubtail was going to do, I thought I should be sure. So that night I followed him along the Great Wall path, watching him look at the Night Circle. I thought nothing was going to happen other than watching someone with odd tastes be silly. Then he – came across the cave, the place where we’re going. He had looked so scared. I thought if he told the others about what he saw, they might misunderstand and collapse the cave so we couldn’t change the world. I – I couldn’t let that happen. So I...”

She fell silent, not needing to elaborate. Littlefoot lay there, trying to comprehend, eyes wavering to Patty, the ground, and back again.

“You – you killed him because he got scared,” he said. He sniffled. “Why – why couldn’t you have just explained things to him?”

“He would have been scared to have me suddenly appear there. He would have run.” Patty hesitated and said. “Desperate times call for desperate measures, you know. So I ha-”

There was a ringing Littlefoot’s ears. Something hot burned in him, making him shake.

“Don’t,” his voice came out harsh. “Don’t you dare. Mr. Clubtail was in no way a threat to anyone, how dare you say that.”

“I –” Patty said hastily. “It was to prevent suffering in the world. I just couldn’t-”

Littlefoot’s head snapped up, eyes full of fury.

“Don’t you say you had to kill him!” he shouted. “If this is to stop the ghosts, you could have explained that to him! You said what you’re doing is supposed end suffering, but with Mr. Clubtail’s death, you caused more! All the fear and sadness here is because of you!”

“I – I didn’t want to do this,” she stammered. “This is very important. You didn’t know him that well anyway. He – he didn’t have any mate or kids.”

“That doesn’t matter,” he snapped. “Just because he had no family doesn’t mean his life is worth any less. Do you hear the words coming out of your mouth?”

“I’m sorry, that was insensitive of me. I’ll try to make up for it.” She stepped forward. “Now can we please continue on to our mission?”

“No!” Littlefoot stepped away. “Why are you doing this Patty? You said you just found a solution to the ghosts but what you said about Mr. Clubtail says you knew sooner than that. Why couldn’t you have just told everyone you found the solution? After all we’ve been through, we would have gladly jumped at the opportunity to end the ghosts. Does this really solve that?”

“It does, but-”

“But what? What else happens if we do this thing? Why won’t you tell me?” He saw her step back, looking scared, the type of fear Littlefoot had seen in his adventures when one got too close to the truth. Something in him broke. “I thought you were my friend. I thought you considered life important. Yet you killed Mr. Clubtail, you killed him without a second thought. Do – do you care about anyone?” He closed his eyes. “Murderer!”

Patty flinched. She reared her head, anger coming in.

“This hasn’t been easy for me either, you know,” she said. “I’ve had to carry the weight of this death every day, along with the death of Mom. Do you think I want this? Do you think I want to hurt others? I did all this so I could end the world’s pain. It’s all I have left. If it goes wrong, what reason would I have to exist?”

“You could have found friends, other family.” Littlefoot said. “I struggled after Mother died but I found new people to be with. Struggling after a parent’s death is hard…but you could have lived for something else.”

“That is the thing, Littlefoot!” Patty shut her eyes. “I didn’t survive!”

All the anger inside him got blown away by confusion. “What?”

Patty started. It appeared as though she hadn’t meant to say that. Her eyes wandered around before she sighed.

“After Mom’s death…I just fell apart,” she said. “I switched between wandering around and staying in one place for days at a time. I didn’t notice I was hungry for a long time, and by the time I did, I just didn’t care. It got tiring to move around. And then…”

Littlefoot blinked. Then the full implications of her words hit, and he found himself scrambling back.

“You’re…you’re dead?” he asked.

“I accepted its embrace,” she said. “I was so sad, so angry. I didn’t want to deal with living anymore. I cursed the circle of life Mom told me about for taking her away, glad I was no longer under its whim. But as the darkness came around…he came.”

A beatific smile slid across Patty’s face. Littlefoot felt his chest cool and he listened.

“Wing Father. He was someone beyond this world, never touched by the Circle of Life. He had been watching us for a long time. He thought it was unfair. Those who you love should never leave you. You shouldn’t suffer for want or hunger. He wanted to change things. He offered me a role in putting him in charge so he could make it a reality. That is why I’m walking the land again…because of this opportunity he gave me.”

Littlefoot shook his head. “You really have lost your mind. You can’t be dead. Wing Father is just Don’s saying. You must be delirious.”

“Come Littlefoot, is that really what you’re going to say when ghosts exist?” Patty asked. “If I’m the killer, does it occur you why I didn’t appear tired when you met me after Mr. Clubtail’s body was discovered? When I spent much the night following him and dragging his body to the sweet bubble glen? I should have been exhausted. That was Wing Father’s power. With him, I don’t need to sleep or eat. I can walk for days and still have enough energy to keep going.”

“But that’s impossible!” he protested. “I saw you eat, I saw you bite at the leaves in the trees.”

“That was only acting. Did you ever notice I always seem to ‘eat’ on the other side of the tree or when you’re doing something else? I don’t want to waste food. Of course, this means it has been long since I ate or slept. And being back in my body…I can’t grow up. I haven’t for a long time.”

Littlefoot stared. This was all so impossible. But there was an unwavering look to her eyes. Mouth dry, he spoke up.

“How long?”

She hesitated. “Twenty cold times. I had to move from herd to herd so people wouldn’t notice my odd eating and sleeping habits. I couldn’t have them know my secrets. So I had to be alone, waiting until the time was right to change the world. But someone alive needs to be part of it, someone who embodies one of the many qualities of the living. Littlefoot, that’s you.”

Littlefoot stepped back. “M-me?”

Patty nodded. “Wing Father told me about you. I was so looking forward to meeting you. Imagine my surprise when you were the one who approached me. He needs those like me who could link him to this world. But he needs the help of the living to get him in power. Someone like you helping change the world, you should be honored. I know all of this is confusing. I’m sure Wing Father can clear this up. He has a way of explaining things that makes them make sense. He’ll set everything right.”

She turned and dragged him up the tunnel. Littlefoot staggered, attempting to process everything. Patty, the person he thought had been a friend, had died, and a power beyond his imagination had brought her back for vague plans to influence the world. It was so important, a person had to be murdered to keep it going. It was so unbelievable. A few weeks back, Littlefoot would have thought her mad. But after meeting his mother’s spirit and encountering ghosts that unleashed heartbreak and terror, he couldn’t ignore the supernatural was real. All the pieces she pointed to fit together. He never saw her truly eat, she rarely if ever tired from playing with him, and she had continuous youth. And she was going to have him meet the person whose influence made her do those terrible things.

He found his feet scraping against the ground, ignoring the stinging in his chest, almighty panic gripping him. Patty stopped, glancing behind him.

“Littlefoot, what’s the matter?” she asked.

“I don’t want to be part of this cause!” he cried. “Let me go!”

“Littlefoot, it’s okay,” she soothed. “You don’t need to worry. Wing Father might be intimidating but he’s a nice person. He’ll make things clear.”

“No, I don’t want to meet him! I don’t want anything to do with this! Please, let me go!” 

“It’s going to be alright. We’re not going to hurt you. We will be helping.”

“How can I trust something that would allow you to do something so bad?” Littlefoot said.

“That was more my fault. Please, Littlefoot.” Patty pleaded. “There are more important things now. Aren’t you sick of death and all the circle of life does to us? This might be our only chance to change the world for the better. We can’t let this pass by.”

“Is this what he really wants?” He sent a brief glare up. “Did he disapprove of what you did? Or did he support it?”

“You don’t understand,” she said, anger coming into her voice. “We need this. Don’t ruin this for everyone.” 

“I don’t want to be part of this!” he cried.

She pulled at his tail, walking faster. “You’re going to meet the savior. He will have you calm down. You will cooperate.”

“No, I won’t!”

Littlefoot spotted a thorny wooden vine snaking across a section of tunnel ground. He grabbed onto it with his teeth and held on for dear life, ignoring how it pricked his mouth. He wedged his feet between several protruding rocks. He felt Patty stop and her grip briefly slacken, and Littlefoot saw a flicker of opportunity. If he could pull himself free and book it down the tunnel, maybe his quickness would surprise her enough she would be slow to pursue…

But then there was a wrench and Littlefoot cried out as his tail muscles flared in agony. The pain was such his hold weakened and Patty jerked him from the vine and dragged him on, giving his tail a few hard tugs.

“Patty,” Littlefoot whimpered, “you’re hurting me.”

“Then don’t make me do something so horrible.” Patty hissed. Her eyes burned. “I don’t want to do this Littlefoot but if you make me truly angry, I will do what is necessary. I’ve waited too long for this moment. If you extend this world’s suffering any longer, you won’t like what actions I will take!” 

As her voice rose, a green glow flared. Littlefoot staggered back as light shone out from every part of Patty, and for the first time, he could truly see her. She was emaciated: her legs were thin tree trunks and middle measly and narrow. The skin of her neck was pressed into the muscle and there were hollows in all the wrong places. Patty’s gaunt eyes literally shone with a deep fury Littlefoot only saw in the likes of the first sharptooth and it was just as terrifying. This overt display of power few mortals ever glimpsed was just too much for him. He threw himself in the opposite direction, scrambling his feet fruitlessly against the hard rock.

“Help!” Littlefoot screamed. “Someone help!”

The glow faded and Patty’s appearance returned but Littlefoot didn’t forget.

“I’m in this tunnel! I’m being kidnapped! Someone help!”

“No one can hear you.” Patty said. “You’re high up from the ground and your voice won’t carry here.”

He didn’t bother replying. “Help me! I don’t want to be here! I’m being taken against my will!”

She shook her head. “This is all my comrades’ fault. If they just waited a bit longer with the rockslide, then you wouldn’t be like this.”

His terror was briefly subsumed by anger. “You mean my grandparents and Mr. Threehorn getting buried by a rockslide was on purpose? Everything I learn about you keeps getting worse and worse. I won’t cooperate with you!”

“Whatever happened to them, Wing Father will explain everything. Goodness, stop making me repeat myself.”

Her callous dismissiveness of the potential death of those he loved drove his anger to greater heights. “If you hate repeating yourself so much, I might have a solution for that!”

Littlefoot wheeled around, and bit with all his strength on Patty’s tail. She yelped, more started than hurt but that tail around Littlefoot’s slackened enough that he leapt out of reach and bolted down the tunnel. Only a few seconds followed before Patty’s booming footsteps came after him. He weaved around rocks and stray plant matter, the strong stinging in his chest only making him briefly stumble, avoiding anything that might slow his speed. He could hear her rapidly catching up but didn’t look back. He had evaded pursuers larger than her but this straight tunnel had no branching pathways or hiding spots. But there had to be a way out, he refused to give up. The opening where he witnessed the rockslide came into view. He thought quickly and turned his steps in that direction.

“If you’re thinking what I think you’re thinking,” Patty shouted, “don’t you dare!”

But Littlefoot dared. He hopped onto the edge of the opening and glanced around, spotting a workable ledge a foot below that ran far off a scraggly but stable line to the right. Littlefoot slid down rear legs first, and his grip on the opening slipped. He yelped as he briefly fell, but his forefeet caught the ledge. Gaining a firmer grip, he began shimmying, feeling the late-morning breeze brush coolly on his side. The sound of Patty’s footsteps slowed. She poked her head out and saw him moving away at a careful but consistent pace. She briefly vanished and her tail snaked out, whipping around to reach for him. He flinched as he felt the force of it whip nearby but fortunately he had shimmied far enough that Patty’s tail tip whipped for him a few feet out of reach. Patty head came back out.

“Please Littlefoot,” she said. “I know you’re upset but it’s dangerous. Come back. There’s no advantage in hanging on a ledge all day.”

“At least I’m not stuck in there with you.” Littlefoot shot back. “Plus, now I’m outside, I stand a better chance of someone hearing this – help! Somebody help!”

Patty started. His screams carried out much farther at this height in the Great Valley. He continued yelling at the top of his lungs. Littlefoot glimpsed her reach out with her tail again but it was fruitless for her. The greater concern was how long his strength would allow him to cling to the Great Wall. Adjusting his grip so he would be able to hang on more comfortably, he continued screaming for help, hoping someone would eventually hear him.

Meanwhile, shaken by Don’s revelations, Chomper and Spike immediately went sniffing about to find their friend’s scent while under the watchful eye of the parents and other grownups. Chomper and Spike changed their nose’s directions quickly, faces anxious. Trying to track someone down while standing in place was difficult but with their friend in danger, they were doing the best they could.

“Found anything?” Grandpa Longneck asked.

“I think he went somewhere to the Great Wall there.” Chomper nodded in that direction. “I don’t know exactly where, but his smell is mixed with Patty’s.”
 
Spike bayed in agreement, his normally relaxed demeanor replaced by great worry as his eyes searched those distant mountains on the other side of the valley. Don chuckled humorlessly.

“You won’t be able to get to him where they’re traveling. They’ll already be at their destination by the time you find where they went.”

“I swear, if anything happens to Littlefoot-” Grandpa Longneck began.

Tega snorted. “We’re not going to give him the Mr. Clubtail treatment, if that’s what you’re thinking. That would just complicate things. No, Littlefoot has a very special role waiting for him.”

“That doesn’t bring us any consolation.” Grandma Longneck glared. “Dear, we should get going. We can’t waste time here while Littlefoot is in danger.”

“I wouldn’t advise that.” Don said. “Do you think we would allow you to leave? For Wing Father’s sake, we won’t hesitate to hurt you again if it comes to it.”

“Quiet.” Grandpa Longneck said. “We aren’t going to argue with the insensible.”

“And you’re the heights of sensible yourselves?” Tega asked. “You have been handing over your grandson to a complete stranger for four days without considering if she’s trustworthy. That doesn’t indicate much smarts about you.”

“That’s-” Grandpa Longneck began, but guilt wracked his face. He shook his head. “We can’t be entertaining your mind games. We have a grandson to save.”

“Don’t worry.” Don said. “You will see Littlefoot again. We don’t plan to keep him forever. In fact, this will go a lot faster if you also-”

He was cut off by someone calling out. Spike was thrusting his nose at something on the opposite Great Wall, glancing at everyone and making urgent head motions. The crowd’s attention fixed on that location. At first, no one knew what Spike spotted but then Petrie fluttered down on Spike’s neck beside Ducky and squinted before he gasped.

“Look, someone hanging near that hole over there!”

With that scrap of information, they spotted it. There was an opening halfway up the Great Wall and a bit far from that was a tiny gray dot. From this distance they wouldn’t have noticed anything unless they were looking for it. With a jolt, they realized it was Littlefoot, hanging on for dear life on a thin ledge, the thin waving line of Patty’s tail vainly trying to reach him from the opening. They thought they could ever-so-faintly pick up what might be his screams for help.

“Littlefoot!” Grandpa Longneck shouted. “Oh, clever Littlefoot…”

Don and Tega also noticed. They appeared caught off-guard by this but Don’s superior sneer returned.

“Of course,” he said. “He’s as difficult as common word says.”

“What are we going to do?” Grandma Longneck asked. “That’s a very long drop. We can’t reach him from the ground and we can’t use the tunnel if Patty is nearby.”

“We better think of something quick.” Cera said. “It’s hard to hang onto cliffs for long. We have been on enough to know.”

Petrie brightened. “Then he need help of someone who can fly. Mama can help!”

“Yes.” Ruby nodded. “She can avoid Patty while also avoiding climbing. It would be the fastest way to help.”

Grandpa Longneck turned to Mama Flyer. “I understand this is a huge responsibility to take on…”

Mama Flyer shook her head, smiling. “You don’t need to say any more. Leave your grandson to me.”

Grandpa and Grandma Longneck smiled with relief. Sweeping her wings out, Mama Flyer took off and made a straight beeline for the opposite Great Wall. Barely a second passed before Don flew after her.

“Oh no you don’t!” he said sharply. “You won’t interfere in-”

Just as Don closed in, two shapes intercepted. Guido closed his mouth hard around Don’s left wing, causing the elderly flyer to cry out. This delayed him enough for Swooper to come in and slap him. Don was thrown back, slightly dazed, but recovered and examined the pair who flew in place, blocking his path.

“Oh goodness, I didn’t think I could really bite anyone like that.” Guido said. “I mean, I might have done so before I lost my memories but…” Taking deep breath, he opened his eyes to stare grimly.  “Stay where you are.”

“Was that a threat?” Don said. “You’re going to have to be better than that. And what are you doing, Swooper? You’re too blind and delicate to be using those wings.”

“If there’s anything I’ve learned in the Great Valley, it’s that you can adapt to anything.” Swooper said. “I thought a self-proclaimed wise guy like you would know that.”

Don scowled and swooped in fast. Guido and Swooper dodged but the former took another bite at Don’s wing as he passed and Swooper slapped a wing at Don. Don flapped back but then went after Swooper, who circled out of the way.

“You have adapted.” Don said. “But there’s only so much you can do if your enemy has a great power by his side.”

Don tucked in his wings, and fell toward the pair. Guido and Swooper started but braced themselves with grim determination. Don wasn’t bothered. Once he crashed into them, they would fall from the sky and maybe not rise again. It was what they deserved for getting in the way of his mission. Before Don could make contact, an almighty tail swung in. He gasped and rolled out of the way, only for another tail to come in. He ducked under and was forced to retreat as Grandpa and Grandma Longneck stood in the way.

“You will not get our grandson!” Grandpa Longneck thundered.

Don pressed his beak together in frustration but then others stood alongside them and his way to Mama Flyer was blocked.

In the meantime, Littlefoot could feel some exhaustion digging into his forelegs. He had moved a lot today and the more he hung there, the more energy left his limbs. But he ignored this, continuing to call for help. His voice was becoming a bit hoarse but he didn’t care. At some point, someone must see or hear him. A bit of the talkback from this height was amplifying his voice. It was only a matter of time, that was what he told himself.

All the while, Patty alternated between pleading for him to come back and trying to reach out with her tail. Her tail tip could only scrape a few feet away from him, so he elected to only give her marginal attention while yelling for assistance. She made so much noise in her shouts and tail smacks against the rock he almost didn’t notice a second voice call out to him.

“Littlefoot, I’m coming!”

He looked back and his heart leapt when he saw Mama Flyer fly in, ascending past and flapping over him.

“It’s okay, I’ve got you,” she soothed.

“Are my grandparents – is anyone…”

“They’re fine. They and Mr. Threehorn are a bit bumped up but they survived.”

Littlefoot beamed. Such relief flooded him that, for a moment, he nearly forgot he was hanging from a high drop. He had a look over of Mama Flyer, and his mood dampened.

“Are you going to carry me? I’m too big. We’ll fall.”

“Don’t worry.” Mama Flyer assured. “It’ll be a controlled fall. I’ll carry you as far as I can. Once we land, run, and I’ll guard you from above.”

That still sounded risky but she sounded confident in her plan, so he nodded. He stilled as she hovered above him, feeling wind be blown past him as she grabbed him by the middle. She continued to flap her wings as she firmed her grip on him.

“Alright, when I say ‘let go,’ let go,” she said. “Don’t struggle while we fly. Remain calm and trust what I’m doing.”

The back of Littlefoot’s head nodded to her. He glanced at the opening and found Patty glaring at them, her mind trying to work out how to prevent their escape. He felt the air beats get faster as Mama Flyer flapped herself into a steady pattern, waiting for the signal.

“I’m ready,” she said. “Let go.”

He relaxed his forefeet from the ledge and yelped as it dropped past. Mama Flyer flapped her wings faster, turning around as she flew from the Great Wall. She soon got used to the weight and, though they still fell, it was slower. Fields and trees passed below him, a great Big Water of light and dark greens, rivers and watering holes intermingled among them, little lines and dots among the landscape. The dinosaurs looked like bugs from this height. A few looked up and stared as Mama Flyer and Littlefoot passed. In their controlled descent, they covered a great distance. If this were any other situation, Littlefoot would be enjoying this. He looked back at the Great Wall opening.

“I can’t see Patty,” he said. “She killed Mr. Clubtail, she might go after us!”

“We know.” Mama Flyer said. “Stay still. I’ll be with you until we get to your grandparents and the others.”

They were a quarter across the Great Valley. His feet were nearly scraping the higher leaves on the tops of trees. Mama Flyer flapped with quick and careful precision, the ground passing below at a steady, closer rate. He raised his gaze to see her panting, his weight getting to her but she persevered. Eventually, though, even her strength couldn’t last forever. She did some last wing beats before she closed the distance, gently depositing him on a plane of grass. She crouched down beside him, panting to catch her breath. Littlefoot watched with concern.

“I’m sorry,” he said. “I tried to be as still as I could.”

“Don’t worry.” Mama Flyer gave a brief smile. “You’re doing wonderfully. Now, run! I’ll follow you.”

He decided to trust her word and the thought of hearing Patty’s thundering footsteps overrode any desire to stay in one place. Littlefoot started running, ignoring the exhaustion in his forelegs. It felt like a lifetime ago when Patty first took him from his grandparents and she gave her mysterious proposal. Now he was going to see if his grandparents were truly alright. He covered some distance, passing long grass and trees, and valley denizens eating and relaxing, some of whom raised their head to look at him in puzzlement as he rushed by. Mama Flyer’s assuring shadow soon came over him but he didn’t stop.

He thought it would take forever to get to the other side of the valley and his breaths were heaving but within a few minutes, his heart rose as he glimpsed a crowd coming up, standing in front of a massive pile of rocks and boulders. They were scattered about, some appearing unsure while others were standing guard. A few appeared to be fighting something. His grandparents were among that few, standing at the edge of the crowd and batting at something with their tails, but looking very much alive. Beneath the tangle of grownup legs, he could see his friends bunched together. When Cera and the others’ looked at him, they brightened and he felt a surging joy. Littlefoot found the will to run faster.

“Grandpa! Grandma!” he called. “Guys!”

Grandpa Longneck glanced down from the act of whipping his tail and panicked. “Littlefoot, look out!”

Littlefoot was puzzled but then Don swung around Grandpa Longneck’s tail, folded his wings in, and fell straight for Littlefoot, eyes focused on him with fury. Panicked, shocked by this unexpected enemy, Littlefoot found himself rooted to the spot…

Mama Flyer zoomed in and rammed Don hard. Don was thrown back, flapping wildly. Before he could recover, Swooper and Guido flew in and threw their bodies against him. By the time Don reoriented himself, Littlefoot had resumed moving and was among a circle of grownup feet, which stood protectively.

“You’re not touching him!” Grandma Longneck declared.

Littlefoot turned to see his friends a few feet away, and they rushed each other in a group hug.

“Thank goodness you are okay, oh yes, yes, yes.” Ducky murmured.

“I should say the same for all of us.” Littlefoot said, with some tears in his eyes. “When I saw those rocks coming down on my grandparents and Cera’s dad, I thought some of us were about to lose family.”

“Dad and the others told us to stay put but we didn’t listen.” Cera said, with a flicker of pride. “We warned them out of the way of that rockslide just in time.”

Petrie shuddered atop Littlefoot’s head. “Me didn’t think Don and Tega would be the ones to cause rockslide. Me thought they nice but they trick us.”

Littlefoot’s heart sank. “Wait…Tega is with them too?”

The others looked up and Littlefoot trailed after their gaze, seeing Tega laying on the path above, chewing a piece of grass, her usual look of indifference mixed with a slight amusement too calm for the situation. He felt a whoosh. He looked at his friends, seeing the pain he experienced in their eyes. He hadn’t been the only one betrayed. All of them have been used by people who approached them with the false pretense of friendship. It disheartened him. Were there any new people they could trust? 

A bunch of slowing footsteps became audible and Littlefoot stilled. Slowly, he turned to find Patty emerging from the trees, not looking pleased to see the party in front of her.

“Couldn’t you have taken out at least one of them?” she demanded.

“They had forewarning.” Don moved to fly beside her, frustrated. “Those kids live up to their reputation as trouble. I might have made more progress if that spiketail stopped chewing her grass and did something.”

The dinosaurs around the forefront of the crowd pressed close together, glaring at her.

“Patty!” It was the spikethumb leader, stepping forward. “Is it true? You’re complicit in the clubtail’s murder and part of this deranged group?”

Patty looked her up and down, before lowering her head. “Sorry to disappoint you, leader. There are some things that must be done. Needless to say, I can’t be with your herd anymore.”

The spikethumb leader’s eyes widened. Her mouth thinned. “I’m not pleased to realize two I’ve given refuge are complicit in crimes.”

“I’m not like the threehorn. Right now, be grateful I didn’t hurt anyone in your herd.”

The spikethumb leader frowned, glaring with displeasure. The grandparents stepped forward.

“Patty.” Grandpa Longneck said. “We’re disappointed. We’ve been fond of you. How could you be part of this?”

Patty flinched. Her eyes lowered for a moment but then she met their gaze. “I’m sorry Grandpa and Grandma Longneck. I didn’t mean to deceive you or hurt Littlefoot. But I have to do this. I can’t let my emotions get in the way of making difficult decisions.”

“You are just making excuses.” Grandma Longneck said. “Do you really believe what you’re saying?”

Patty fell silent, as though there was nothing else she could say. The crowd stood warily, facing two self-proclaimed Anchors from the forest and watching the one lying on the Great Wall path, waiting for their next move.

“So,” Grandpa Longneck said, “what are you going to do? You are outnumbered here. You can’t fight all of us.”

“No,” Patty said, “but we’ll find a way. Littlefoot will join us.”

“Don’t make us do something we’ll regret.” Mama Swimmer said. “After manipulating our children, we aren’t in a merciful mood.”
   
“You can’t discourage us.” Don said. “Only Wing Father has power over us.”

“Then we have words for this Wing Father of yours.” Mama Flyer asked.

Patty smiled grimly. “They will have as much effect as death has on us. Wing Father is a force like the wind. You can’t stop him.”

“Wait, death?” Grandpa Longneck said. “What does death have to do with what you’re doing?”

“Patty is dead, Grandpa.” Littlefoot said. “She told me she died after her mother did and this Wing Father brought her back to life. She glowed when she got angry and she looked starved. I saw it.”

“What is this?” Mr. Threehorn scoffed. “The dead, coming back to life? You were probably seeing things.”

“You said the same thing the first time we told you about the ghosts me and my friends saw. I never saw her really eat. She killed Mr. Clubtail and when I met her that day, she didn’t look tired and she was never tired when she played with me. Wing Father is making her strong. If Don and Tega are working with him, they must be dead too.”

“Nonsense.” Mr. Threehorn said. “You can’t just believe whatever you hear. Why, this is most ludicrous thing I’ve ever-”

“No, he’s telling the truth.” Don said.

“We all died.” Tega said.

Everyone became quiet. People turned from staring at Tega to Don and Patty, wondering if this was some joke but their expressions were serious.

“What?” Petrie said. “You dead? But – when that happen?”

“It was my encounter with the sailback sharptooth.” Don replied. “Remember? I gave you and Ruby the details two days ago. Except I didn’t escape. The sharptooth bit me in half.” He lowered his head. “I was so bitter about being left behind. I wished the world didn’t change so I wouldn’t be disregarded. When Wing Father came, I was in awe. He offered me a chance to change the world so my knowledge would never become out of date. After being abandoned by a flock member and falling behind on knowledge, it was too good of an opportunity to pass.”

There was silence. Ducky turned to Tega.

“Is – it the same for you, Tega?” Ducky asked tentatively. “Did you not escape the Thundering Falls fire?”

“Yeah.” Tega’s eyes lowered. “I tried to get away but there was so much fire...no matter where I turned, I started getting burned. It wasn’t a fun way to go. I was so distraught. I thought I could survive alone but the world rejected my kind. It was unfair. That was when Wing Father appeared. It was a bit freaky at first but when he made his offer to change the world so loners could survive, I saw this was someone I could work with.”

“Oh, that must have been so hard…”

Tega looked at Ducky and laughed. “What, sympathy again? After all I did? You’re so easy to play with.”

Ducky stepped back and Spike growled, their friends glaring up with him. Strangely, Patty was also glaring at Tega but she pursed her lips. Looking uncomfortable, Don spoke.

“You must have noticed, haven’t you?” he said. “We never ate in the company of others. The spiketail likes chewing her grass but she rarely swallows or else has to hack it back up. Unlike her, I don’t put myself to such unpleasantness. My solitude fortunately means that few notice my lack of diet, and no need to sleep. It has left me free reign to check on the body and other matters without suspicion. It is a gift that Wing Father has given all of us.”

“You still haven’t specified who this Wing Father is.” Mama Flyer said. “What kind of dinosaur he is, where does he comes from? It’s understandable why we have doubts about this. It’s not possible for one person to control the world.”

“Then you have a narrow view of what things can be.” Patty said. “Wing Father isn’t a dinosaur or any kind of creature. He is a power beyond our world and only deigns to visit us.”

Littlefoot felt a prickle of unease, a certain pair of rainbowfaces coming to mind. “You mean he is from the stars?”

“I didn’t say that.” Patty said, giving him a confused look. “He is beyond life and death. He exists in what comes next. How else could he give us the power to come back to life? But he has limited influence on the living world. To fix that, he has to choose four people who died with regret, Anchors, who he could bring back and help him establish influence. We obey his will so he could take power and make the world better.”
 
There were whispers. Dinosaurs among the crowd looked at each other and the three Anchors, discomforted. Mama Swimmer stepped in front of the gang, eying Patty warily. Littlefoot’s mind was buzzing. This talk about a power beyond life and death was beyond anyone. Many hoped and believed that there might be something after death but this talk of a being who technically never lived was hard to wrap their minds around. Still, they couldn’t help but notice the Anchors rarely appeared to eat or tire. Maybe there was some truth to those words. Mr. Threehorn looked around and frowned.

“Come on, are we really going to believe this?” he asked. “These three are all delusional. People coming back to life, not eating or sleeping, some creature that has never lived or died – it’s all nonsense. There’s no way any of this could be true.”

“You say that, during a time when ghosts roam among us.” Don said. “Have you just forgotten the rockslide we caused? That needed great strength.”

“The ghosts have been seen. And there are small ways to start a rockslide even with just one person. All we have right now is just your word and it’s clear you’ve jumped off the deep end. You’re just mad at how the world is and lashing out. I don’t know if this Wing Father is real or not but he is feeding your issues.”

“The world is broken.” Patty said. “Death and suffering are everywhere. We have to change it.”

“We’re going to swap this world for a better one.” Tega said. “Wing Father is the answer. He’ll make a world where it’s every dinosaur for themselves.”

Mr. Threehorn snorted. “Instead of facing the facts of life, you throw yourself at someone with grand promises you delude yourselves into believing. If I could, I’d pity you. Cowards, the lot of you.”

“That’s rich, coming from you, Topps old pal!” called a voice.

The color drained from Mr. Threehorn’s face. Silence fell as everyone gazed to the top of the Great Wall to see a green threehorn step into view. Cera and Chomper stepped back, shaking.
 
“Oh no.” Cera whispered. “Oh no, oh no, oh no!”

“Not him, not him!” Chomper said.

The threehorn jumped and slid down the mountain, confident as he navigated around the rocks and steeper drops. He slowed and landed on the path. There was a collective intake of breath. Verter stood beside Tega, blue eyes surveying the assembled dinosaurs with nary a scratch or blemish, a smirk playing across his muzzle.

Mr. Threehorn opened and closed his mouth. “You’re – you’re dead. We saw you die. How – how did this happen?”

“Wing Father happened, friend.” Verter’s lip curled. “I didn’t expect to come back either but I didn’t expect to die. When Wing Father came around, I was quite happy to take his offer.”
   
The spikethumb leader stared up, mouth open. “You – this must be a mistake. You can’t possibly be dead.”

“Really, dear leader?” Verter said. “After believing everything you heard about the ghosts, you doubt now? Well, let me make things clear. I did try to take Cera and the sharptooth kid. Topps and Tria did kill me in trying to stop me. I did meet Wing Father. He gave me a second chance to better the traditions of threehorns but you wouldn’t understand the details anyway. Threehorn matters are beyond other kinds. But if you can’t understand that, imagine the trouble you’ll have trying to comprehend a power beyond most living beings that can bring the dead back to life.”

The spikethumb leader stepped back, a hint of terror in her eyes. Verter switched his attention elsewhere.

“Anyway, enough with that herd. I was never really interested in them anyway. I have greater priorities now. Oh, how I can’t wait to make examples out of all of you.”

His eyes bore onto Mr. Threehorn, Tria, and the children. Though he smiled, there was a hard look in his blue eyes and a green glow came from him, faint but clear. There were gasps and screams. The breath was taken from Grandpa and Grandma Longneck. Mama Swimmer cried out and clapped her hand to her mouth. The spikethumb leader was just stunned. Petrie yelped and Littlefoot heard more a few gasps from his friends, feeling the pit drop in his stomach at seeing this a second time. Everyone stared, unable to believe what they were seeing. Cera and Chomper screamed and ducked among their friends, trying not to be seen. Though scared, Littlefoot and the others quickly grouped around the pair to block them from view. Verter was too far up to see the scars of his death but the glow was enough to shock everyone even after it at last faded. Patty glared at Verter but before she could say anything, Tria shook herself and took a shaking step forward.

“You – you will not harm Cera and Chomper,” she declared.

“That – that’s right.” Mr. Threehorn said, finding his voice. “If – if we have to kill you again, we will. You have proven yourself a danger to the children. We won’t allow you near them, especially now you’ve chosen to align with these Great Valley menaces.”

Verter threw head back and laughed. It went on for a bit too long. Some shifted uneasily. For some reason, Don avoided looking at him.

“Why do you find that funny?” Tria demanded.

Verter quieted and bared his teeth. “Because it was you two’s effort to put me down that led me to Wing Father. He had been searching for the fourth and final Anchor for a long time now, someone who would qualify for his requirements. If you hadn’t killed me, he would have had to search even longer to put his plans in motion. Thanks to you, that doesn’t need to happen.”

Mr. Threehorn tensed. “Hang on, I didn’t cause this, you forced our hand-”

“Of course you say that.” Verter said. “You always leap before you look and when it goes bad, you lay the blame somewhere else. If you weren’t so focused on making sure no one took more water than they ‘deserved,’ you might have figured out what caused the Thundering Falls to dry up, correct? Then there would have been no fire and you wouldn’t have endangered your daughter by leading her where she could have been burned alive.”

“I was foolish back then. I’m much better now.”

“It didn’t sound like that when the valley herds got driven out by the swarming leaf gobblers and you suggested the herds break apart. Because of that, your daughter and her friends ran away and nearly died many times to make sure you stayed together.”

“That was-” Mr. Threehorn shook his head. “I’m not heartless, I was just thinking what I thought was best to survive.”

“Is that what you meant with the Tinysaurs? You were planning to kill them for the simple crime of eating from the Tree Sweet Tree. You didn’t consider they mightn’t have known about its importance. Because of that, fast biters were led into the valley and your girl and her friends were nearly killed again. Does that sound like someone who takes the right actions?” 

“I…” Mr. Threehorn stuttered. “That is, I-”

Verter smiled. He stepped forward.

“But hey, it’s not all bad,” he said. “Because you killed me, I got to meet Wing Father. He now has the four Anchors needed to begin his next step to being in charge of the world. I can have a paradise I always wanted. For all that you did for us, I just want to say, thank you very much.”

Verter gave a mocking bow. Mr. Threehorn stepped back, breaths fast, eyes becoming wide as he grasped the implications of his actions. There were murmurs and some dinosaurs began looking around with fear, Tega watching with amusement. Littlefoot took this in, stomach sinking. If someone dead like Verter was standing before them and could glow, that meant Patty and the others were telling the truth about also dying. And if that was real, then this Wing Father might be real as well. This realization caused dread to form and a few even started glaring at Mr. Threehorn for this danger he unwittingly unleashed. Grandpa Longneck looked around and frowned.

“Really, are we going to listen to criticisms from those who wish to harm us?” he asked. “Whatever Mr. Threehorn’s flaws, he was right to defend Cera and Chomper from Verter. Right now, we have two killers and their accomplices who plan to do our children harm and we should make it clear they aren’t welcome here.”

That caused a stir. Becoming more determined, the grownups gathered closer around the children, hiding them from view, and the space became so tight Littlefoot had press closely into his friends so as not to be wedged against Mama Swimmer’s foot. None of the Anchors were impressed.

“This won’t stop a thing.” Patty said.

“Are you really prepared for what we can accomplish?” Don said.

“I still haven’t tested everything I can do.” Verter cricked his neck. “Please, fight back. That will only make it more fun.”

There were snarls and bellows. Several of the grownups snapped teeth and stamped the grass, furious eyes conveying the consequences of a fight. Patty stood her ground. Don flapped beside her, showing the sharp counters of his wings. Verter loomed over the cliff, smirking down. It was a tense moment, and Littlefoot worried about what was going to happen. Some shifted and tried to hide their nervousness, apparently dreading whatever powers the four might have that could harm them. Mama Flyer took a deep breath, to look determined. Then Tega leaned down and twirled her grass to one corner of her mouth before sighing.

“Well, we are certainly outnumbered. Why don’t we call it a day?”

Don jerked his head up. “What?!”

“It would be annoying to round up so many people.” Tega smiled at Don’s outrage, waving at the crowd below. “We should consult Wing Father about a more useful strategy.”

Patty looked at the crowd with pain. “We’ve waited so long though…”

 “We can wait a bit longer.” Tega surveyed the crowd with an eerily intelligent gaze. “Besides, we need time to plan what to do next. We need to make things easier…and more fun.”

Verter’s irritated look melted away. “Yes.” His eyes glittered as he looked down. “We have already given them a taste of what’s to come.”

Don looked unsatisfied. “Next time, they will have forewarning. For Wing Father’s sake, that will make attaining our goals difficult, spiketail.”

“And yet there are advantages to regrouping.” Patty said, thoughtful. “We should do that.”

Don didn’t look pleased but there was a thoughtful gleam in Patty’s eyes that made him back down with a sigh. She surveyed the crowd in front of her.

“We shall return,” she continued. “Our cause is one that won’t be delayed.”

“You won’t know what our next actions will be.” Don said. “The minds employed here are beyond your comprehension. Though be comforted, you will be happy.”

“You aren’t comforting anyone.” Grandpa Longneck said. “Why should we believe your cause is just if its methods lead to such heartbreak?”

“Because once Wing Father has control, everyone won’t have anything to worry about again.” Patty walked off, stopping to look back. “Make no mistake – the circle of life will be ended. Death and all its heartbreak will be stopped.”

With that, she turned and marched off. Don flew after her, disappearing into the trees. Tega and Verter exchanged looks before Tega got up and they moved up the path, disappearing around a bend on the mountain. For a moment, the crowd turned their heads from the cliff to the trees, making sure the four had vanished. Mr. Thicknose stared, unable to fathom what just happened. Guido tried to stop shaking, Swooper patting his back. The gang stood reeling, a few absently rubbing their chests. Mama Swimmer stood close to Ducky and Spike, her fear and confusion a mirror of everyone else’s.

“So… wh-what now?” Mr. Threehorn said, trying to sound casual.

“First, we need to treat our injuries.” Grandpa Longneck sighed, looking at the adults around them. “Then, we need to talk.”

Next time…

Take Your Time

--

Note: And that is the end two. I hope to post the beginning chapters of arc three around June or July (I hope to make it this time, sorry for the delay with these ones.).

11
LBT Fanfiction / Re: We Will Hold On Forever
« on: April 07, 2019, 12:03:43 PM »
Note: Sorry for the late post. I kept getting distracted. I'll try to focus more for the next set of chapters.

FF.net Link:  https://www.fanfiction.net/s/12535668/17/We-Will-Hold-On-Forever

--

We Will Hold On Forever

by

DaveTheAnalyzer

Chapter 17: The Anchors Part 1

“If the killer’s still out there, we need to remain on our guard.” Grandma Longneck said. “We can’t let this tragedy distract us from the threat still among us.”

Whispers went around the meeting circle. As evening fell, a meeting had been called. The news of Verter’s death had shocked the Great Valley and many came along to sort out what had happened. The gang stood next to Cera and her family, crowding around her and Chomper to protect them from the stares and murmurs sent their way. Mr. Threehorn and Tria stood beside them, Tria believing their presence to be important. Mr. Threehorn’s head was lowered, not appearing to be aware of his surroundings, Tricia pressed against his forefoot and babbled up to him occasionally with toddlerish concern. There had been some hope that Verter’s death meant the danger was over but that wasn’t the case.

“Verter wasn’t the killer?” A domehead repeated. “Then who is it?”

“I’m afraid we don’t know.” Grandpa Longneck said. “Sadly, there appears to be more than one selfish person in the valley.”

There was silence as this was taken in. Nervous looks were sent around.

“But that doesn’t make any sense.” Don said. He perched on the tallest rock spire, frowning. “For Wing Father’s sake, he too smoothly took advantage of the Mr. Clubtail death situation. Others saw it too, I heard them talk about it.”

“If you have lived in the Great Valley long enough, you should know rumors don’t always represent the truth.” Grandma Longneck replied. Don huffed and crossed his wings. “Unfortunately, extremism exists in every kind. But Tria and Mr. Threehorn knew him well enough that they could tell he was telling the truth.”
 
“So they say.” The spikethumb leader said. She was furious. She hadn’t reacted well to finding out one of her own was dead. She glared around, as though trying to suss out the truth by who caught her eye-line wrong. “How do we know this isn’t a dispute gone wrong that led to a cover up?”

The meeting turned tense. Patty caught Littlefoot’s eye and shook her head in exasperation. The spikethumb leader noticed this and frowned, sending her a look of warning. Several eyes started going for Cera and Chomper among their circle of friends. Tricia became nervous and stepped back to hobble next to her sister. Mr. Threehorn stirred, raising his head to glare

“What are you trying to say?” he demanded.

“Topsy, you don’t need to -” Tria began.

“I can fight my own battles.” He stepped forward and glared. “Just come out and say it: you think this is a murder.”

The spikethumb leader didn’t deny it. “I’m merely trying to get to the bottom of what happened to one of my herd members. You have to admit, it is suspicious.”

“Hah, a likely story. You want to stir things up, that’s what. He was my friend. People don’t tend to kill their friends if they get annoyed with each other.”

“I have seen others kill for little better. The best friendships have collapsed into the worst grudges in my time. It can turn especially deadly if pride is valued and-”

“You think it was something that petty?” Mr. Threehorn demanded. “We threehorns might fight, but we don’t all kill each other based on whims, or we wouldn’t survive as a kind. Growing up with someone doesn’t make it easy to kill them, you know. He was my friend. Even – even if he wasn’t honest about his reputation. Even if he tricked us about training Cera and Chomper.” His voice cracked. “Even if he was going to take them away.”

“Topsy…” Tria stepped closer.

“I’m fine, I’m fine!” he said loudly. “I can handle this. Tomorrow’s going to be another day. I’ll just move on like I always – stop looking at me like that!”

For everyone were staring at him. Mr. Threehorn staggered, trying to glare but his breaths shuddered. Tria pressed against him. Grandpa Longneck looked at the spikethumb leader.

“Are you convinced now?” he asked. Awkward, the spikethumb leader bowed her head. “Whatever our feelings about the Verter matter, the killer is still around. We must remain on our guard. Grandma and I, along with Mr. Thicknose and his volunteers, will continue our search for clues. If anyone has any suspicions, report them to us. If there’s nothing else to say, the meeting is adjourned.”

The crowd broke off, some leaving but others standing together in whispering groups. Still pressing against her mate supportively, Tria looked at the gang.

“I’m afraid we have to go, kids,” she said. “Topsy…we all need rest.”

“That’s fine.” Littlefoot said. He looked at Cera. “Maybe we can hang out tomorrow?”

Cera was looking away but sighed. “Might as well.”

She joining her parents in walking into the night, Tricia walking alongside her and cooing worriedly.

“Poor Cera’s dad.” Ducky said, watching them go. “It must be so hard, having to hurt his best friend.”

“I think it’s hurting everyone.” Littlefoot sighed. “Tria knew him too. Will we see you tomorrow Chomper? You need the company.”

“Mmm.” Chomper said, looking down.

The others stared at him with concern. Spike gave a coo and nudged Chomper, who didn’t appear to notice. Mama Flyer’s voice called out.

“Kids, are you ready to go yet?” she said. “You too, Ruby and Chomper. I need to get you to your cave.”

“Huh? Oh, yes!” Ruby put a hand around Chomper. “Let’s go, Chomper.”

Petrie gave a wave before joining them with his mother and siblings. Soon Mama Swimmer came by with her entourage of children, and Ducky and Spike had to go as well. Littlefoot turned to his grandparents, who stood nearby, talking with Mr. Thicknose.

“Not that we have had much luck in finding anything so far.” Mr. Thicknose sighed, keeping his voice low. “We have barely scrounged up anything since we started.”

“We shouldn’t give up.” Grandma Longneck said. “These things take time. We can’t expect a result right away.”

“I’m sure we will find the killer eventually.” Grandpa Longneck sighed. “The problem is what he might do before we track him down.”

Littlefoot looked at them, crestfallen. His grandparents noticed and sent him apologetic looks. It appeared he would be away from his grandparents for some time yet. He had had some good days with Patty and looked forward to them but he wanted things to be back to the way they were. His heart became heavy. How long was this crises going to last?

--

Ruby sat outside of the Secret Cavern. She slid a rock under her hand and her right foot kicked the dirt. In the rising bright circle, she glimpsed the shapes of other valley residents move between the trees, the rumbles of feet and mutters of conversation somewhat subdued. Verter’s actions and his death had rattled everyone. It was another shocking thing to happen to the Great Valley. At the pace of things, no one knew when they woke up today if all the valley residents might still be alive tomorrow. All this only added to the unease that settled in her stomach.

“Ruby!”

She looked up as Petrie flew in, managing a smile as he landed beside her.

“Morning, Petrie,” she said. “How is the morning going?”

“Um, okay.” Petrie settled down beside her. “Rest of family on way again.”

She nodded, staring ahead. He fidgeted in his lap, stealing looks of her expression.

“Erm…are you okay?” he asked. “You seem bothered.”

She traced a line in the rock. “Maybe. Just -” she sighed. “I was wrong. I didn’t realize Verter was a threat. There were all those hints he wasn’t nonthreatening but I didn’t put them together. I just wanted to trust Cera and Chomper, but that trust got them hurt and…”

“Hey, it okay.” Petrie said, going over and patted Ruby’s hand. “None of us thought a friend of Cera’s parents would be bad. It normal not to notice.”

“You noticed.” Ruby’s down gaze slide to him. “I didn’t believe until the crises forced me to believe.”

“Well…” he squirmed. A pleased smile came across his beak. “Me am happy me get something right. Did you see me put clues together? Me never do something so fast. You will be able to do that again.”

“But I’m supposed to be the smart one,” she said. She closed her eyes. “I’m here to help learn how to stop Red Claw. I went with Don to help make my thinking better. I could have figured it out earlier and got Cera and Chomper away from Verter. That I didn’t notice or believe meant that Chomper and Cera nearly-”

Ruby became quiet. The thought of failing Chomper, nearly losing her best friend and the one she swore to protect, was more than she could take. She felt Petrie touch her hand.

“Cera and Chomper still here,” he said quietly. “Bad things happen but they got away. If me know anything from not being very good at thinking is that friends help each other. If one can’t think of anything, someone else does. Besides, we try better next time. We can always do more lessons when Don come back again.”

She turned to him, staring, as though not knowing how to take his words. Then she smiled.

“Thanks, Petrie. You must be smart, if you can make me feel better.”

“Uh, no problem.” Petrie laughed. His expression was proud. He took in the moment before hesitating. “Um, me scared to know, but how Chomper doing?”

Sighing, Ruby got up and waved for him to follow. They entered the Secret Caverns, Petrie flapping after her through the few twist and turns until they came upon Chomper, back curled to them.

“He has been like this since we went asleep,” she whispered to Petrie. “I don’t know if he has done any sleeping.”
 
He winced. “Oh. But he better be up soon. Mama and brothers and sisters are coming.”

She nodded. Ruby patted forward, trying to keep footsteps delicate. 

“Chomper?”

The young sharptooth didn’t move.

“Are you up? It’s morning. I don’t mean to bother you but it’s time to get up.”

There was some silence. Chomper twitched and curled inward.

“I don’t want to get up,” he mumbled. “I’m tired.”

“But getting up at the proper time is important.” Ruby protested. “Besides, we can’t stay here.”

“My family nearly here.” Petrie said. “They escort us to friends. You want to be with friends, right?”

“Petrie?” Chomper looked up briefly, He placed his head down. “Just leave me here. I’m not worth it.”

“Of course you’re worth it.  You’re our friend.” Ruby said.

“Is – is this about you biting Verter to help Cera?” Petrie said tentatively. “That not make you want to eat dinosaurs, right?”

“No. I barely noticed. I’ve been too sad to feel anything about it.” Chomper stirred. “Heh, that just fits. I can’t even become a threat.”

“Don’t talk about yourself like that.” Ruby said. “It’s not safe to be alone. Can’t we at least be sad around other people?”

“Just so I can be protected?” he sighed. “Like always.”

“We kids. We need protecting.” Petrie said. “It not fun but there no help in that.”

“But I’m supposed to be better than that!”

Ruby and Petrie jumped. Chomper turned around, eyes morose.

“I should be able to protect you guys,” he continued. “I thought this training could let me help you the next time dangers come around. But it was for nothing. It was just so Verter could use me.”

“That’s Verter’s fault, not your fault.” Ruby said. “Come on Chomper, let’s go see our friends. They miss us. They want us to be together again.”

“What would be the point?” Chomper rolled back to show his back again. “I’ll just bother everyone because I can’t take care of myself. When danger comes, I’ll just get rescued again. I’m useless. I can’t do anything!”

Ruby and Petrie watched, at a loss. Neither of them had seen Chomper this despondent. Sure, he could get down when he felt he didn’t fit in but he always bounced back. Ruby clenched her fist. For a moment, she wanted to attack Verter, to make him suffer for what he did to her wonderful friend.

“You’re wrong Chomper,” she said. “You have helped us out so many times. You’re understanding of the sharptooth language has got out of many scrapes and your understanding of how sharpteeth think made sure we got out of even more scrapes. And I haven’t got to your sniffer yet, how it helps find enemies and friends and …”

She fell silent. Petrie glance at her in confusion, but Ruby was staring into the middle distance, eyes wide.

“Of course. Sniffer…sniffing…why didn’t I think of this before?” she murmured.

“You think what before?” Petrie asked.

“Chomper’s sniffer!” she exclaimed. “He have been able track down so many people and locations. Maybe he can track down the killer.”

“What?” Chomper looked up, confused.

“No, just think! The grownups are having a hard time finding the killer. Maybe we can use Chomper’s nose to find a trail to where Mr. Clubtail fell.”

“R-really?” Petrie struggled a bit to keep up, a sliver of anxiety showing through. “Oh, now me think, it sound like good idea.”

“It’s an important idea. If we can sniff down what happened to Mr. Clubtail, we can stop the killer. And the valley can be at peace again. Everyone can finally relax.” Ruby stood taller, putting her hands on her hips. “You’re not useless Chomper. And I’m going to prove it.”

Before anyone could reply, Ruby snatched Chomper’s hand and he yelped as she pulled him to his feet, pulling him out of the cave as a confused Petrie followed.

“There you three are!” Mama Flyer said, flapping with her other children as she descended toward them. ”Why are you walking so fast? I know we must be cautious but there’s no need to rush-”

“Now’s the time for rushing.” Ruby panted. “We need to find Grandpa and Grandma Longneck now.”

They rushed past as they entered the forest, Chomper staggering and eyes wide as he struggled to keep up. Petrie’s wings were flapping in a blur, trying not to be left behind. Mama Flyer and her other children stared before they hastily flapped to catch up.

“Wait, slow down Ruby,” she said. “Why do you need to talk with Grandpa and Grandma Longneck? Is it important?”

“Very important.” Ruby said. “I have an important idea and I need to tell them before-”

“Before what, Ruby?”

Ruby and Chomper tripped and nearly fell over each other. Petrie yelped and had to flap his wings forward to stop himself from smacking into Ruby’s neck. They all looked around before raising their heads, finding an elderly flyer standing on a branch not far up, leaning against the tree and watching them.

“Don, there you are!” Petrie said.

“Sorry we didn’t talk to you much after Verter yesterday.” Ruby said. “After Cera and Chomper got rescued, we wanted to be with them.”

“It’s fine, it’s fine.” Don said. “Perfectly understandable.” He jumped, flapping to slow his descent and land on the ground. “Is Chomper well?”

“I’m – I’m fine, sir.” Chomper mumbled, looking down.

“Good. Good.” Don said. He looked…thoughtful, as though he didn’t know what to make of a recent event and wasn’t sure he liked it. Still, this was the least severe any of them had ever seen him. “I’m quite proud of what you two accomplished. It is because of your ingenuity that you saved your friends.”

“Really?” Petrie perked up. He smiled proudly. “We did do good, didn’t we?”

Ruby looked down. “But I didn’t think it was possible that Verter would be the killer.”

“No big deal. You at least had the intelligence to be persuaded and help make sure that threehorn wouldn’t be a further threat.” Don said. “Any further issues can be worked over in our future talks.” He looked around. “Where are you off to anyway?”

“We off to Littlefoot’s grandparents because Ruby have idea on how to find killer.” Petrie said.

Don paused. “She has?”

Ruby nodded. “I just remembered Chomper has a good sense of smell. If he could smell where Mr. Clubtail was before he fell, then we can find the killer’s smell.”

“What?” Mama Flyer said. “Oh, so that’s why you were in such a rush.”

“That does sound like a good idea.” One of Petrie’s sisters said.

“Chomper is a sharptooth.” One of Petrie’s brothers added. “They’re very good at smelling things.”

The other siblings chimed in their agreement, bursting with energy at the idea. Don pressed his beak together.

“Yes, yes,” he said. “With that logic, it’s…natural why you see it has value.”

Ruby smiled, nodding. “With Chomper’s nose, we will be able to find out what happened. Then we can take care of the killer. All our worries will soon be gone.”

“You shouldn’t do it.”

Ruby and the others glanced up in shock. Don stood there, fists on hips, gazing sternly.

“What?” Ruby said. “But Chomper’s sniffer is very good. He finds Mr. Clubtail’s scent, and we find the killer. It is a good idea.”

“Really?” Don asked “This is too obvious to be effective.” He leaned closer. “For Wing Father’s sake, this idea hasn’t been thoroughly thought over.”

“We rushed to the conclusion Verter was the killer and you supported it,” she replied. “I’m just applying what I already know, since I know his nose for as long as I’ve known Chomper.”

“What you already know can have holes. Firsthand knowledge can’t always be trusted. I’m the elder here, I know what I’m talking about.”

There was silence as they glared at each other. Chomper and the flyer family watched them, not sure what to say.

“Wow, this sure got tense.” One of Petrie’s brother murmured.

“L-look,” Mama Flyer said, flying closer “why not have Ruby talk to Grandpa and Grandma Longneck about it. They’re wise. If there is problem with the idea, they’ll bring it up.”

“Good idea, Mama.” Petrie brightened. “They very smart. They know what to do.”

“Not all elders are wise.” Don said, not looking at him. “Those longnecks have been fooled before. They cannot be trusted to take the proper action.”

“You say elders should be respected, yet when we bring up elders we can to talk to, you dismiss them.” Ruby’s eyes narrowed. “You just want to be the only one listened to. You don’t like us listening to someone who’s not you.”

Don’s eyes flashed. “Don’t talk to me like that.”

“You need to hear it. I admit, I’m disappointed. I thought you were more willing to listen to others’ opinions but you still have a ways to go.” She turned away. “Talking can be useful but we can’t talk forever. I need to do something to help the valley now.”

Don grabbed Ruby’s arm. There were gasps and Ruby stepped back in shock.

“Don.” Mama Flyer said. “Let her go.”

He ignored her, staring into Ruby’s eyes. “Do not do this,” he said lowly. “For Wing Father’s sake. You won’t like what might happen.”
 
Ruby stared, flinching as a stinging cool came to her chest. But her mouth became grim and she wrenched his hand off. “Whatever happens, the consequences of this killer’s actions have already happened. They need to be taken care of.”

She turned and stalked off, dragging a confused Chomper with her. Mama Flyer and her children followed, glaring at Don as they passed. Only Petrie remained, hesitating, before facing him.

“Sorry,” he said. “Me sure she not hate you. Maybe we can talk about it at a meeting later.”

“Yes.” Don intoned. “Yes, of course.”

Turning, Petrie flew off, though he strangely winced a bit. For a while, Don stood there, staring at where Petrie’s figure disappeared with the others. The buzz of insects was in the air. Closing his eyes, he sighed.

“I’m sorry, children,” he said.

--

Tria lay with Mr. Threehorn near their nest. The laughter of children and the crackle of a moving rock echoed not far off. Cera sat with Littlefoot, Ducky, and Spike in a circle, rolling a rock between them. Tricia ran after the rock, giggling as she tried to catch it and nearly turning herself dizzy as the others each pushed it in a different direction. The others occasionally smiled and laughed at Tricia’s antics. Tria smiled. After Cera’s whole ordeal, she deserved to have her friends with her. It heartened Tria to hear their enjoyment.

“They are really going at it,” she said.

“Mmm.” Mr. Threehorn said.

“It’s nice to have a break from all the training. We needed this.”

“Yeah.”

Glancing at him, Tria tried to keep her smile. “And look at Tricia playing with them. It’s nice to see her engaging with other children. I hope she can manage to make friends of her own soon.”

Mr. Threehorn gazed focused. After a few seconds watching the kids, lips twitching. “I hope she doesn’t get friends like Littlefoot and the others.”

“Oh, come on.” Tria laughed.

“I mean it, that would be trouble. Do we want two daughters who get themselves in dangerous adventures every other cold time?”

“You just want her to goo-goo, gaa-gaa with you all the time,” she teased.

“Well,” he averted his gaze, “you got me there.”

They laughed. Tria looked to him and smiled, affection clear.

“I’m happy you could still laugh, Topsy,” she said.

“Of course I can laugh. I do have a sense of humor.” Mr. Threehorn said. “Do you think I would have got through the struggles I did if I didn’t find some things funny?”

“I’m glad. We need to find the small joys in life. It what makes living worth it.” Tria paused. “In light of that, I’m wondering if we can talk.”

“Oh?”

“About…what happened yesterday.”

His smile dropped. “Right.”

She waited for him to speak but his lips remained pressed together.

“That was really traumatic,” Tria said at length. “I was wondering how…you were doing.”

“Fine,” he said. He looked away. “It’s not the first loss I’ve had to deal with.”

“Are you sure? He was…you know. That must really hurt.”

“Verter…” his voice caught and he shook his head. “He made the nest he laid in.”

“That doesn’t stop someone from feeling bad.” Tria said.

“Don’t worry. It’ll go away. It all-” His voice became harsh. “Why are we talking about this now?”

“I’m worried about you.” Tria said. “I’m not unaffected by what happened either. I was thinking we can help each other.”

“Our focus should be having a family time with our daughters.” Mr. Threehorn turned his head away. “It is what they need.”

“I know but we should take care of ourselves too. We can’t take care of them if we’re bothered by tragedies in the past.”

 “I’m not bothered by it.” Mr. Threehorn said. “There are other ways to take care of ourselves. Lingering over the past won’t help that.”

“Topsy, please-”

“I said I’m not-!” he said loudly. He closed his eyes, inhaling. “It doesn’t matter what happened yesterday. What matters is making our daughters happy. This is not the time for it.”

“R-right.” Tria said. “It has been only a day. Sorry. But maybe when things to settle down, we can discuss it then.”

“I appreciate your concern,” Mr. Threehorn said, “but that’s never going to be needed. I’m fine. I just need to keep going. You shouldn’t worry about me.”

She wanted to say more but she found herself settling down. “Y-yes. If you say so.”

Tria fell silent. They lay together, bodies still close, but she felt further away from him than ever.

*Why?* she thought. *Why won’t you let me help you, Topsy? Why can’t I do anything to reach you?*

Meanwhile, Cera and the others continued to roll the rock between them, ignorant of the tension that flared some distance behind them. Tricia was breathless as she ran after the rock, nearing Littlefoot when he caught it and redirecting when he pushed it to Ducky, their spirits rising as they watched her go.

“It’s great to be together again.” Littlefoot said.

“You could say that again.” Cera said.  “It’s a relief not to be moving around so much for once. I don’t think that’ll change for me anytime soon.”

“Oh, that is okay.” Ducky said. “After being apart for so long, playing like this is fine, it is, it is.”

Spike grunted with agreement, catching the rock and punting it to Tricia, who squealed with delight.

“It’s only been three days.” Cera said. “It’s not like we haven’t done our own thing before.”

“But those three days felt like forever.” Ducky said.

“With this ghost stuff, these days have felt really long.” Cera admitted. “Though really, we’ve been together more times than we’ve been not.”

Littlefoot nodded. “I can’t believe we’ve been together longer than it took for us to go to the valley. That feels so far away now.”

“Time sure goes slow when you’re not having fun,” she said. The others laughed. “I don’t want to grow up yet. I still want to have time to play. I think Tria said that when you’re a kid, it feels like forever but when it feels done, it’s like no time at all.”

There were nods, some of them gazing up as they remembered their many adventures as friends. It was amazing what could be packed within the short span of childhood. With this, they forgot the rock, which was being tugged back and forth by Spike and Tricia as the two giggled along. Glancing around, Littlefoot hesitated but decided to speak.

“Speaking of time, um…how are you been doing?”

“Fine.” Cera frowned. “After so much time moving, I got to sleep in for once. It’s been good.”

“I mean…is there anything bothering you?” he said.

“I don’t know.” She glared at them. “Why aren’t you bothered about not being with Patty and Tega? Where are they anyway?”

“Patty came around but said she couldn’t look after me because she was busy.” Littlefoot explained. “She didn’t say with what but maybe that grouchy spikethumb leader has the herd in a meeting.”

“We barely saw Tega.” Ducky said. “She did not show up this morning.” Spike made a thoughtful sound as she continued. “Me and Spike are worried but maybe she wants to give us space.”

“Weird for her to leave someone in the lurch.” Cera said wryly. “Then again, it’s very bright today. Maybe she wants to keep to the shade so she won’t get hot. Petrie, Ruby, and Chomper aren’t here either.”

“Petrie’s mother is going over to escort them to us.” Littlefoot said. “Things are still dangerous. Chomper might also need some rest.”

“Yeah.” Cera softened a bit. “Hope that little guy can enjoy himself.”

“Mmm.” Littlefoot nodded, a smile flitting in. He looked at her again, hesitating, but his concern made him press on. “I don’t mean to keep pressing but are you okay? You went through a lot.”

“I’m fine.” Cera crossed her forelegs, looking away. “Mr. Thicknose and a few others helped treat me and Chomper’s injuries. We’ll be alright.”

“Are you sure?” Ducky asked. “Yesterday sounded really scary. If you want to talk about it, we will listen.”

“No thanks. I have been through it and it’s done.” Cera said. “I just want to move on.”

“But is that good?” Littlefoot asked. “Just ignoring something doesn’t always make it go away. Sometimes talking it out helps. When I talk with my grandparents about things, it can make me feel better.”

“Do you talk with your grandparents about everything?” she retorted. “You aren’t scarred for life if you just keep some things to yourself. You are still happy.”

“But I think that is for small things.” Ducky said. “This is a scary thing. When me and Spike talk about a problem scary or small, it helps us better understand it.” Spike nodded, and she smiled. “See? You do not have to do it right now but if we can talk about it, you will feel better even more.”

Littlefoot nodded. “It is a bit soon, so you’re probably not in the mood, but we’re always willing to listen.”

“You will be waiting for a long time, then, because that is never going to happen.” Cera flopped her head onto her forelegs. “I understand what happened. I got tricked into doing a load of hard work and then someone up and died. I don’t want a talk to tell me something that obvious.”

“But this Verter situation sounded bigger than that.” Ducky protested. “It would be good to-”

“Stop bothering me about it!” Cera snapped. The others jumped, Tricia yelping and staring at her in surprise. “You always try to butt in whenever I look the least a bit sad. You and Ducky are particularly bad about this, Littlefoot. What, am I bothering the feel-good mood of our get togethers by not being happy all the time?”

“Hey, don’t be like that!” Littlefoot said. “We’re just worried about you. We want to make sure you’re okay.”

“Well, you’re not doing a good job at it. Leave me alone. Some people just want to deal with things on their own. Can’t you think about that instead of how you would do it for once? That especially goes for you, Ducky. You always try to fix things how you would fix things, trying to make everyone smiley and perky, and I’m getting sick of it. Can’t you stop babying everyone for once, it’s annoying, you’re annoying, sometimes you should just-”

“Cera, Cera!” Ducky said, waving her arms. “Stop!”       

Cera stopped. Ducky had stepped back in shock. Spike and Littlefoot glared at her, a little hurt in Littlefoot’s eyes. Tricia started crying, head raised as tears streamed down her cheeks. Spike tried to nuzzle her but it was no use. Cera stared, a sinking in her stomach. Verter had said something about her turning against her friends in the future because of her selfishness. Was this a hint of things to come?

In the silence that followed, there was a rumble of feet. Grandpa and Grandma Longneck approached, expressions troubled.

“We didn’t expect to see you again so soon.” Tria said.

“After your experience yesterday, we thought we should check on you.” Grandpa Longneck answered. He turned to survey Littlefoot and the others. “Petrie, Ruby, and Chomper aren’t here yet.”

“Don’t worry.” Mr. Threehorn said. “I’m – I’m sure Petrie’s mother is bringing them here now.” He tried to focus on the grandparents. “Have you found anything?”

Grandma Longneck sighed. “No. It’s like we’re going in circles. It’s really starting to feel like something killed Mr. Clubtail and disappeared off the land.”

“So the killer might be a ghost.” Mr. Threehorn muttered. “Great.”

“Unless this ghost is like the sharptooth, I don’t think it’s that situation.” Grandpa Longneck frowned. ”Though…it is strange. Grandma and I have been keeping an ear out for any sign people might be dealing with ghosts and nothing. No one has been behaving odd at all.”

“Do you think it’s over?” Tria asked hopefully.

“I don’t think so,” he replied. “It doesn’t seem like it would end that easily. It’s likely happening more elsewhere. We must be on our guard. It could surge back any time.”

She shuddered. “That would be the last thing we need, for…him to come back as a ghost.” Mr. Threehorn looked away.

“We should be cautious but not get too ahead of ourselves.” Grandma Longneck said. “We still need to protect ourselves from this killer. We need to find a way to track him down.” She sighed. “I only hope we can find a lead that can actually do that…”

“Grandpa and Grandma Longneck! Mr. Threehorn! Tria!”

The grownups started. Littlefoot and the others raised their heads. Ruby and Chomper approached at top speed, Chomper stumbling and huffing as Ruby pulled him along. Petrie and his mother and siblings trailed after in the air, only slightly less breathless. She stopped in front of the grownups and panted, eyes urgent and alive.

“What’s the matter, Ruby?” Grandpa Longneck asked.

“You aren’t going to claim another friend is a bad person, are you?” Tria said warily.

“No.” Ruby said, righting herself. “At least, I hope this idea won’t lead to that. But I have an idea on how to track down the killer.”

This got Littlefoot and the others’ attention. They got up, going over to stand next to them. Even Tricia, walking over to sniffle next to her mother’s foreleg, looked up to see what all the excitement was.

“Really?” Littlefoot asked. “You have an idea?”

“The definite one.” Ruby said. “It was so important when I thought about it, I had to find you guys.”

“We appreciate your duty. But did you have to drag Chomper halfway across the valley to tell us?” Grandma Longneck asked. Chomper stood bowed, looking about ready to fall over. “He has went through a lot. He needs rest.”

“But Chomper is part of the idea! I was thinking of using his sniffer to track down what happened to Mr. Clubtail.”

Many eyes widened. Mr. Threehorn, who looked tired, stirred with surprise.

“What?” he said.

“Chomper has the best nose of anyone I know.” Ruby said. “And I don’t know of anyone with a nose like his. It has helped us so much in knowing where good people and bad people are. I’m sure he could sniff us to whoever hurt Mr. Clubtail.”

“Oh yes.” Ducky said. “Chomper’s nose would help very much, it would, it would.”

Spike bayed with a smile at the idea. Tria turned to the sharptooth youth.

“So you are suggesting…Chomper should be part of this investigation?” she said.

“Yes.” Ruby said. “He can help us find the spot where what happened to Mr. Clubtail happened. He can sniff the spot and find the killer’s scent. It was so obvious. I’m almost mad I didn’t think about it in the first place.”

“Good job, Ruby!” Littlefoot said.

“We always knew you could think of a solution!” Cera said, smile a bit forced. “No wonder you rushed over here to tell us.”

“I’m not sure.” Mr. Threehorn turned to Chomper, eyes narrowed. “How can we trust he won’t lead us into a trap for his sharptooth friends?”

Chomper flinched. Everyone turned and stared at him.

“What are you talking about, Topsy?” Tria asked. “Just yesterday, you said you supported Chomper. You worked hard to save him. What have you changed your mind all of a sudden?”

“Huh?” Mr. Threehorn flinched. He stared, blank-eyed for a moment, then shook his head. “Oh. You – you’re right. I remember. I just – I don’t know what came over me.”

The others stared at him. Cera stepped toward him, eyes shining with great worry.

“Uh, anyway, this sounds like a good idea.” Littlefoot said.

“We can always count on Ruby to come up with a plan, yep, yep, yep.” Ducky said.

“She always come up with good ideas.” Petrie managed a smile. “Now all we need to do is put it into action. Then valley can be safe.”
 
“Hang on.” Grandpa Longneck interrupted. He shifted. “We don’t feel very comfortable about this.”

“You and Chomper went through a lot yesterday, Ruby.” Grandma Longneck said. “As your parents aren’t here, we are obligated to watch over you. We don’t feel right pushing you into adult responsibilities.”

“But this might be the only way to find out what happened to Mr. Clubtail!” Ruby protested. “From what I have been hearing, you haven’t found any clues. This can find clues faster. With the killer about, shouldn’t we find him as soon as possible?”

“Well…” Mama Flyer hesitated. “I don’t mean to intrude but there is merit to that idea.”

“You can trust Ruby and Chomper.” Petrie said. “Me see her think a lot with Don’s lessons. She very grownup. They can do this.”

“You can also trust Chomper’s sniffer.” Littlefoot said. “Are there any other good sniffers around? If you give them a chance, I’m sure they’ll help you here too. Come on. What have you got to lose?”

Spike nodded, thrusting his head to Chomper and giving a “eh” filled with passion. Petrie’s brothers and sisters also nodded, having become fond of Ruby and Chomper in their few escorts. Grandpa and Grandma Longneck glanced at each other. They appeared uncomfortable as they had a mental debate in their mind. Grandpa Longneck looked to the sharptooth youth.

“What do you think, Chomper?” he asked. “What is your position on this?”

Chomper appeared caught off guard. Glancing around, he sighed. “I guess it can’t hurt.”

That wasn’t the vote of confidence Ruby and the gang were searching for. But it seemed to do the trick. The grandparents hesitated. Reluctantly, they looked at Mama Flyer, Tria, and Mr. Threehorn. Mama Flyer was concerned but looked thoughtful. Tria only looked worried. Mr. Threehorn was mostly distracted, too disturbed by his sudden regression in attitude to think one way or the other. Grandpa and Grandma Longneck sent concerned glances at Ruby and Chomper, weighing the benefits of resolving the killer issue quickly versus the ethics of employing children. The gang waited with baited breath.

Grandpa Longneck sighed. “Very well. Since you volunteered.”

The gang brightened and there were happy cries. Ruby pumped a fist up.

“Yes!” she said. “You’ll be a big help Chomper, you’ll see.”

“But it will only be the two of you.” Grandpa Longneck continued. “The rest of you are staying behind.”

“What?” Littlefoot said. Everyone else’s cheers died down

“You heard us.” Grandma Longneck said. “We won’t be endangering any more children than we have to. This is already a hard decision.”

“But Ruby and Chomper friends!” Petrie protested. “We can’t leave them behind.”

“That is sweet Petrie, but think.” Mama Flyer said. “As hard as it is to hear, what can you contribute? Chomper will be offering his nose and Ruby her support. The rest of you aren’t needed.”

“We can also support them.” Ducky said, Spike nodding. “It will help them to have their friends with them.”

“They will have Grandpa and Grandma Longneck with them.” Tria said. “They are very kind. They can offer all the support Ruby and Chomper need. I’m not happy about this but I trust they will be safely looked after. We don’t want any of you kids hurt.”

“You’re underestimating us.” Cera growled. “You really think we don’t have much to offer?”

”This is not negotiable.” Grandpa Longneck said. “Our decision is final. You all are children. You have been through more than enough. Enjoy the day, and you will hear back from us later.”

“This is so unfair.” Cera muttered. “We did all the hard work to get them listened to and we’re getting left behind.”

The grandparents ignored her. They turned to Ruby and Chomper.

”We are taking your request but reluctantly.” Grandpa Longneck said. “Ordinarily, we wouldn’t do this but with the lack of progress, we have little choice. Stay close to us and obey our instructions. If there is danger and we tell you to run, run and don’t look back. If we find the killer’s scent and where he is, please listen to our request and leave with a trusted grownup.”

“I’m coming too.” Mr. Threehorn said, stepping forward.

“Topsy, are you sure?” Tria asked.

“I’m tired of just sitting around doing nothing,” he said. “If there’s a chance you’ll find this killer, you’ll need protection. I can offer that.”

Grandpa Longneck hesitated. “Are you sure? After what just happened, maybe you should rest.”

“I’m fine!” Mr. Threehorn said, a bit forcefully. “That was – nothing. Just let me help here.”

Grandpa Longneck still looked reluctant but at Mr. Threehorn’s level gaze, he sighed. “Then your help will be welcome.” He turned to his mate. “What should we do with Mr. Thicknose and his volunteers?”

“I think we could at least notify them.” Grandma Longneck said. “How should we begin the search? I was thinking we-”

The pair continued talking, Mr. Threehorn occasionally chipping in, impatient to get going. Chomper didn’t show much excitement, resigned he was going to play this role. Ruby was relieved as she listened, but she was almost guilty as she glanced at Littlefoot and the others, who stood there with a mix of worry and resentment. As the grandparents and Mr. Threehorn continued to talk, Patty walked in on the scene.

“Patty, perfect timing.” Grandpa Longneck said, noticing her. “We have hit upon a potentially good idea to find the killer. Can you watch over Littlefoot for us?”

“Really?” Patty raised her head with slight surprise at the news. At length, she nodded. “Of course. You need space to do this important work. Littlefoot, come on.”

“Huh?” Littlefoot said. “But-” He glanced at his friends. He sighed. “Sorry guys.”
   
He departed from his friends, joining Patty. His head was lowered as they walked off.

“It looks like they are quite busy.” Patty said.

“Yeah.” Littlefoot sighed. “Ruby and Chomper are going to help. But I’m worried. I wish there was something I can do.”

“Hmm,” she said, thoughtful. “Well, I think there’s one way we can help.”

“Really?” he asked.

“Follow me. I’ll show you where we need to go.”

Patty hurried her pace. In spite of himself, Littlefoot became curious, and moved after her.
Back with Cera and the others, they watched the grandparents and Mr. Threehorn wrap up their discussion. They stepped apart, nodding.

“So that’s the plan.” Grandpa Longneck said. “Ruby? Chomper? Time to go.”

“Okay.” Ruby put an arm on Chomper’s shoulder. “Don’t worry, Chomper. This will work out.”

With that, they turned and walked away with their backs to the kids.

“Come on Cera, kids, it’s time to go.” Tria said.

“We have to go too, Petrie.” Mama Flyer said.

“Yeah, come on.” One of Petrie’s brothers said. “We’re going to meet Dad today.”

“Um, okay.” Petrie said. He traded uncertain looks with the others and followed his family into the sky.

The flyers ascended, the land below dropping down a bit as they flew above the trees, making a beeline for their nest. They flew in a reverse-V formation with their mother in the lead, Petrie flying at the back left end.

“You know Petrie, your father and I are proud of you,” Mama Flyer said, eyes ahead. “Even if your killer prediction wasn’t accurate, it still saved your friends and…”

Petrie spotted a particularly high tree coming up. He hesitated. Glancing around to note his siblings were all staring ahead, he circled and ducked behind the tree as his family passed, laying low among the leaves as his mother spoke.

“…what we expected, we are happy for you and want you to know…Petrie? Petrie!”

Petrie sighed. “Sorry Mama. Me have to do this.”

Meanwhile, Tria led Cera, Ducky and Spike through a forested path. Tricia hopped along near her mother’s forefoot, cheering herself up by dancing between the shadows of the trees. Cera, Ducky, and Spike kept up near Tria’s rear left foot, Cera glaring at the grass.

“If you want to, Ducky and Spike, you can stay with us.” Tria said. “I always enjoy the company of Cera’s friends. After these horrible few days, I think what we all need is a relaxing dip in the mud pool.”

Cera caught Ducky and Spike’s eye and flicked her gaze to the right. The siblings looked blank but at her glare, they caught on and nodded, starting to edge to the left line of bushes.

“I know you aren’t a fan of the mud Ducky but it’s really good.” Tria was saying. “You didn’t mind when we all tried it the first time. You just need to sink in and…” She paused and looked around. “Cera? Ducky, Spike? Oh, come on. Are we really going to do this?”

Cera, Ducky, and Spike galloped and hid behind a tree, Cera’s eyes lowered in determination.

“No, I’m not going to be sent off while the grownups do the important work,” she muttered. “We’re going to find out what’s happening.”

Ducky nodded. “Though are you okay? Don’t you feel bad about Tria and Tricia?”

Cera cringed and looked around as Tria continued to call for them.

“I’ll make it up to them.” Cera said. “Besides, I’m worried about Daddy. Come on. Let’s not hang around.”

Ducky and Spike nodded. With one last backward glance, they started running in the opposite direction. The three dodged around tree trunks and bushes, careful not to trip over or hit anything.

“How do we make sure they do not catch us?” Ducky asked.

“By moving fast.” Cera said. “Let’s not be seen. The important thing is to catch up with Chomper and Ruby and-”

She yelped when what she presumed was an odd green branch up ahead abruptly turned out of view and was replaced by a face. Cera skidded to a halt, finding herself inches from the baleful eyes of a spiketail.

“And just where do you think you’re going?” The spiketail asked.

“I-” Cera stammered. “That is, I-”

“Relax Cera, it is only Tega.” Ducky said. 

Cera turned, and looked at the spiketail. “Wait, you’re Tega?”

Tega stepped forward, out from the obscuring foliage as she chewed a piece of grass. Cera stepped out of the way as Ducky and Spike approached, smiling at the spiketail.

“We haven’t seen you in a while Tega.” Ducky said. “Where have you been?”

“I just wanted to give you space.” Tega said. “Your friends were through a lot.”

“Oh, I knew it.” Ducky clicked her fingers, chuckling. “That is very nice of you. We have been very worried about our friends. We wanted to spend time with them. In fact, we are so worried, we are following Ruby and Chomper right now as they help find a way to find the killer.”

“Ducky.” Cera hissed.

“What?” Ducky said innocently. “She is our friend. She will not tell on us.”

Tega’s lips twitched into a smile. “You’re stalking your friends, huh? I’m amazed you would go that far.”

“They are doing scary work.” Ducky said. “We are happy they are brave, but we want to make sure they are okay.”

“Is that really necessary?” Tega said. “I have seen them go by. With two elder longnecks and a threehorn with them, they have all the help and protection their self-interest could ask for. Not that anyone would hurt them. With their connections to the Mysterious Beyond, who would dare do in such important children?”

Cera frowned, glancing suspiciously at Tega. Spike made a questioning face and exchanged looks with his sister, whose cheer drained slightly as she considered Tega.

“Um, what are you trying to say?” Ducky asked.

“How will Ruby and Chomper benefit?” Tega asked. “It will only lead to embarrassment when what you did is revealed. Did Ruby and Chomper protest much when you weren’t allowed to go?”

“No. I – I do not remember them saying anything about it.”

“That indicates how much benefit they see in you coming along. It will be very inconvenient and-”

“Hey, guys.” Petrie’s voice said. His small flapping figure came up from the trees and descended down. “Sorry to be late. Me was trying to-” He stopped when he spotted Tega. “Oh hey, Tega. Uh, what happening?”

“I think Tega is saying we should not follow Ruby and Chomper.” Ducky said.

Petrie’s head darted between them. “Wait, what?”

“I’m happy you actually put the clues together.” Tega said.

“But why?” Ducky asked. “Why do you not want us to go?”

“Think about it. Is this something that is really in your interest? Not only might you be going into potential danger but you will get in trouble when you return to your parents. You kids get in enough trouble. Is this worth the risk?”

“It is. We will be following Ruby and Chomper and-” Petrie paused and looked to the others. “Um, what will we be doing?”

“We will be supporting them from a distance.” Ducky said defensively. “We will help them if they need it, with whatever might hurt them and whatever they find.”

“Right.” Petrie nodded. “That!”

“Hmm, funny.” Tega said. “From that last part, it sounds like you’re more interested in fulfilling you’re self-interested curiosity.”

“Hey!” Cera said indignantly.

“It not like that!” Petrie protested.

“That seems to be your primary interest.” Tega said. “You were spurned by your parents not allowing you first dibs on the killer news and so you left your families at the first opportunity to get that. Pretty natural for children your age, thinking about your immediate interests while not considering your longer term ones.”

“Please Tega, can we not have this talk now?” Ducky pleaded. “We might be a bit curious but we are worried for our friends, we are. We just want to help them.”

“You won’t accomplish much.” Tega frowned. “All you would be doing is making your lives more complicated for something you will find out later anyway.”

“Tega-“

“Did your parents not notice you go?” Tega interrupted. The gang froze. “I bet they did. You’re going to get in trouble and the longer you’re away, the more trouble you’ll be in. They might do something drastic to make sure you don’t do this again, like keep you away from your friends. With you kids being apart for so many days, is that what you want? That would be an inconvenience for me. All this, just so you could learn what you’d find out later anyway. This is the time to decide between your immediate self-interest and your longer term one. Are you really going to risk so much for such a minor issue?”

Ducky and the others hesitated, eyes wavering down. Ducky pressed a hand to her chest. That issue didn’t occur to them. If – when – they were found by their families, they would be in so much trouble. With their track record, they really might have their time with their friends taken away. Mama Swimmer might go for something that would hurt to make sure Ducky and Spike wouldn’t step out of line again. Ducky cringed at the thought of being separated from her beloved friends for many days, especially after they have been away for so long. Then she thought about Ruby and Chomper and how they were doing this dangerous duty away from their friends after everything they had been through. Ducky became firm.

“For the last time, we are doing this because we care. Can we talk about this later? We are following them.”

The others also hardened and nodded. They began to walk passed Tega to their destination when a spiked tail was put in their way.

“I insist,” Tega said. “I prefer you two to still be around. I would not like the two of you to be in trouble.”

This gave some pause. Ducky softened a bit but shook her head.

“I am sorry but we what do not like more is not being with our friends now. We will see you later.”

Ducky moved around the tail and walked off, wincing and rubbing her chest. The three followed behind her as Tega became distant.

“Are you just going to go along with them Spike?” Tega called. “I thought you were done being ordered around.”

Spike stopped. His eyes were wide.

“You might be going into potential danger,” she continued. “You’ll be in trouble, all because you follow your friends around as expected. Is that what you really want?”

He stayed in place. Ducky, Cera, and Petrie turned around, expressions uncertain.

“Spike?” Ducky said.

Spike’s eyes searched the ground, pressing a foreleg to his chest. It was true he wanted to live an ordinary life. He didn’t like getting in trouble. But there was also something he wanted just as much. His eyes hardened and he glared at Tega, making clear he wanted to look after Ruby and Chomper as well. Wincing a bit, he galloped past his friends, making them cheer.

“Alright!” Cera said.

“Way to go, Spike!” Petrie cheered.

Tega watched the four disappear into the distance. For a while, she chewed silently, eyes still on the spot where she last saw them. Then she spat out her grass.

“Well, it was fun while it lasted,” she said.

--

Ruby and Chomper stood near the sweet bubble glen, the grandparents and Mr. Threehorn beside them. They had arrived back at the spot where Mr. Clubtail’s body had been found. It looked like an ordinary glen. The leaves waved in the low wind and the sweet bubbles shown in the late morning light. Even a few dinosaurs were grazing nearby. Only the slight indentation in the grass indicated the horror that was discovered a few days ago. Mr. Thicknose and his volunteers had been notified of the plan with Chomper and they would unite with them later if they had a suspect that was to be confronted.

“You could pick up Mr. Clubtail’s scent here.” Grandpa Longneck said. “This is the most direct way to do this short of…this is more appropriate for you two.”

Ruby nodded. They waited for Chomper to start whiffing the grass but he merely stood in front of the spot, eyes lowered.

“Well?” Mr. Threehorn said gruffly. “Are you going to sniff the spot or what?”

“Oh.” Chomper said. “Right.”

Chomper went over to the depression and sniffed. Ruby and the grownups watched as he meandered around, smelling it. Mr. Threehorn already looked like he was regretting this. It appeared he thought he would be into something more involved and energetic than this. It took a bit, as Chomper moved around the depression sluggishly. At last, he stopped. They wondered from his stillness if he didn’t find anything. Then they heard sniffles and realized he was crying.

“I miss him,” he said. “I miss him. I…”

Softening, Ruby closed the distance and embraced him. Chomper’s breaths shuddered, and he pressed his head onto her stomach, some falling tears glimpsed by the grownups. Mr. Threehorn shuffled and looked away.

“Take – take your time,” he said. “There is no rush.”

For a bit, Ruby stroked Chomper’s back, his occasional sniffles the only sound around. At last, he broke from her.

“I – I have the scent,” he said. “Let’s go.”

“You sure?” Grandpa Longneck said.

“Yeah.” Chomper wiped his eyes and gave a last sniffle. “Might as well see where this goes.”

Clearing his throat, he put his nose to the ground. Giving a few experimental sniffs, he began walking. Looking guilty for her suggestion, Ruby followed, and the uncertain grownups brought up the rear.

A few longneck lengths back, Cera and the others stalked after them from a distance. They darted between foliage and giant rocks, keeping an eye on what was happening.

“He seems to have the scent.” Ducky whispered. “Good job, Chomper. Maybe this will help him feel better.”

Spike gave a “eh” and nodded, frowning in concern for his fellow sniffer.

“Me hope killer not watching.” Petrie said, looking around nervously. “If he sees they get too close, he might do something.”

“And that’s why we’re following.” Cera said. Her eyes focused on Mr. Threehorn in particular. “We’ll make sure nothing happens to any of them. See, that’s useful. Us, being selfish. Where does she get off calling us that?”

“I think Tega was worried about us.” Ducky said. “She just has a funny way of showing it, through that selfishness talk and stuff like that.”

“I don’t know.” Cera muttered. “There is something weird about that spiketail.”

“Tega would not do anything bad.” Ducky gave her a glare “She is nice, really, really.”

Cera opened her mouth to retort but remembering how she snapped at Ducky and the others earlier, she shook her head. “Forget it.”

As the gang broke off from their bush to jog forward and hide behind a thick tree, Chomper and his group found themselves walking close to the base of the Great Wall. The mountains that surrounded the Great Valley loomed large but the bright circle wasn’t yet in the position where the mountains would cast a shadow over the two groups. There were giant tracks indicating where the grownups have searched this way. The grandparents looked around, encouraged yet disquieted.

“So, we were on the right track.” Grandpa Longneck whispered. “Mr. Clubtail was pulled along this place.”

“Hopefully, it won’t lead to the same dead end.” Grandma Longneck said. “It’s a wonder the killer could have moved the body a great distance. That would be exhausting work.”

“Wouldn’t someone who worked that hard leave their scent on the body?” Mr. Threehorn said. More loudly, he asked. “Hey Chomper, did you smell any other scents with Mr. Clubtail’s?”

Chomper paused, head raised in thought. “Uh…maybe? I think there are a few scents tangled with his.”

The grownups slowed, eyes widening.

“Did you say…a few?” Grandpa Longneck asked.

“Yeah, there is more than one. It’s weird.” He sniffed harder and frowned. “I can’t identity them. For some reason, my sniffer won’t let me.” He scratched his chest. “Some do smell familiar though. Like I met them before.”

The grandparents and Mr. Threehorn exchanged uneasy looks.

“That would be bad, if some valley residents did this.” Grandma Longneck said. “This could lead to an uproar.”

“It would be worth it.” Mr. Threehorn said. “It doesn’t matter how long they lived here, they need to be punished for what they did.”

They continued to follow Chomper as he sniffed down the scent trail, the grass and tracks becoming sparse. They were going beyond the search territory. For a while, they walked, moving through bare earth, with slight depressions and rocks and boulders dotted about. Chomper paused or raised his head often as he sniffed, sometimes making their hearts skip a beat and Ruby look worried, but he always found the scent again and continued onward. Their legs were becoming sore as the bright circle moved into the middle position in the sky. Then Chomper stopped and sniffed around, putting his nose into the ground at the base of another depression before he stood up. The others watched nervously.

“Have you lost the scent?” Ruby asked.

“No, it stops.” Chomper said.

“How is that different?” Mr. Threehorn asked.

“It doesn’t go any further. Mr. Clubtail didn’t go beyond here. I know it sounds strange but the smells goes…up.” Chomper looked up, sniffing. “I think this is where Mr. Clubtail fell.”

“Really?” Grandpa Longneck said.

They crowded closer. Mr. Threehorn brought his head to the ground as they looked at the slight depression, clear of the debris from elsewhere but slightly larger and more ovular than the rest.

“Now that I’m looking for it, I think this is a crater where someone fell.” Mr. Threehorn noted. “Someone did a good job of clearing it up. I can barely tell it apart from the others boulder craters.”

“The killer, probably.” Grandma Longneck said. “It is disturbing he appears to have help. Was this their plan, or did his friends decide to clean up after a mistake he made?”

“I don’t know.” Grandpa Longneck looked up at a distant protrusion along the mountain above them that indicated a path. “I have the feeling the answer will be somewhere up there.”

Chomper looked down. “Sorry I couldn’t get the answer right away.”

“What are you talking about?” Grandpa Longneck smiled. “We have a place to look for further clues.”

Grandma Longneck nodded. “We would have been stuck if it wasn’t for you and Ruby’s help.”

“Yeah.” Mr. Threehorn said, with a flicker of a smile. “I’ve got to admit, you kids are resourceful. Now we might finally get to the bottom of this.”

Chomper stared at the grownups. He turned to Ruby, who smiled and nodded, a satisfied tilt to her beak. She had put him up to this to show what he was capable of. Even if they didn’t find penultimate clue right away, they got somewhere substantial, which could help the Great Valley deal with this killer. Slowly, a tentative smile formed on Chomper’s lips. Maybe he could be of use to his friends after all.

Meanwhile, Cera and the others watched from the safety of a stray boulder as Chomper and the others stood on the bare ground near the Great Wall. They were too far to hear what the others were saying but the grownups and Chomper and Ruby were bunched up together. The gang peered around their hiding spot, straining not to fall over.

“What happening?” Petrie asked. “Ooh, they find clue?”

“It seems so.” Cera agreed. “They are looking very closely at that one spot on the ground. What could it be?”

“Maybe me can fly over sneakily and hear what they are talking about,” he suggested.

“If you do that, one of them might look up and see you,” she said.

Petrie huffed. “Hey, why you no listen? My idea could be useful.”

Ducky leaned forward from her position on Spike. “There must be some way to hear them. It would be bad if we got into this much trouble and could not hear-” She stopped, rising. “Wait, what is that?”

“What is what?” Cera asked.

“That sound. Did you not hear it? It sounded like crackling rocks.”

They fell silent, not sure what they were trying to hear. It was Spike who first caught onto it, raising his head with an “Hmm?” Then the rest heard it. A distant creaking, the sound of rocks somewhere high being disturbed. 

“Me hear it.” Petrie said. “It must be coming from Great Wall. What is it?”

A crackle mixed in with the creaking, the volume louder. It caused the four to shuffle uneasily.

“Where it coming from?” Ducky looked around. “Follow the sound. Follow...”

The crackle became deep, creaky. They looked about, the sound too echoey with distance, but Petrie cast his eyes up and gave a soft cry. A huge pile of rocks and boulders was lined on top of the Great Wall mountain looming over them. The pile was higher than a longneck and it pushed forward and back, creaking, like a sharptooth ready to pounce. What really put their hearts in their throats was when they traced their eyes down and saw the line of the rock piles aligned perfectly with the group they were watching.

“Oh no, no, no.” Ducky whispered.

“That aimed for Littlefoot’s grandparents and Cera’s dad.” Petrie said. “But why? Oh, this bad. Is – this killer?”

Spike whimpered with worry. The crackle became louder yet. The large rock and boulder pile shifted forward and a few already began cracking down. Ruby and Chomper and the grownups continued conversing, oblivious.

“They’re too busy talking to know what’s coming.” Cera’s breaths quickened. “We need to warn them, we need to -”

“There you children are!”

The four jumped. Tria stood behind them, looking furious.

“Do you understand the kind of trouble you’re in?” she continued. “Why, I have a half a mind to-”

Crack. The pile of rocks and boulders shook, creaking with the sound of something on the point of no return. Mr. Threehorn, the grandparents, and Ruby and Chomper started upon hearing Tria’s voice and craned their heads to look back, still in the danger zone.

Abandoning all pretense, Cera jumped into view. “Daddy, everyone, look out! Rock slide coming! There’s a rock slide coming!”

The grandparents, Mr. Threehorn, Ruby, and Chomper stared, uncomprehending. They looked up just in time to see the rock pile far above creak and frozen in place. They started moving-

Bang! Bang! Bang! The rocks and boulders burst out with explosive force. They rolled down the mountain, gathering up loose rocks and other debris, becoming a narrow but thick wave. Some rocks and boulders were projected far enough by the force to fall straight down, a few crashing onto the Great Wall path but most fell past. Standing at the edge of the danger zone, Ruby and Chomper cried out and scrambled ahead. Grandpa and Grandma Longneck and Mr. Threehorn made to follow but several boulders crashed down and formed an obstacle ahead of them. Looking up with mouths open, the three backed away but the wave of earth was too fast and Cera and the others could only watch in horror as it converged upon them…

--

Littlefoot followed Patty through the valley, the sound of footsteps and the conversations of valley residents fading in and out around them. He couldn’t help looking back every now and again but his attention kept getting drawn back to Patty, and her promise of action.

“Sorry for being absent,” she said. “After all the chaos Verter caused, the herd leader was rather reluctant to let us go.”

“That’s okay.” Littlefoot replied. “This Verter thing has messed everything up. At least I got to spend some time with my friends.” He paused. “Um, where are we going?”

“A very important place.” Patty said, staring ahead. “To tell you the truth, after all the drama Verter caused, I felt I had to do something. This valley had suffered enough: the ghosts, Verter’s scheming…no one should live like this. So I sneaked off from the herd and started looking around to find the cause of all this negativity. And today, I found something.”

“You mean you found what is causing the ghosts?” he said quickly.

“I found a way to fix things.” She turned and smiled at him. “Soon, the ghost drama and all the struggles related to it will be over.”

“Really? It’s here? In the Great Valley?”

“That’s where we are going now. We are going to put an end to this.”

Littlefoot sighed, smiling. “Thank goodness. Everything has been so tense since those ghosts showed up. Everyone will be glad when it’s over.”

“It’s an imperfect phenomena.” Patty agreed. “People see their loved ones again but if they remember they’re dead, they go back. It would be better if that was fixed. To really be honest, I have been searching for a solution since I got to the Great Valley. I’ve been exploring, becoming familiar with its routes.”

“Really? Wow.” Littlefoot said. He hung his head. “But you have been wasting your time playing with me.”

“Don’t say that.” She smiled at him. “Helping one person is as important as helping entire herds. Sometimes, I need reminding of that. Ah, there’s the tunnel.”

They had been walking in a rightly direction, making a beeline for one side of the Great Wall. They came across a cave, tall and wide, large enough for someone of Patty’s size to fit comfortably. They entered, the sound of their footsteps and breaths bouncing off the walls of a long tunnel that curved upward, like some of the mountain paths on the Great Wall. Littlefoot looked around, amazed. He never realized this kind of place was here before.

“I also came to you because you’re important for this.” Patty continued. “I needed someone familiar with adventure to help put an end to the ghosts.”

“Me?” Littlefoot said, surprised. “But I’m just a kid. You have been adventuring much longer, couldn’t you do it?”

“As much as I’m willing to, I can’t do this on my own.” She smiled sadly. “I need someone with a much greater wanderlust than I have, some experience in fending off sharpteeth and helping others. I have a feeling you would make a wise decision, Littlefoot.”

“O-okay,” he said, looking down. “I’m…honored you trust me like this. But what does this ghost stopping thing require?”

“I’m afraid I can’t go into detail. There is a limited time where we can do this.”

“What, if we don’t get there in time, the ghosts will keeping coming forever?” he said quickly.

“I just don’t want to people to deal with this any more than they have to.” Patty said. More quietly, she continued. “I just hope this works.”

She hurried her pace, and Littlefoot followed, mind a whirlwind. This was moving so quickly, his brain was having a hard time catching up. Still, it made sense if she didn’t want people to continue suffering from the ghosts any more than they have to. He was being trusted with an important responsibility. He wondered what he was supposed to do. Was there a magic rock they were supposed to make a wish on? Were they supposed to call down the stars to help block a hole where ghosts were leaking? Or were they supposed to say a fancy phrase or song? He had a hard time conceptualizing what might happen. He only had his grandfather’s stories and the Stone of Cold Fire to go back to but they weren’t real. Whatever it was, he had to be ready or the ghosts might be here forever. He had to get some semblance of his old valley life back. How were his friends and grandparents going to react? They would be proud, no doubt about that, if amused or annoyed he was in the middle of something so important again. But a part of him couldn’t help wondering what Patty would do after that, when her duty would be over…

Littlefoot was distracted from his thoughts by a distant crash. Feeling a pit in his stomach, he galloped to an opening the size of a pebbleback in the tunnel ahead and saw debris ranging from rocks to boulders falling from the Great Wall on the opposite side, material that should be still and solid falling unnaturally like water. It was a narrow band compared to some of the other rockslides he saw but it made up for it with its intensity. He just had enough time to glimpse a couple of familiar tiny figures rapidly backing away before they were obscured by dust blooming in from the rockslide. The sound of debris surging down gradually quieted to a rumble and a great brown plume was spreading out. Littlefoot was unable to see what happened to the dinosaurs below. Patty stood ahead of him, frozen, before gazing back in alarm.

“What happened?” she asked.

“All the rocks fell on the other side.” Littlefoot replied. “I saw Grandpa, Grandma, and Mr. Threehorn near the Great Wall there and everything’s cloudy.” He stared, panting. “They might have gotten buried. We have to help them!”

Patty’s brow creased in worry. “If we keep going, we can use the path on the other side to help them from there.”

“Get to the other side? We can’t do anything up here. We need to get back to the ground and dig them out.”

“The rockslide could be top heavy. Relieving the pressure from above would make it easier for them to climb out.”

Littlefoot looked outside uncertainly. She had a point. If the rock pile was large, then they would need a high place to help clear it away. Yet as the dust cleared a bit, he saw it wouldn’t help.

“No, look.” He stepped aside to give Patty room to peer through. “All the rocks are near the ground. Turning around and helping on the ground will be faster.”

She looked through the opening, thinking. “Okay. There must be a path on the other side that could get us back to the ground quicker. We can go there.”

“Why are you so insistent we take a path ahead?” Littlefoot said. “Time is of the essence! Please, Grandpa and Grandma are there. I can’t lose them!”

Patty began to look uncomfortable. Littlefoot supposed this was reminding her of the loss of her mother. A drop of guilt came into his chest but there were more urgent matters now.

“There must be a way out from the other side,” she said. “I’m sure we could find it.”

Littlefoot gave her a disbelieving stare. “Didn’t you say you were familiar with the paths around here? Why do you suddenly not know now? ”

“I’m still new to the valley.” Patty looked back and forth, desperate. “I haven’t memorized everything. Don’t leave. We still need to stop the ghosts, remember?”

That gave Littlefoot some pause, a cool of reason coming to his chest. It would be really bad if they had the opportunity to stop it and didn’t take it. Then he thought of his grandparents, and his desperation hardened his resolve.

“No, my grandparents could reallynbe hurt. You didn’t say there was a narrow time we can do this. We could just go back later.”

”I – I did hint that.” Though Patty looked like she regretted it. “But, it’s just –” She looked ahead. “There must be a way through the tunnels. If we could…”

“Stop delaying! My grandparents need help now! If there’s no path and we have to go back, that’s time where their situation could get even worse.” Littlefoot took a deep breath and turned. “We need to go the quicker route back.”

“Littlefoot, please-”

“No!” Littlefoot said. “I don’t know what’s gotten into you, but I’m not staying around. If you want to waste time looking for another path down, fine. I’m going the quicker way.”

With that, Littlefoot turned around and began running, his chest searing. He knew he might have hurt Patty’s feelings but they could make up about it later. Right now, he had to move as quickly as he could and-

Wham! Something long and thin snatched his tail. He fell to the ground, yowling in pain. Patty held onto him with his tail, her grip tight, her expression a sign of desperation.

“Patty, what are you doing?” Littlefoot demanded. “Let go!”

“Littlefoot, I promise that if you come with me, your grandparents and everyone you love will be safe.” Patty said. “You only need to spend some time with me.”

“You’re not making any sense! What does this ghost stopping thing have to do with it?”

“Everything!” she said. “This solution will help them more than anything. Once you’re done, you can be with them – forever.”

“What are you talking about?” Littlefoot asked. “If something happens to them, then I can’t be with them. If we do this, I – I can’t even see them as ghosts.” His voice broke and for a second, he gazed down with pain. Then he glared up. “Let me go, Patty. Let – me – go!”

“Please, listen!” Patty said, a little anger coming in. “What can you do? Other dinosaurs are probably going to the scene now. Even they would struggle carrying them out, so how would you fair? I’ve helped many large dinosaurs out there, I know! I have carried longnecks, threehorns, and their weight is overwhelming, and that’s leaving aside the clubtail-”

She stopped. She looked down at Littlefoot, eyes wide, like she hadn’t meant to say that. He stopped struggling. He looked up, a cool of unease in his stomach.

“Clubtail,” he said. “Why did you say clubtail?”

“I – I helped clubtails.” Patty said. “There are a lot out there.” She chuckled nervously. “Why, I helped so many, I’m sure I helped some who like seeing the night circle as a sweet bubble too.”

“How do you know about that?” Littlefoot asked. “Mr. Clubtail only told my friends and our families that.”

She jerked. “Y-your grandparents told the others. I overheard it at some point. It was his secret but since his death, they naturally told everyone so they could guess where he and the killer were.”

“If you only overheard it, why do you look guilty about it?”

She opened her mouth but no sound came out. Littlefoot slowly stood up.

“Patty, what happened? You’ve been acting strange. D-do you have a suspicion? Did you see what happened?”

Patty remained silent. He shifted uncomfortably.

“Why aren’t you saying anything? You – you didn’t do anything, right? Just – tell me what happened. Please, say something. Patty!”

Patty watched Littlefoot for a long moment. She didn’t appear to know what to say. Then she lowered her head and sighed.

“You see too much sometimes,” she said.

Next time…

Part 2

12
LBT Fanfiction / Re: We Will Hold On Forever
« on: March 01, 2019, 11:50:11 AM »
@Ducky123 Thank you for the reviews. Glad you are enjoying the many events. It is a challenge to juggle the many plot threads and the developments of these characters. One or two things you said made me smile ominously but I won’t tell you what. I have the sense Topps doesn’t want to be too harsh with his mate and he has mellowed out a bit in the series. Glad you enjoyed the fights, those are hard to coordinate and keep track of whose where. I look forward to your reaction to the next chapters.

13
LBT Fanfiction / Re: We Will Hold On Forever
« on: January 02, 2019, 10:42:35 AM »
@rhombus Thank you for the review. Developing Verter and his motivations was fun and I feel it is better than my initial “general serial killer” idea. There will be repercussions to in future chapters, oh there will be. ;)

Aside question but how am I doing with Tria? I know she doesn’t have many fans, but I’m the type of writer who wants to give every character a fair shot and explore them while keeping them in-character.

14
LBT Fanfiction / Re: We Will Hold On Forever
« on: December 19, 2018, 03:25:41 PM »
Thank you for the review (and a belated thanks for the IP address link to this forum). It’s nice to hear you be invested in the story.

As for Verter and Chomper, I had this thought process in mind. At first, I had Verter more as a generic serial killer but I thought it would be more interesting to explore how aspects of threehorn social norms and traditions could become toxic. Verter grew up surrounded by violence and aggression, where it was used to solve problems and you only had standing and pride if you could beat your opponent. They are taught to really value those things. In that environment, I could see how some might come to the conclusion that to really have pride and standing, they have to murder their opponents. Under that view, some might even think a sharptooth ally might help with that, which Verter tried to do slow and steady. As I said, these behaviors are toxic, so they aren’t healthy or rational.

Speaking of Cera’s dad, he has been through a lot. Meeting his dead wife and daughters again has reopened old wounds and he was shaken by accidentally making the first sharptooth a threat, so he tried to escape from that in his reunion with Verter, only oops, the friend he had been with awhile starting in his teenage years turned horrible. I think the escape part and the magnitude of the betrayal led him to be so slow in acting sooner to get the kids back. All of that trauma piling up with having to kill Verter, well, snap! That’s how I’ve been building things but who knows, maybe I’ve been writing Mr. Threehorn too mellow.

15
LBT Fanfiction / Re: We Will Hold On Forever
« on: December 16, 2018, 11:16:11 AM »
We Will Hold On Forever

by

DaveTheAnalyzer

Chapter 16: The Next Fall Part 2

Petrie, Ruby, and Don sat a distance from the nest. They were doing another of their debates after dinosaur watching. Petrie never thought it would be hard work to sit around and think a lot. He wished he had been able to offer more of his observations but his throat felt a bit parched. Ruby did a lot of the talking. Mama Flyer was out on an errand and had asked before she left if anyone had any food requests. Don declined to have any as usual but Petrie ordered for those red berries she got two days back. He felt like he needed all the help he could get. His brothers and sisters sent bewildered looks every now and then but didn’t say anything. Papa Flyer tended to the little flyers, playing a little hopping game with them with his hand. He was determinedly not looking at Don.

Ruby tapped her chin, frowning. She had been taking in what she observed from the passing dinosaurs and debating with Don. Now it was her turn to make an argument and she considered Don’s request. 

“What do you want?” she asked.

“Just give out your best argument.” Don said. “It’s values and deficiencies. We shall see how much progress our discussions had.”

“Really?” Ruby said. “I’m not sure. I don’t really have an argument to respond to.”

“Pick one, any of them.” He waved a hand. “For Wing Father’s sake, respond to, say, the theory the killer is someone angry with Mr. Clubtail. We discussed it before. Just take some time to think about it.”

Ruby frowned and rubbed her chin. Petrie watched as the thoughts moved across her eyes and she tried to clink them together.

“I think that idea has value,” she said at last, “but you would have to look at Mr. Clubtail’s injuries first to see if it was someone angry who did it. If it was an angry person who did it, then the injuries would have anger marks. If so, there are other things to think about. Mr. Clubtail doesn’t seem like the type to make a comment that would make someone murderous but there are angry people who would murder others for mild insults. My parents told me some angry people have very delicate pride. So we would have to look for people who have delicate prides and have been violent. Mind you, that angry someone might be clear-headed enough to attack in a way that doesn’t leave those marks behind and plan his revenge carefully but it is a possibility to consider. Even people with grudges can be smart at times.”

Don examined her, and Ruby sat tensely. Then his expression relaxed.

“Not bad. Not bad at all,” he admitted. “That argument is quite convincing.”

Ruby smiled. Petrie looked up with a smile.

“Good job, Ruby!” he said.

Don watched them with a look that was almost…positive.

“I didn’t think you would be able to keep up but you certainly work hard,” he said. “You have improved much in these three days.”

“We have all improved.” Petrie said. “Well, me haven’t improved as much but…”

“Hey, you have.” Ruby said, placing a hand on his back. “I have seen you make some nice observations of passing dinosaurs and give nice ideas in our debates. You have improved but it hard to see it unless you see it as someone other than yourself.”

“True,” he murmured. “Well, me find it hard to say thoughts well and me not see all the things Ruby sees – almost like they ghosts.”

“Ghosts?” Don started, looking around. He glared. “Don’t scare me like that.”

Petrie jerked, confused. “What? Oh, sorry.”

“Though where have the ghosts gone?” Ruby mused. “They have been gone for a while now.”

“Maybe it’s like the weather.” Don said. “They move through and are now elsewhere to bother other people. Anyway, to return to Petrie’s concerns, everyone improves at different paces. It’s pointless to compare and contrast about it – that would only get in the way. For Wing Father’s sake, don’t let your guard down though. You still have much progress to make.”

“Yes, Don.” Ruby said, almost rolling her eyes.

Petrie sighed but found himself smiling. Don’s advice sounded right. He was still a bit envious but he was determined to work harder and concentrate on his own pace. Really, Don offered more than a bit of sound advice. Being in each other’s presence seemed to do them all good. Though Don didn’t smile, this was the most at ease Petrie had ever seen the elderly flyer. Being exposed to people who he could teach and interact with must have softened him. Petrie smiled. Maybe he was good inside after all.

“Moving on, we also need to consider other perspectives.” Don said. “We should return to the idea that Mr. Clubtail’s death was a means for another end. Do you still push against that?”

“Well, not so much against it,” Ruby frowned. “It’s just we don’t know much that leans toward it.”

Petrie nodded. “Someone could do this to get people scared and make those like Littlefoot’s grandparents look bad so they be leader but nobody doing that.”

“People don’t kill only for grandiose purposes.” Don said. “Often it is done for smaller reasons but coveted for with a passion that can kill.”

“Well, that isn’t very specific.” Ruby crossed her arms. “There are a lot of people who want things but not all people make what they want obvious.”

“But what if it was a desire that was very open, so deep that even those not paying attention could see it?”

“Oh, you mean like Verter?” Petrie said. “Everyone really notice he want to train Cera and Chomper. It kind of strange. Even me could see…see…” He sat up. “Wait.”

Ruby glanced at him questioningly but she too stiffened. They looked at Don expecting him to scoff or roll his eyes at the implied idea but he only watched them patiently.

“You can’t be serious.” Ruby said.

“I’m not saying anything.” Don said.

“Verter do this?” Petrie cried. “That would be…no, no. He Cera’s parents’ friend.”

“Being friends doesn’t preclude people from nefarious actions.” 

“You wrong. Friends would never do something like that. Though,” Petrie touched his chin, “it weird he couldn’t train Cera and Chomper first day they met and after Mr. Clubtail die, he get what he wanted.”

“That could be a coincidence.” Ruby said. “He wouldn’t go that far – I mean, just to train Cera and Chomper? Who would do that?”

“Ah, but that’s the thing.” Don replied. “One of your friends is a sharptooth.”

“Yes!” Petrie said. He hopped to his feet, pacing around with nervous energy. “Threehorns hate sharpteeth but they both can be mean and like fighting. What if Verter really want them to help him with threehorn fighting? Oh, this bad, this bad.”

“That’s right.” Don nodded with satisfaction. “It’s good to have someone see sense.”

“But not everyone who like fighting are the killing type.” Ruby said. She looked anxious. “Killing isn’t exactly common among threehorns anymore, at least not from what I heard.”

“Have you checked with all threehorns?” Don asked. “Even if that were true, wouldn’t it still be wise to investigate the matter?”

“Yes, Ruby.” Petrie said. “There are scary patterns around him. Shouldn’t that be enough to check on them?”

“That – that does concern me.” Ruby touched her chin. “Still…”

Before she could continue, Mama Flyer flew in. She landed at the nest, looking rather breathless. Papa Flyer looked up in puzzlement.

“What’s got you all rushed?” he asked.

“Cera, Chomper, and Verter weren’t at their usual training spot.” Mama Flyer said.

Petrie and Ruby sat up. Don whipped his head around.

“What?” he said.

Papa Flyer shrugged. “Well, they might be training elsewhere.”

“I thought of that but I checked the other fighting grounds and even the nearby resting places and they weren’t there either.” Mama Flyer rubbed an arm uneasily. “I don’t mean to cause alarm but it is strange.”

Petrie felt a stir in his stomach. There was a slight feeling of dread, distant but building, a tingly rush familiar from his and his friends’ adventures but that only made him more confused and nervous.

“What – what happening?” he said. “Are – are friends in danger? They are, aren’t they!”

“That should be obvious.” Don said sharply. “Something suspicious is going on. We need to take action.”

“Okay.” Petrie said, opening his wings. “Taking action now!” 

“Wait!” Ruby raised a hand. “This might be nothing. We don’t want to interrupt their practice just because our minds went to scary places.”

“You have put the clues together.” Don looked frightened. He made shooing motions forward. “Go on, talk to them! In this time, do you really want to take a chance with your friends?”

“Yes, Ruby.” Petrie clasped his hands. “Me worried about them. We have these clues, shouldn’t we do something now?”

Ruby hesitated, glancing at him and Don. Petrie stared up at her, hoping she would take this seriously. They had to do something quickly. She still looked conflicted, but as she rubbed her chest, she began to look scared. Ruby raised a hand to her beak.

“Chomper…” she said.

She got up and Petrie had to hastily fly after to catch up as they went over to his parents.

“Uh...we don’t mean to concern you but what you just talked about might be a concerning situation.” Ruby said.

Mama and Papa Flyer turned and stared. They were surprised but as the seconds went by, a hint of concern came in.

Meanwhile, Tria heard a crackle and she stepped back as she examined the remains of the boulder. It was mid-afternoon, and she had continued training since their earlier conversation. Though she was covered in dust and some scratches, she was in a much better mood. Her mate had continued to give feedback, and though it could be stern, it was fairer. She had paced herself better, taking more breaks to eat and rest. Those might be little matters but in the end, they helped made the training easier to handle. Mr. Threehorn got up from where he had been watching and walked over.

“Three strikes,” he said. “Good job, dear.”

“You think so?” Tria asked. “I don’t feel like I did that much different.”

“You followed my instructions and made the little changes that make all the difference.” Mr. Threehorn said. “There is still much you need to improve on but you have made progress.”

“Really?” she smiled. “Well, maybe I have it in me for this fighting thing after all. Thanks for being a good trainer.”

“Well…” He looked away. “After earlier, I’m not sure I’d call myself good.”

“Hey, we all make mistakes. I wouldn’t have had any idea of how to improve myself without you. Thanks, Topsy. I mean it.”

Mr. Threehorn lowered his head bashfully but smiled. They stared at each other and for a moment, Tria thought they were back to how their relationship was before…

“Mr. Threehorn! Tria!”

The pair turned. Ruby was living up to her kind’s name, running toward them as fast as her long legs could carry her,  Petrie and Mama Flyer flying not far behind her. Ruby slumped in front of Mr. Threehorn and Tria, panting as she caught her breath.

“What’s the problem?” Mr. Threehorn asked.

“It’s Cera and Chomper.” Ruby said, straightening. “Petrie’s mother couldn’t find them at their training spot.”

Tria and Mr. Threehorn stiffened. They stepped closer.

“What?” Tria said.

“Mama say she usually see them at their fighting ground.” Petrie answered. “Now she can’t see them there.”

“They could be taking a break-” Mr. Threehorn began.

“But Petrie’s mother also looked at their likely break spots and they weren’t at those spots.” Ruby said. “It’s worrying they aren’t seen in public with this killer around. We think you should look for them before anything worrying happens.”

“Why, has there been news on the killer?” Tria said quickly.

“Well,” Mama Flyer hesitated, “we think there might be a suspect close to them.”

“Who is it?” Mr. Threehorn said. “Is it someone who could cause even Verter trouble, or…?”

Ruby, Petrie, and Mama Flyer stiffened and glanced at each other nervously. For a moment, Mr. Threehorn and Tria were confused. Then something clicked.

“Don’t be ridiculous.” Mr. Threehorn said. “He would never-”

“Are you implying what I think you’re implying?” Tria said shakily.

“It wasn’t so much my idea as Petrie’s and Ruby’s.” Mama Flyer said.

“Those two?” Mr. Threehorn glared. “What could they possibly know about this killer?”

“We noticed some strange patterns about your friend.” Ruby said. “Wasn’t it strange that after you refused your friend’s offer to train Cera and Chomper, Mr. Clubtail’s died the next day and you were forced to let him train them?”

“That’s just a coincidence,” he said impatiently. “That doesn’t prove anything.”
   
“But he training them so hard.” Petrie said. “They so tired they can barely move and think. That make them dependent on him.”

Tria nodded reluctantly. “It is harder than we like…”

“But it’s necessary.” Mr. Threehorn said firmly. “Being a stern trainer is normal.”

“But the first day with training, he allowed them to play with us.” Ruby said. “After we expressed our concerns about him, the next day they didn’t show up.”

“That’s-” Mr. Threehorn faltered. “He probably just has to pack a lot of training in the day. They need to prepare with this threat around.”

“But without any breaks or time for friends?” Petrie said. “Me not good with training but me thought you start easy before going hard.”

“That’s true.” Tria said. “You did begin easy with me.”

“And you told him Cera hit rocks and we adventure a lot but he say nothing about training until he find Chomper,” he said. “He very interested in Chomper. Ain’t that strange?”

Mr. Threehorn looked uncomfortable. “I – I know him. He’s been my friend for a long time. He wouldn’t do anything bad.”

“But you haven’t seen him for a long time.” Ruby said. “People can change, especially if trying to survive in the Mysterious Beyond. I know, my parents have talked about it.”

Mr. Threehorn appeared troubled by this. He tried to glare but his gaze flickered as he thought some things over. Petrie spoke up.

“Verter alone with Cera and Chomper,” he said. “We might be silly but – we worried about them. Can you check?”

“I just –” Mr. Threehorn shook his head. “This could be nothing. You’re being paranoid. We shouldn’t embarrass them by interrupting.”

“But wouldn’t it be better to check just in case?” Ruby asked. She clasped her hands. “Please, Chomper is with them. You could excuse yourself if it is nothing…but isn’t that better than not doing anything and this being something?”

Mr. Threehorn opened and closed his mouth. There was silence.

“Topsy, I think we should check on them.” Tria said nervously. “What do you think? Topsy!”

Mr. Threehorn didn’t say anything. His eyes were wide.

--

Cera groaned. She felt groggy. The last thing she remembered was Verter taking them somewhere to relax. She hadn’t planned on falling asleep but at least she got some rest. Still, she wasn’t very comfortable. She was lying on hard, cracked earth. She thought Verter was going to take her and Chomper to some place nice and grassy, no wonder she didn’t feel well-rested. Even her body felt a bit restricted in movement…

Then she shifted around and realized her body wasn’t restricted by exhaustion but by plant matter tied around her.

Opening her eyes, she looked around and found herself on one of the cliff trails in the Mysterious Beyond. She saw the many bare mountains and rock formations rise in front of her, only distant scrappy tuffs of trees and grass to add variety to the scenery. A rock from the cliff parted and fell, tacking against the mountain before landing with a distant crumble. It was a long way down. Nervously, Cera slid away from the edge. A groan made her turn. Chomper lay several feet to her left, rubbing his muzzle.

“What happened?” he mumbled.

Cera turned and stared. Any wry comment she had about wishing a height-enthusiast like him was closer to the edge instead left her when she saw he was bound up as well. “Chomper…”

“Ah, now you’re awake.” Verter’s voice came over them. “Move.”

Only then did she become aware of a green jawline and forelegs hovering at the edge of her vision. “Huh?”

“I said, move!”

The tug became harder and Cera and Chomper yelped as they were pulled to their feet. Verter’s forelegs moved quickly as he walked down the path. The pair attempted to keep up, stumbling, startled as they looked at themselves. They were covered with vines, crisscrossing their torsos and above and around their limbs. They constricted their movements, making them barely able to keep up. The vines led up to Verter’s neck, where it was smoothly tied around. They stared at the back of his frill with confusion and a bit of fear.

“What are you trying to pull?” Cera demanded.

“Is this a prank?” Chomper said nervously. “Seriously, why are we tied up?”

Verter didn’t respond, still moving. He wasn’t so much as looking at them. They were forced to move at a fast walk, their muscles aching with the exhaustion of today’s training but Cera still had enough energy to be annoyed.

“Hey, we asked you a question!” she snapped. “Don’t ignore us!”

“Stop moving so fast.” Chomper panted, struggling to keep up. “Come on, let us rest. Some of us still haven’t recovered from training.”

“No breaks.” Verter said.

“What do you mean, no breaks?” Cera said. “Come on, let us go. Let-”

Verter walked faster, and Cera and Chomper were all but running just to meet his gait. Looking around, they appeared to be on a Great Wall path on the Mysterious Beyond side of the mountain. Though she couldn’t look back, Cera could tell they were moving rapidly from the entrance to the Great Valley, the path sloping down to some distant, imperceptible point on the ground. Cera’s chest burned with cold, like earlier when Verter made his break offer, and a terrible suspicion came to her mind.

“No, no, no,” she said. “This has got to be a joke. You can’t be seriously thinking of-”

“What, Cera?” Chomper said. He was also getting scared. “Verter, please stop. We’re still tired, and haven’t eaten in a while.”

“You will eat when told to.” Verter’s voice was firm. “We will only be making stops when absolutely necessary.”

“What are you talking about?” Cera asked nervously. “Why are you taking us out of the valley? Let us go. Seriously, let us go!”

Cera stopped and placed her feet into some deep cracks. She stopped for a second and the vine connected to her tightened and struggled. But there was a tug and Cera flipped and landed, legs kicking as she was dragged on her side. The vines couldn’t cushion some of her skin from being scratched from the pebbles and protrusions. Cera cried out and scrambled, having to throw herself to her side to stagger back to her feet, wincing from a few cuts and scrapes.

“Cera!” Chomper cried. “Verter, please. Why are you acting like this?”

“Chomper, he’s not going to listen to us!” Cera said. “We need to free ourselves. We-”

She bent down to bite on the vines on her left leg but her head was constricted a few inches out of reach. She tried to do the same for her other leg but she got the same result. She saw the vine trailing over her connected to Verter and attempted to hop and bite at it, but they were walking too fast.

“I – I can’t reach it!” she said.

“Should you be doing that?” Chomper asked. “I mean, maybe this is part of training.”

“What part of training involves suddenly waking up and being tied in vines?” Cera said. “Come on, do you remember falling asleep? Something weird is going on and we need to take action!”

Chomper looked unsure but the more he thought about it, the more fear came to his eyes. He twisted his head this way and that, biting for the vines on his chest and ankles, teeth missing them by inches.

“Ugh, ah, I can’t reach them either!” he said. “My head’s too big. What do we do?”

Cera glared up. “Stop right now, Verter. We mean it. We don’t want to go along with this. We’ll – we’ll scream. We’ll call for help. Help! We’re being kidnapped! Hel-“

Crack! Cera had a brief glimpse of a something thick and green rapidly coming in before her cry for help became a yowl when the base of her sore horn got snapped. Verter pulled the whipping vine back as he stood in place, blue eyes furious.

“Do you want to bring sharpteeth on us?” he hissed. “Don’t make this any harder than it has to be.”

“You’re the one who’s making this hard!” Cera said, glaring. “You’re kidnapping us, we fight back. Oh, if Dad knew-”

Her words were interrupted by a scream when her right leg got cracked by the vine, nearly collapsing as those tired leg muscles flared with agony. Chomper watched with disbelief.

“Cera!” he cried. “Verter, stop! This has got to be a joke, right? You can’t really be doing this.”

“Quiet! I don’t want any backtalk.” Verter flicked the vine back. “I was patient with your useless babbling but you’re going to be silent and do as I say.”

“No!” Cera said, breaths shaky but defiance in her gaze. “We’re not being dragged away from our home. We’re not living with you or-”

Verter raised the vine and Cera’s world soon became a blaze of pain. She cringed and cried out with each whip, that vine hitting sore muscles and cuts with agonizing accuracy. Cera shut her eyes, waiting for the assault to stop. She could barely make out Chomper yelling and struggling for her.

“Stop it, stop hurting her!”

“Let that be a lesson to you.” Verter brought his head close, breaths billowing into her. “This is how we are going to conduct ourselves from now on.”

“No, we aren’t.” Cera said faintly. The reality of the situation was setting in and she was shaking. “You’re taking us from our family, our friends. Daddy. Tri-”
   
Crack. Another strike from that vine. Cera lowered her head and whimpered, a new thrum of pain joining the rest. She swore he wasn’t leaving a single mark yet every strike was more painful than she could bear.

“Stop Verter!” Chomper said. He was almost crying. “I thought you were our friend.”

“I am.” Verter said. “I am doing what’s best for you.”

“No, you aren’t! A true friend wouldn’t do this, wouldn’t drag us from our home and-”

This time, the vine came for him. It cracked his tail. Chomper stumbled and gave a whine, pain shaking through him.

“We’ll be concentrating on survival now.” Verter said. “Keep your mind on that basic mission.”

Cera shook her head hard. “No, no. I don’t want this.”

“Do I have to hit you again?”

“Don’t touch her!” Chomper said.

“Because if you moan and groan one more time-”

“I said, don’t! Touch her!”

Verter glared at Chomper. “What are you going to do? Do you have a way to stop me?”
   
Verter whipped his vine in Cera’s direction. She cringed, closing her eyes. It kept missing but she could feel it whoosh over her closer…closer…

“Stop! Don’t you dare!” Chomper closed his eyes, shaking. “If you hurt her – if you hurt her –” His eyes opened, revealing slits. “If you hurt her…”

Snarling, Chomper rushed toward Verter’s left forefoot and bit at it. Crying out, Verter raised the foot, pushing Chomper to the ground. Chomper lay on his back for a second but he leapt back up and disappeared behind Verter’s foot, clawing and biting sounds in the air. Wincing, Verter raised his foot and pressed Chomper onto his back, leaving only Chomper’s head exposed, roaring and twisting in place.

“Chomper,” Verter said. “Stop.”

That foot came down an inch more. Those struggles slowed. After a few seconds, the snarling abated and only a whimper could be heard.
   
“That’s better.” Verter said. “That wasn’t much, but we’ll see about sharpening those skills. Are you going to cooperate?”

He released Chomper, who rose to his feet. He was shaking, tears in his eyes. There was a bit of red on his claws and muzzle, but he looked nothing more than defeated. Satisfied, Verter stepped forward.

“Well, shall we get go-”

There was a scream. Verter’s eyes darted to Cera as she fell to her side, spitting as her face twisted in agony. Not too far from her mouth was the vine connecting her to Verter, with chew marks on it. As much as she loathed taking advantage of Chomper’s plight, Cera couldn’t stand there and do nothing. She thought if she could bite down on the connecting vine, she could escape and possibly lead a distraction that could free Chomper as well. But the second she bit on the vine, her mouth was filled with a terrible burning sensation and she couldn’t help crying out. For a moment, all her world was that horrible taste coating her mouth, and she pressed her cheek to the ground as she tried to lick and spit it out. Then she saw Verter watching her and froze.

“It seems I’m going to have to be harsh.” he said quietly.

Verter raised his head and Cera and Chomper cried out as they were thrown off their feet. They struggled dangling on their connecting vine as he swooped them over the cliff. Cera screamed when the long drop came into view.

“What are you doing?” she said, tongue numb.

“You thought you could bite your way to freedom?” Verter asked. “I chose those vines because they were nauseating for both green and meat eaters. This is your punishment for being disobedient.”

Cera whimpered and struggled in the air. The rock near the bottom of the mountain must be as large as her head but it looked like a pebble from this distance. Already, she imagined what would happen if she fell, the rush of air around her, her body moving wildly as that distant ground rapidly neared. Her stomach dropped with every creak her connecting vine made and she closed her eyes.

“Alright, enough!” she said. “I don’t like this!”

“Admitting weakness? That’s a change.” Verter mocked.

“You made your point, okay?” Chomper said. “Leave her alone.”

“If she wanted to be left alone, she should have cooperated.” Verter said. “Now she suffers the consequences and-”

There was a snap. Cera fell an inch, vine creaking, body swinging about wildly.

“What?” Verter said, startled.

“Cera!” Chomper said. “Get us out of here!”

Cera’s connecting vine made another snap. Her heart seized. Though she only bit the vine once, it had been hard and now it couldn’t take her weight. She screamed as she fell a few feet, the momentum of the fall making her swing even more. Panicked, Verter stepped back, but that only made Cera swing forward. She yelled, waving her legs to put up some resistance, but she couldn’t stop herself from nearing the cliff face at too fast a pace…

She stopped abruptly. She panted, swinging in place only a few inches from the wall of rock. Then she was jerked and pulled up. She was unsure of what was happening until Mr. Threehorn’s determined face briefly came into view, grunting as he pulled her to the side and put her on the firm, assuring ground. Her heart soared.

“Daddy!” she said.

He smiled at her and for a moment, her worries fell away and all was right with the world…

Then she felt a jerk in her connecting vine and she was dragged away. Cera staggered, scrabbling her legs under her as she looked behind her, at the father she was being taken away from. 

“Verter, what do you think you’re going?” Tria’s voice demanded.

“Verter!” Mr. Threehorn said.

Verter stopped. His eyes searched the ground, conflict in his gaze.

“We are just going out to train,” he said finally.

“Verter-” Mr. Threehorn began.

“This is perfectly ordinary, you don’t need to wor-”

“Verter, look at me!”

Verter flinched. Slowly, he turned around, Cera and Chomper tugged to turn with him until she was near the rock wall and Chomper the cliffs. Mr. Threehorn stood two threehorn-lengths away, Tria a step behind him.

“Don’t tell me you are doing what I think you’re doing.” Mr. Threehorn said. His voice broke. “You aren’t taking them away, right?”

Verter opened his mouth, but no sound came out. Lowering his head, he sighed.

“It would have been better if you didn’t see this,” he said.

Mr. Threehorn’s breath shook. He closed his eyes and composed himself.

“Just tell us what this is all about?” he said harshly.

Verter was silent for a moment.

“Looks like I’m not getting out of this,” he said. “I thought you would understand, Topps. More than anybody. Has the Great Valley really changed you that much?”
 
“What are you talking about?” Tria demanded. “We would have never approved of you taking our kids.”

“I was never talking to you.” Verter said, glaring at her. “Have you really forgotten, Topps? The struggle to survive? Our threehorn way? I’ve fought so many battles out there in the Mysterious Beyond, and I haven’t.”

“Yes, I remember.” Mr. Threehorn said. “I remember how hard I had to be on my opponents to win. Sometimes I had to give them injuries they might still carry so we could survive.”

Verter nodded dreamily. “The Mysterious Beyond tends to bring that out of us. In the search for food, territory, standing, we fight. We threehorns are made to struggle in tough environments to survive. In a way, it’s a natural home for our way. That’s why I’ve been out there for so long. To fight until you both are tired and scratched up…ah, you never feel more alive. I like after all the effort and risk, you can ground an opponent into submitting defeat. Getting that look of humiliation and resentment…I can never get enough of it.”

Mr. Threehorn sighed. “So you like fighting. You aren’t the first threehorn to be like that. What does this have to do with…?” He fell silent, looking uneasy

Verter continued, not appearing to have heard. “Not everyone is humiliated or resentful when they get defeated. Some just get back up and move on like nothing happened. Oh, that made me mad. Even when others expressed appreciation for a good fight, I didn’t feel like they were taking me seriously. They mightn’t always say much but I could tell they were looking down on me. My pride couldn’t take it. So to get that feeling of satisfaction, I had to be go far to get that look of humiliation. Sometimes I had to go a lot farther.”

There was a chill. Cera stepped back and even Chomper with a flare of his nostrils widened his eyes as he got the implications of his words. Her parents stared.

“Oh no.” Mr. Threehorn said. “Verter, you can’t mean...?”

“I beat them until even the light left their eyes.” Verter said, with relish. “To see that contempt get replaced by fear and desperation as they realize there is no escape …that is power. I would make them regret ever challenging me or not taking me seriously by making them pay with their lives. That will only make sure others don’t question me. It is an extension of how we threehorns should be, and I am proud.”

Verter raised his head, blue eyes transported. Cera could see Chomper standing back, mouth open in horror. Mr. Threehorn and Tria watched with disbelief and pain. Then Verter lowered his head with disappointment.

“But that way has been falling,” he continued. “Ever since the great earthshake, threehorns have been turning away from our ruthless instincts. Now there is more talking, cooperation – not only amongst each other but with other kinds. This hasn’t been happening only with threehorns. Even other aggressive kinds have been suffering this decline. Even domeheads, domeheads are going this way. I saw two of them express concern for Cera and Chomper when we started training. There is a malaise going on and the Great Valley is the worst of it. All this softness and cooperation…it makes me sick!”

Verter spat at the ground, and Cera jumped away. Mr. Threehorn was shaking his head.

“So it is true,” he said. “You really did do this. Verter, why?”

“Why?” Verter repeated. “Topps, aren’t we threehorns? Isn’t aggression part of our nature? We fight to show dominance, to show who is right. What I am doing is only a natural extension of this.”

“No.” Mr. Threehorn shook his head. “We might be harsh but what we wouldn’t go so far as to be cruel.”

“Really? I remember the smirks you wore when you put others in their place. Don’t tell me you didn’t enjoy making them squeal and moan?”

He winced. “That – that’s…”

Verter sighed. “This is why I didn’t talk to you. You have been in the Great Valley too long. But these two still have potential. They could embrace who they really are. Having lived in the valley, I knew they might resist my thinking, so I had to subtly move them onto my path.”

“So that’s what this is about.” Cera said shakily. “You were training us to make us like you.”

“It makes a scary sense.” Chomper said. “I mean, he worked us so hard we couldn’t think – and he stopped us from going to our friends so they couldn’t tell us something might be wrong.”

“I was planning on taking it slow, to wean them from their weak friends, but with the suspicions about me rising, I had to speed things up.” Verter said. “Don’t worry, I’ll treat them well. Cera could know what it’s like to be a true threehorn. And I will have Chomper. Just think, having a sharptooth by your side in the Mysterious Beyond. With the right training and instruction, no one would dare challenge us. It would be a useful way to show power and not be disrespected again. The valley has left them weak and servile, but with me they could show their true potential. Out there, they would be strong and fierce and take no quarter just like threehorns and sharpteeth should!”

Cera, Chomper, and her parents listened to this, horrified. She felt like something had been torn out of her. She liked Verter, how he laughed at her jokes and was so easygoing. Even with her annoyance and suspicion lately, that he was acting friendly just to make them go along with his plan was still a betrayal. She could see the devastation in Chomper’s face. All that hard work and encouragement was just to achieve Verter’s own ends. But her parents looked worse. Their mouths were open, disbelieving. Their friend, their best friend had done all these terrible things…

“They’re not going with you.”

Verter’s gaze turned, colding. “What?”

“They’re not going to with you.” Tria repeated. “You have lost your mind. ’Making them as their kinds should?’ They’re coming back to the valley where they belong. ”

“She – she’s right.” Mr. Threehorn found his voice. “We never agreed to this, the harshness of the training or this plan to have them live with you in the Mysterious Beyond. Give them back.”

Verter’s expression became plaintive. “Topps, really-”

“Cera and Chomper didn’t agree to this either. That you took them against their will…I can’t approve of that. They shouldn’t be dragged off to the Mysterious Beyond to endure who-knows-what.”

“They will be enduring it with me.” Verter insisted. “I’ll make sure they come to no harm. They need this to become stronger, to become the people they’re meant to be.”

“What you want them to be.” Mr. Threehorn replied. “What they need is to be with those they love and have a childhood. Cera and her friends have endured enough hardship. It’s why we went to the Great Valley in the first place, to have a better life. I won’t have you take that away from them.”   

Verter growled. “You’re making a big mistake. The world is harsh. They need this.”

“They also need happiness.” Tria said. “However tough things might be, kids need to enjoy life. Even for our kind, it’s what they deserve.”

Verter’s burning gaze turned to her. “You…you ruined him. He used to be so tough and strong, but you had to come in with your softness, and make him weak. Why couldn’t you just stay away?”

Tria stepped back. Before she could say anything, Mr. Threehorn cut in.

“Don’t go acting like I had no say in what happened,” he said. “I’ve been changing long before Tria came around. What you’re suggesting isn’t something I’d ever wanted for my girls. I won’t allow you twist my Cera with your sick games.”

Verter opened and closed his mouth, faltering to uncertainty. He glanced between Cera and Chomper, the longing in that gaze making her stomach twist. He looked at Mr. Threehorn and Tria.

“We – we can work this out, right?” Verter said plaintively. “You can have your daughter back in exchange for Chomper.”

Chomper blanched. “W-what?”

“Come on, it’s sensible. He’s only going to burden you anyway.” Verter continued. “A sharptooth child, in the Great Valley? You said it yourself Topps, you fear what will happen when he grows up. I could take him away, make sure you won’t have to deal with him again. I’ll make sure he won’t be a danger to anyone.”

“He’s lying.” Cera said. “He just said he was going to use him in threehorn fights. He’s going to make Chomper attack innocent people.”

“No, no.” Chomper shook his head. “Please don’t make me do this.”

“There are no innocents in the world of threehorn battles.” Verter said. “I’ll put him to proper use in this leaf eater world. I’ll make sure he won’t become the threat to others he would otherwise.”

“Please!” Chomper pleaded. “I don’t want this. I want to be with my friends, I don’t want to do these terrible things!”

Cera looked at him stricken, and glared at Verter. “Chomper isn’t a threat, he wouldn’t hurt anyone.”

“Is that what you call this?” Verter raised his left forepaw, revealing scratches and bite marks. “You see the red on his muzzle. He was going wild on me not long ago.”

“Chomper was defending me from your whipping, that doesn’t count!”

“But it signals what’s to come,” he said. “You knew this was going to end in heartbreak either way. Why not cut your losses? Come on Topps, you were always suspicious of him anyway. You know I’m right.”

Mr. Threehorn’s expression faltered. Tria sent him a concerned look and Cera’s heart lurched when she saw there was conflict in his gaze.

“Daddy, no!” Cera said. “Don’t even think about it! He’s my friend, he…”

She looked to Chomper and trailed off. He looked so scared. The concept of being forced to go with Verter petrified him. But Chomper looked down and his eyes filled with a sad resignation. He had been struck by the comments about the future dangers he presented. Cera chilled. Was some part of him really going to go along with this? Mr. Threehorn sighed.

“You’re right,” he said. “I was always suspicious of him. And his departure would bring pain.”

Chomper looked up, eyes wide. Verter smiled smugly.

“Yes, you finally see-” he said.

“However,” Mr. Threehorn interrupted, “he has also helped my daughter and their friends through many dangers. He cares for them so much he volunteered for your training. For someone so young, that is exceptional. He is very kind. He will have to leave one day but at least we want him to leave with that kindness intact. Whatever real concerns I have, I’m not going to allow you to twist him for your schemes. He and Cera are coming home, and if you don’t cooperate Verter,” he quieted, “you know what we’ll have to do.”

Mr. Threehorn lowered his horns and stood unwaveringly. Relieved, Tria lowered her head beside him. Chomper stared at him, eyes wet with wonder and appreciation.

“Mr. Threehorn…” he said.

Cera was also relieved. Whatever her father’s feelings, he was going to do the right thing. She sent a smile at Chomper but then she turned to Verter. He was stunned. For a moment, something hurt crossed his gaze but then he lowered his head and those blue eyes became cold.

“So be it,” he said.

He launched forward. Cera and Chomper screamed as they were thrown off their feet, smacking and staggering into the ground as Verter closed the distance with Mr. Threehorn. Horns clanked as they pushed against each other, Cera and Chomper being tugged back and forth by the strength of the horn ramming. Mr. Threehorn dug his feet into the ground, maintaining position, but Verter pulled his head back and jabbed him with several forceful thrusts.

Mr. Threehorn jabbed back, going for Verter at odd angles. But Verter bent his head in little degrees, meeting them point by point, and he pushed hard at one of those jabs, making Mr. Threehorn stumble. He whipped his vine into Mr. Threehorn’s eye and Cera winced as her father cried out. Verter took advantage of this and jabbed harder, harder, eliciting pained growls as he got past the horns and drew blood…

A pink blur came in and Tria pushed past her mate, her horns clanking with his.

Verter snarled. “Stay out of this, female! You don’t belong here!”

“You brought Cera and her friend into this.” Tria said. “You got me involved.”

Snorting, Verter pushed hard. Tria did the same, running grooves into the earth as she tried to move him back. But Verter was the one who pushed her up the path. He pulled back and scratched his left horn into her frill, causing her to yell before he forced her back with a vine whip. Recovered, Mr. Threehorn charged in and resumed the fight, horns clanking as he put all his strength into pushing Verter down the path. Glaring, Verter spat into his eye. Mr. Threehorn yelped and Verter used that moment of weakness to bash his horns into Mr. Threehorn’s.

“You – had – so – much – potential!” Verter growled with each crash. “You had to go and squander it!”

“I’m not like you. I would never become you!” Mr. Threehorn said.

Verter snarled, and plowed in harder. The blows they exchanged were powerful, their gazes filled with anger and hatred. Cera staggered along, watching with wide eyes. This was wrong. Her father and Verter had laughed, had got along with such ease. That they were fighting so viciously felt like some sick sleep story. With each violent attack, it was like they were tearing their bond apart.

In the confusion, Cera saw a pink form moving on her side of the fight but Verter thrust from Mr. Threehorn and struck his head to the side. Tria yelled as she was slammed into the rock wall.
   
“Oh no you don’t!” Verter said. “I worked too hard to let go of them!”

Tria staggered back and shook her head, glaring. “They aren’t shiny rocks. We’ll get them!”

“You think only a few days of training would prepare you for this?” He stepped closer. “You weren’t born for this kind of thing and you never will!”

Yelling, Tria charged in. Mr. Threehorn staggered back to recover as she crashed her horns into Verter’s and they grappled. Verter pushed back, his mighty muscles allowing him to make her stumble her feet up the path. Cera watched, transfixed. She had never saw her stepmother fight with such passion, even against the first sharptooth. Tria barely avoided having those horns clank into her frill and stepped back. He gave a mocking smirk. Enraged, she stepped back and moved in with all her speed.

Crash! The loudest meeting of horns yet, and Verter stumbled back, dazed. Though tired from being pulled back and forth, Cera smiled proudly.

“Way to go, Tria!” she said. “Get him!”

But Tria hesitated. Something about Verter’s unfocused gaze disturbed her. She looked unsure but Verter shook his head and charged, Cera and Chomper stumbling and tripping as their legs barely kept up. Starting, Tria tilted her head at him and her horns crashed into his at an angle.

Verter flinched and pushed forward but couldn’t, the odd angle locking them in place. Tria was relieved. But Verter, irritated, wasn’t done. Slowly, he bent his head. Tria gasped as her horns creaked and bent. She tried to stay her ground but the creaks became louder and she shouted and had to pull her horns out. Before she could react, Verter went forward, slamming into her side and making her topple to the ground. Verter walked over and whipped her face with the vine, eliciting a cry.

“This is what you get for getting in my way!” he growled. “You were too weak to ever be a threehorn!”

Cera saw Verter’s eyes linger on her lower neck before raising his head.

“No!” Cera launched herself at his foot. “Stop hurting my family! Tria! I mean-”

Verter pushed her away, and she tumbled back, dazed by the blow.

“Where was I?” he said. “Oh yeah.”

He raised his head and went down to strike a particularly hard blow with his horns.

“Oh no, you don’t!”

Mr. Threehorn charged in and slammed Verter away with the side of his head, knocking Verter down. Cera fell on her side and Chomper jumped, almost getting struck by Verter’s stumbling foreleg. Stunned, Verter was about to get to his feet when Mr. Threehorn’s horns clanked into his. Angered, Verter grabbed the vine with his mouth and whipped Mr. Threehorn’s face, eliciting ow’s. But Mr. Threehorn caught the vine with his teeth. Wincing from the taste, he ground it down until the long end snapped off.

“Not so strong without that vine to whip about, huh?” Mr. Threehorn taunted. “Now you’ll have to fight like a fair threehorn.”

“You would have made the same choices in my position.” Verter got to his feet and pushed back. “There is a reason we became friends. You agreed with the harsh decisions the herd made and did some brutal things yourself. If you had made a slightly different set of choices, you would be right by my side.”

“No! Even at my worst, I never hurt and killed others just to satisfy my ego!”

“But you could have.” Verter said.

“But I didn’t.” Mr. Threehorn said. He faltered a bit. “That – that’s what matters.”

Verter sighed. “So it is. It’s too late to turn you now. But we can’t say the same for Cera and Chomper.”

“In your sleep stories!” Cera said, glaring. “We won’t follow you!”

“Do you really want to try taming a sharptooth?” Chomper growled. “You never know when I might turn around and bite your head off!”

“That’s what you say now but I’ve seen stronger wills broken with the right treatment.” Verter said. “Experience can change people. Even if you two somehow escape, you could still become like me.”

“No!” Chomper shook his head. “I wouldn’t dare!”

“You don’t know that.” Verter thrust Mr. Threehorn back. “Do you think people like me are born this way? I didn’t know this was where I would go but here I am.”

“Don’t listen to him, kids!” Mr. Threehorn panted, struggling to regain the advantage. “He’s trying to mess with you.”

“I had an adventurous personality like you, and look where that lead me.” Verter continued. “I can see that temper and those moments of selfishness leading you down a grim path, Cera.”

“What?” Cera yelped. “How do you know that?”

“I listened to you two while you were climbing. You shouldn’t have been so open about your feelings around others. You might have friends you care about now, but who knows, you might grow into someone who would come to abandon them for your pride.”

Cera closed her eyes, shaking her head. “No, no! I’d never!”

Mr. Threehorn pushed hard, anger energizing him. “Shut up, Verter!”

Verter ranked his horns in and made his opponent stagger back. “Oh and there’s Chomper. Once so friendly, that kindness to his leaf eater friends turns embittered when he has to hunt their kind and he lashes out at leaf eaters and sharpteeth alike. So sad.”

“No! I’ll…” Chomper gulped. “I’ll eat if I have to but I won’t be cruel.”

“That’s just it!” Verter pushed Mr. Threehorn up the path. “You don’t know! The future is filled with many unknowns. You can’t prepare for everything. Even if you try to resist, you wouldn’t be able to deny what draws you. You say you wouldn’t commit harm but with what you don’t know about the future, can either of you be sure of that?”

Cera and Chomper looked down. Even with fighting pulling her this way and that, she couldn’t help the distressing thoughts coming to her mind. Verter was right. She didn’t know what the future held. She thought things would be more or less the same as they were now but who said her behavior during her first encounters with her friends wouldn’t resurface? They have before. What if the choices presented to her made her abandon them for her own selfish interests? Or she fought with them like her father and Verter were doing now, all those warm feelings turned to hatred? Cera had been avoiding thoughts about the past for the pain they brought but she realized the future was just as treacherous. Suddenly, she didn’t want to think about what was to come. She only wanted to get out of here and be back with her friends, playing and enjoying her time with them and hoping things would always be this way.

Chomper was looking worse. He gazed into the middle distance, mouth open. For someone who cared so deeply, the thought his future departure might involve hurting his loved ones tore him up. He was aware he would have to eat leaf eaters again someday, but what if the struggle of the transition made him attack others and cause suffering? He shut his eyes and lowered his head but the images kept coming to him. The pair’s turmoil caused Verter to laugh.   

“See? You’re be better off leaving them to me, I’ll take care of their problems,” he said.

Mr. Threehorn growled. “Never! I’ll never let you influence the- ah!”

Verter’s horns slipped through and scratched the top of Mr. Threehorn’s frill. Verter pushed hard and Mr. Threehorn was toppled off his feet. He panted, laying on his side. He attempted to get up but struggled, suddenly very exhausted. He looked up at Verter, whose countenance was grim.

“Don’t make me do this, Topps,” he said quietly. “Even after all this, you’re still my old pal. Don’t let me down even more.”

Mr. Threehorn had enough energy to glare up. “A father never gives up.”

Verter sighed. “A disappointing end to a promising friendship.” His lips twisted. “I can’t promise this won’t be quick.”

He stepped back, aiming his horns at Mr. Threehorn’s neck. Cera and Chomper stirred, gazing up with dread.

“No Cera’s dad, don’t.” Chomper said.

“Daddy, just get out of here!” Cera said.

She and Chomper threw themselves at Verter’s forefeet. Cera rammed into the flesh with all the practice Verter had taught her, hearing the sounds of Chomper biting and scratching with equal force. But he only lightly kicked them away. Lying on the ground, she looked up at her father in fear. She saw his eyes stray toward her and Chomper. He couldn’t do more than jostle on the spot. Exhausted, with pain thrumming through her, Cera could only watch as Verter pulled his head back and thrust his horns down in a blur of speed…

There was a rush of feet and Mr. Threehorn pulled out of the way. He got no more than a scratch to the nose as Verter’s horns jutted past into the dirt. Mr. Threehorn disappeared from view but Verter stopped and cried out in dismay as Mr. Threehorn’s horns clanked into his, the pointy ends coming in from the left from Cera’s perspective. Verter jostled, pinned in place by the horns.

“You just don’t know when to quit, do you!” he snarled. “Don’t think I haven’t gotten this kind of trick before.”

“I know that.” Mr. Threehorn said.

“Then what are you trying to-”

Mr. Threehorn roared. Verter stopped, confused, but he almost didn’t hear the quiet rumble of feet before a crunching sound filled Cera’s ears. Verter’s eyes went wide and he struggled harder but there was a snap and a slackness came above Cera’s neck.

“Run, Cera!”

Obeying Tria’s voice, Cera ran, adrenaline masking the exhaustion as she fled pass Verter’s head. Her movements were restricted by the vines on her body but at least she was free. Tria ducked back and made to go around Verter to get Chomper’s vine.

“No!”

Verter jostled his horns out and slammed the side of his face into Mr. Threehorn’s, raising a rear foot to kick Tria as she passed. She gave a cry, scrambling as the force of the blow made her skid perpendicularly to the edge. Cera’s heart stopped but Tria regrouped and ran passed Verter, getting to Mr. Threehorn, who looked a bit dazed but still ready to fight. He stood protectively near Cera, who pressed herself against the rock wall. Verter backed away, forefoot pressing Chomper back.

“I won’t give him up.” Verter growled. “You may have her but I’m not giving him up.”

“Verter, enough!” Mr. Threehorn said. “Release Chomper and come back to speak for your crimes.”

“Crimes? Ha!” Verter laughed. “This is the threehorn life. Chomper is only going to make it more entertaining.”

Tria ran forward and crackled her horns against Verter’s, clinking them in, walking backwards to drag him back. “Oh, you’re not getting away.”

Verter unhooked himself and clanked back, growling. “Like you can do anything to stop me.”

“I just saved Cera, didn’t I?”

“Only with your sappy mate’s help! Even if he tries the same trick again, you won’t have a second victory.”

“Are Chomper and Cera really that important to you? Is what why you really did it? Murdered Mr. Clubtail?”

“What?” Verter blinked.

“You plotted that so you can have Cera and Chomper to yourself and influence them how you see fit. Oh, that was so convenient, I should have seen that com-”

“What are you talking about?” he demanded.

“Don’t play dumb.” Tria said. “I’m talking about how you killed Mr. Clubtail.”

“That wasn’t me!” Verter said, glaring. “I admit, I was planning on doing something but he was already dead when I found him. I merely took advantage of the situation.”

“What?” she blinked. “But – then who killed him?”

“Don’t listen, Tria.” Mr. Threehorn said. “He’s only trying to distract us.”

“Y-yeah.” Tria glared. “You won’t get away.”

Verter snarled. “You’re delirious – both of you!”

He pushed her away. Tria shook herself and rammed back, jostling her horns into Verter’s hard. She tried to get her mind back on task. She really screwed up when she hesitated over dazing Verter. She had been rattled by the damage she could do to another person when she should have found a way to free one of the kids. Now she tried to brace herself and discover how to free Chomper. She saw the poor sharptooth youth pant as he was jerked around, looking ready to collapse. She could bite the connecting vine off Verter’s neck vine if she stunned him again but then Chomper would have to drag all that plant weight behind him. Tria could bite it at the nape of Chomper’s neck but she would have to be quick before Verter roused himself. Mr. Threehorn could go in to free Chomper to deal with the time issue but that would leave Cera defenseless and Verter would notice this. There must be a way. Tria grappled with Verter, attempting to push her sharp points at the skin around the base of his horns, ignoring the aches and pains wincing through her.

“Avert your eyes, Cera.” Mr. Threehorn was saying. “This isn’t going to be pretty. We might have to fight extra hard and I don’t want you to…Cera?”

Tria’s heart fluttered at the confusion and faint panic in her mate’s voice. She wanted to look around to check what happened but she couldn’t with the fight she was in. A flutter of movement went past her and there was a faint crunch. Verter froze, and both battlers’ eyes turned to the side. Cera was grinding her teeth on Chomper’s connecting vine, moans muffled as she tried to rip into the nasty plant material. She froze when Verter looked at her, his face contorting with anger.

“Don’t you dare!”

He threw a forefoot back but Cera hastily worked on the vine and it broke apart. The forefoot hit the place they stood a second too late as the pair darted under Verter and Tria’s heads, going up the steep path, Cera poking at Chomper’s tail to urge him on.

“Go, go, g-!” she said.

There was a growl, and Cera screamed as she turned and found Verter in her face. He swiped one forepaw and another at her, Cera barely dodging and ducking as vines constricted her movement. He backed her against the wall and, though a part of her knew she had to run, those furious eyes rooted her to the spot.

“Useless girl,” he snarled, his face looming close. “You had to go and ruin everythin-”

There was a snarl and Chomper jumped in front of her.

“Stay away from her!” he said.

Verter drew back, thrown off for a moment, but he swiped a forefoot forward. Tria rushed in and crashed Verter aside with the side of her head.

“Get behind us, kids,” she said.

The pair moved. Tria pushed her horns into Verter’s, who watched Cera and Chomper rush up the path.

“No!”

He clanked Tria aside and went to follow but yowled when she bit his tail to keep him back. Mr. Threehorn almost reached them as he galloped down but Verter lashed his tail out of Tria’s teeth and pursued. Mr. Threehorn met his horns with his, just keeping them back in time for Cera and Chomper to get behind him as they backed up the path. They got to the top, where the ground was level, Verter pulling back and standing near the edge. Mr. Threehorn moved to block the pair from view, Tria catching up to present a united front

“Stop this, Verter.” Mr. Threehorn said. “You lost.”

Verter’s contracted pupils turned on him. “You…this is all because of you…”

He charged forward, ramming his horns into Mr. Threehorn’s.

“If only you hadn’t changed!” Verter said. “If only you hadn’t betrayed your own kind!”

“I haven’t betrayed anyone.” Mr. Threehorn said. “Verter, stop. Don’t make me-”

Verter screamed, and broke through Mr. Threehorn’s horns. He charged for Cera and Chomper, who screamed and circled around Tria, Verter following. Tria grabbed the dangling vines on his neck with her teeth when he passed, making him stop and gasp as his throat was constricted. Tria gritted her teeth and attempted to keep him in place but Verter’s progressed forward step by step, making Cera and Chomper back to the edge. The vines snapped and he charged, Cera and Chomper jumping and running along the cliff, the vines slowing their legs as the booms of those forefeet came in inches from their tails. Cera cried out when her tail tip felt an agonizing pressure, and fell onto her side as Verter pinned her in place.

“I will have one of you!” Verter said, breathing close. “I will show everyone who’s the strongest! Even if I have to-”

“Let her go!”

Verter turned and looked up. Mr. Threehorn ran in, pushing Verter hard, rocks crackling as the latter’s hind feet scrambled to stay on the edge. Cera felt the pressure lift up and the pain became that of a bruise exposed to air. She scrambled to run, Chomper doubling back for her and pulling her onward. Verter’s rear feet staggered as he pushed back against Mr. Threehorn with equal force, blue eyes boring into the dark with anger.

“You just had to get in my way!” he said. “Traitor! Traitor! Trait-”

There was a crackle and faster than anyone could react, Verter slid over the edge. Mr. Threehorn’s jaw dropped and he ran over but Verter was already falling, screaming, legs grabbing at the air as his figure shrank with distance. Cera and Chomper closed their eyes and pressed their faces into each other but they couldn’t block out the scream that went on for far too long before there was a thud, and they were left with silence. Shaking, Cera pulled herself away and looked around.

Tria stood a few paces back, mouth agape. Mr. Threehorn was near the edge, looking down, frozen. Cera couldn’t tell if he was breathing.

“T-Topsy?” Tria said.

Mr. Threehorn didn’t respond. Hesitantly, Tria stepped closer.

“Topsy, are you alright?” she asked.

Still, nothing. A shape seemed to be reflected in his eyes. Looking for anything, Tria glanced at the kids. Chomper’s head lay on Cera’s cheek, breaths shuddering, occasionally whimpering. Cera kept her gaze from the edge. She didn’t want to even glimpse what was left of Verter; she saw enough today.

“Topsy, we should get going.” Tria said. “The kids need to be treated, right?”

Mr. Threehorn’s lips twitched. “R-right.”

It didn’t take long to get back into the valley. Cera was barely aware of when their vines were bitten off or their wounds washed. Her feet passed through the tickle of grass. The trees were still, no breeze in the air. Occasionally, they went by a collection of flowers. Everything around her was distant, like on the other side of a canyon. Other dinosaurs passed by, voices indistinct. It was like another day in the Great Valley but it couldn’t be. It didn’t feel real after what she went through. Cera moved with Chomper and her parents, gaze vacant. Right now, all she wanted to do was retreat to her nest and escape the world in sleep stories…

“There you guys are!”

Littlefoot and the others were running towards them, accompanied by Grandpa and Grandma Longneck. They stopped, gazing at the four’s injuries with concern.

“My goodness, what happened?” Grandma Longneck asked.

Tria glanced around. Mr. Threehorn was still staring at the grass blankly and since no one else seemed fit to speak, she took a deep breath.

“We found Verter dragging Cera and Chomper out of the valley,” she said. “He wanted to use them for his brutal threehorn ways. When we told him to give them back, he refused and we were forced to…”

There were hitches in breath. Littlefoot and the others looked at Cera and Chomper.

“Is that true?” Littlefoot asked.

Cera nodded distantly. “He – he was taking us away. He wasn’t going to let us see our family or friends again.”

Littlefoot gave a soft gasp and he and the others came forward and embraced them. Cera didn’t protest, leaning into their touch, a part of her hoping they wouldn’t let go. She glimpsed Chomper inches to her right, small in Ruby’s arms.

“I’m sorry.” Grandpa Longneck said. “That must have been horrible for you.”

“Was he planning this this whole time?” Grandma Longneck asked.

“He pretty much admitted it.” Tria answered. “He used Mr. Clubtail’s death to pressure Cera and Chomper to train with him. He worked them so much he hoped to have them depend on him and they could be persuaded to leave. He claimed to still be our friend but he kidnapped Cera and Chomper behind our backs and-”

Crash! Cera and the others broke apart as Mr. Threehorn’s left foot buckled. He leaned into the ground, eyes suddenly all too wide.

“Daddy?” Cera said.

"Topsy, what’s wrong?” Tria asked.

Mr. Threehorn didn’t respond. He panted, breaths climbing in pitch until he screamed, screamed like something had been torn out of him. Cera broke from her friends, running over to press into Mr. Threehorn’s forefoot.

“Daddy, what is it?” Cera said. “What’s wrong?”

“We’re alright, dear.” Tria pressed into his side. “We’re here.”

Mr. Threehorn didn’t appear to hear. He continued screaming, breaking off with gasping breaths before he screamed again. Cera hadn’t heard anything like this before and that it came from her father was terrifying. Gradually, it subsided and he leaned there, shaking. The gang and the grandparents watched, horrified, sympathetic.

“You two should rest. We’ll have those wounds tended to.” Grandma Longneck said. “Still I can’t believe Verter killed Mr. Clubtail. All for the children…”

 “Mr. Clubtail…” Chomper looked up. “Is this our fault? All because we didn’t agree to train with him the first time?”

“Don’t blame yourselves.” Grandpa Longneck said. “Mr. Clubtail’s murder is the fault of Verter alone. Even if he did this to get you, you bear no fault in his actions.”

“That is if he was the one who did this.” Tria said.

Grandma Longneck stirred. “What do you mean?”

“When we were fighting, I accused him of killing Mr. Clubtail. He looked shocked. It was as though he found the idea ridiculous.”

“Is that so?” Grandpa Longneck said uncertainly. “Well, he was good at hiding his emotions. Maybe that was just an act-”

“But this was after we confronted him. I was fighting up close with him, it looked too genuine. I don’t think we can rest easy.” Tria turned, looking around at the valley. “The killer’s still out there.”

Next time…

The Anchors Part 1

--

Note: Hope to have the next set of chapters up by February or March next year.

16
LBT Fanfiction / Re: We Will Hold On Forever
« on: December 09, 2018, 11:32:21 AM »
FF.net Link:  https://www.fanfiction.net/s/12535668/15/We-Will-Hold-On-Forever

--

We Will Hold On Forever

by

DaveTheAnalyzer

Chapter 15: The Next Fall Part 1

“Come on, come on, keep up the pace!”

Cera panted as she and Chomper found themselves jogging once again. Verter ran beside them, that vine dangling from his mouth. It was late-morning and the bright circle was nearly to the center position in the sky, beating down and making them sweat. As soon as they had breakfast, Verter had appeared and hauled them off. For the past few hours, they had been training nonstop, going over rock beatings, stretches, and more. They had been busy yesterday too but at least there were points of lag in their workouts and more than a few breaks. Now, though…

Crack!

Cera yelped as that vine struck a toe and hurried her steps. Verter carried that vine in his mouth, cracking it at them when they least expected. Occasionally, his gaze strayed around the area but his focus remained on them. He had been hurrying them all morning. He knew how to hit, barely an inch from the toes or with a light sting on the skin, rarely letting them slow. It was exhausting. She didn’t know where this was coming from. She had saw hints of that yesterday after the climbing exercise but this was way different.

He didn’t even seem to have time to socialize. When he escorted her to her family last night, Mr. Threehorn had been the only one up. His eyes flicked to her and he had opened his mouth to address Verter but the latter cut him off with a few words before walking off. This morning, they had all been up but Verter only allowed a few pleasantries and then he all but dragged Cera away. It was baffling but with the rate Verter was training her, she didn’t have any time to think about it.

“Keep going.” Verter called. “You’re doing so well.”

“Doing – well – is exhausting.” Chomper panted.

“That’s normal. Come on, you must be feeling a bit stronger.”

Chomper mumbled incoherently. He looked tired. His eyes were half-lidded, he thrust his arms with a weak energy, and his steps were haggard and clumsy. Verter was really working the little guy up. Cera wanted to glare at Verter for this, but she was so tired herself she could only concentrate on putting one foot in front of the other.

At last, they came upon the rock signaling the end point. As soon as they crossed, Cera and Chomper fell off their feet, panting, exhaustion searing through them.

“Now don’t just topple like a bunch of rocks. Get up.”

Taking several breaths, they pushed themselves up as Verter caught up.

“That was a good workout, wasn’t it?” Verter said. His smile was a bit strained. “Now, let’s get back to target practice.”

Chomper turned to him. “Target practice…already?”

“No time like the present. Hop to it.”

“Seriously?” Cera sighed. “When are we going to take a break?”

There were some whispers, and they turned to see a pair of widebeak swimmers watching, tutting. Verter glared but they were already walking off.

“When appropriate,” he said. “There is much to do, we can’t waste time.”

“But you’re rushing us, and not leaving us time to breath. Sometimes even we need a break, you know.”

He sent her a look. “I thought you said you could keep up with this.”

Cera winced. “I – I can, it’s just…I’ve been moving nonstop for several days. I know being tired’s unavoidable in training but it feels like we’re being sped up so fast. Can’t you see why I’m getting annoyed?”

For a second, something like irritation flashed across Verter’s face. Then he glanced around again and that smile returned. “Well, you can work off that annoyance with some rock ramming. Come on.”

Verter turned and walked away, steps a bit quick. Cera and Chomper were left with no choice but to scramble and follow.

“We are getting better, right?” Chomper whispered to her.

“I hope so.” Cera sighed. “All it feels like we’re being made to do is work, work, work.”

Chomper looked a bit disheartened. Cera almost wished she took back those words but she could tell she only reinforced doubts already present. Besides, she could relate to his feelings. She remembered last night how Tricia curled in a lonely figure as she slept between her parents. Cera’s heart ached. She had cut Verter some slack due to the story he gave two days ago but he was rapidly wearing her patience thin. For the sake of her family and friends, Verter had better make this training worth this absence or she was going to have words with him.

--

Early that morning, there was chatter and laughter. Grandpa and Grandma Longneck stood with Patty as they exchanging pleasantries and anecdotes. She had come as soon as Littlefoot and his grandparents started breakfast and she stood to the side as the grandparents ate. From the ease they exchanged words, an observer might think this happened every day.

“…he experienced, he has such love for fun.” Patty was saying. “He’s a joy to be around.”

“Yes.” Grandpa Longneck said. “It can be such a contrast, when he thinks with such deep thought and then decides to splash in the goo and play. We’re not complaining.”

“I’m amazed you aren’t complaining with being awake this early in the morning.” Grandma Longneck said. “I remember doing that at your age and it was torture. Don’t you struggle?”

“I did at first but after living on my own for so long, I learned how to greet the bright circle like an old friend.” Patty looked at them. “I hope you made some progress on the investigation.”

Grandma Longneck sighed. “We have been going up and down the cliff side where the drag trail ended all day yesterday but unfortunately we have still turned up nothing. This really is a struggle, especially with your herd leader pressuring us for results.”

“I’m sorry. Maybe I should talk to her not to lean on you so hard. By the way, have you heard the rumors going around the valley lately? They’re very concerning and might be connected to…”

Littlefoot was browsing the trees and bushes on the edge, chewing leaves. He saw his grandparents’ skeptical expressions but put the conversation in the background. He was in a good mood. For the most part, he felt awake, he didn’t have a bad sleep story in several days, and he was filling himself up rather well. Patty and his grandparents could be given time to talk and relax. He had made some great progress in the game of jumping over other people’s tails, and was ready to improve more today. He looked forward to doing it with his grandparents. Seeing a long-leaved bush, one that was rather succulent from when he remembered sampling it, Littlefoot went over to take a bite out. As he did so, he caught a shape moving among the trees and jumped. Then he realized who it was, and laughed.

“Hey Mr. Thicknose. You scared me. How are you doing?”

Mr. Thicknose had frozen mid-step, head turned to stare at him. In that brief second, Littlefoot thought Mr. Thicknose looked a bit drained but the latter forced in a smile.

“Oh hello Littlefoot. Didn’t mean to startle you. I should be asking how you’re doing.”

“Okay.” Littlefoot shrugged. “I’ve been having fun with my new friend, Patty. She’s been teaching me how to jump over my tail, and other people’s tails too.”

“Really?” Mr. Thicknose’s smile gained a genuine air. “Good. That’s good. Especially at this time, you should be enjoying yourself.”

Littlefoot’s bright expression waned. “Uh Mr. Thicknose…are you okay?”

“I’m…managing.” Mr. Thicknose sighed. “I won’t lie, this matter with Mr. Clubtail has me rattled. It’s bad enough he was murdered but after looking at this from various angles-”

“Oh, that’s right.” Littlefoot looked down. “You’re helping with the investigation.”

“Yes. I’m doing my duty but…looking into the mind of who could do this is exhausting. This isn’t the first time I’ve dealt with death. I’ve been around for a long time and outlived many people, including a few of my students.” Those old eyes flashed briefly with guilt. “But murder…I’ve only dealt with that a few times and it’s never easy. I suppose there can be extenuating circumstances, but to kill someone because you want to…what purpose can someone have to do this?”

Littlefoot winced, the memory of the first sharptooth coming to mind. Mr. Thicknose stared pensively into the air before shaking his head.

“You don’t need to listen to this,” he said. “These aren’t matters kids should be dealing with.”

“No, that’s okay” Littlefoot shook his head. “Sometimes you just need to talk.”

Mr. Thicknose smiled and stepped forward. “Anyway, don’t let me keep you. I need to go talk with your grandparents. Make sure to have a lot of fun with that new friend.”

“You have some fun too.” Littlefoot smiled wryly. “Maybe not in the middle of investigating but after it’s over. You look like you need it.”

“I…will try. Fun is good, especially for old fogies like me.” Mr. Thicknose looked a bit wistful. “I wish I allowed myself to have more fun. So much of my life wasted pretending I knew everything, that I was above such ‘measly’ things as fun. I know better know, I’m grateful for the many extra cold times to apply it but…” he sighed. “There I go again. Well, see you Littlefoot.”

With that, he walked on. Littlefoot stared. Before he could think about Mr. Thicknose’s plight too closely, Patty bid farewell to his grandparents and she walked up to him, thoughtful.

“Shall we get going?” she asked.

Nodding, Littlefoot joined her in walking side-by-side to their next hang-out place. The only sounds were their steps as they moved through the valley. His eyes were lowered.

“You know, you could always eat with my grandparents,” he said. “You don’t need to stuff yourself and rush off to have a chat with them.”

Patty shrugged. “It’s a force of habit. I prefer to eat first thing when I wake up and the herd leader wants us to do that together before we go off to do our thing. With everything as it is now, it’s probably best not to cross her.”

“Yeah, it sounds like it.” Littlefoot sighed, lowering his head. “Everyone is really tense.”

“What’s wrong?” she asked, glancing at him with concern. “You seem kind of down. I shouldn’t have mentioned the current valley situation, I apologize-”

“No, it’s okay.” Littlefoot shook his head. “It’s just, I was thinking about Mr. Thicknose. I bumped into him while eating and he seemed kind of down.”

“Oh.” Patty said. “Yes, I believe I heard your grandparents mention him. So that was him. I can see why someone who spent most of his life in the Great Valley would be shaken by a murder."

“Chomper kind of hinted at that two days back,” he said. “He mentioned smelling blood on some of the valley residents who moved here.”

“Life is complicated,” she said. “In the Mysterious Beyond, you often make decisions you aren’t sure are the right thing to do. I’m sure there are more than a few dinosaurs here who regret what they did out there. Even so, there are killings so monstrous they inspire horror no matter the experience.”

“Yeah. No wonder most people don’t want to talk about it.”

She gave him a curious look. “Why does that occupy your mind? Does it stir up painful memories from your journey to the Great Valley?”

He averted his gaze. “You could say that.”

“Do you want to talk about it?”

“Maybe. I just…” Littlefoot groped for words and shook his head. “Oh, never mind. You don’t need to hear about this anyway.”

Patty stopped. “Littlefoot, this is something that is clearly bothering you. It would be hard to have fun if you have something occupying your mind.”

“But it’s just…I can’t.” He closed his eyes “I’m ashamed of what I did.”

“Don’t worry. I won’t judge.”

“You don’t understand – if you hear about this, it would change how you look at me. I don’t want you to be scared of me.”

Patty brought her head close. “Littlefoot, I have seen and done a lot of things I thought good people would never do. It’s okay. I will listen.”

Littlefoot hesitated, staring into her eyes. He still had some reservation. There was a reason he didn’t reveal what happened with the first sharptooth to anyone beyond his grandparents. But if Patty had been seen as much as she claimed, perhaps she would understand. His chest cooling in encouragement, he took a deep breath.

“You see, I…I have killed.”   

Patty’s eyes widened. “You what?”

“You heard. I killed someone. I – I took a life.”

Littlefoot lowered his head. Patty thought this over with surprise.

“I can’t believe this. Someone so young…” she said. “I’m sure there’s an explanation for this.”

He nodded, gaze turned away. “When me and my friends were going to the Great Valley, we were being chased by the sharptooth, the one who killed Mother. He almost got us one time but we managed to escape. Near the valley, though, he was there, looking for food. He was in the way. He wasn’t going to stop chasing us. But there was a pond nearby and I got an idea. If we could push a boulder on a cliff when he was right underneath it, we could send him into the water and drown him. I pushed my friends to help and it didn’t go as planned but we managed to push the boulder on top of him and…”

Littlefoot didn’t need to elaborate. Hesitantly, he sneaked a look at Patty. Her head was raised, thoughtful.

“You did all that? Amazing.” she said. “You shouldn’t beat yourself up over it. Sometimes desperate times call for desperate measures. He was going to keep being a threat. You had no choice but to take him out.”

That all sounded reasonable, Littlefoot thought. In ordinary circumstances, having to kill in self-defense would have been hard, but he could recover. It was relieving to hear Patty’s understanding. But…

“That wasn’t the only reason I did it.” Littlefoot said. He took a deep breath. “A not tiny part of me also wanted – I mean, he killed Mother. I wanted him to suffer. Looking back, it’s kind of creepy. I pushed my friends into the plan and it nearly killed them. That shook me out of wanting revenge again but…was I doing the right thing if there were a selfish feeling behind it?”

He looked up. Patty was looking a bit uncomfortable. Littlefoot winced. Had he gone a bridge too far with showing this side of himself?

“You got rid of that sharptooth to save yourself and the others, right?” she said finally. “Even with those feelings, that was what you wanted?”

“Yes,” Littlefoot said, “but…”

“Then that still matters. Even if that desire for revenge was there, so was the decision to take out a threat to your survival. Look, people are complicated. They can have all sorts of feelings for doing the right thing. You’re a good person. I can see that.”

“You think so?” He looked up.

Patty nodded, a bit eagerly. “Life is full of mistakes and hard decisions. You can only do so much about them. At some point, you have to forgive yourself and move on. Remember your mistakes but learn to do good from them. In the end, you have to allow yourself to be happy.”

Littlefoot turned this over. There was some sense to it. His grandparents and friends often told him something like that when he felt an urge to apologize for a long-ago ill. They had long forgiven him, so should he. The sharptooth probably wouldn’t feel that way but diet aside, he wasn’t a pleasant person anyway. What did it matter what Littlefoot was feeling, if his intentions were still right. Everyone had bad thoughts sometimes, but there was nothing exactly wrong with them unless acted upon. Littlefoot looked up and felt himself smiling.

“I see,” he said. “Yeah, you’re right. Thanks, Patty. At first, I didn’t know what to feel but you made things clear again. I’m feeling much better now.”

“No problem.” Patty said. “That’s what all good people should do, make others feel better.”

“You should allow yourself to be happy too, Patty.” Littlefoot said. “After all you went through, you deserve it.”

“Really?” Patty smiled. “I’ll try to. Anyway, let’s put aside all this death talk.”

“Yeah!” he bowed, grinning. “Let’s get back to having some fun. I still need to improve with jumping over other people’s tails. Make sure to teach me well with that.”

Patty laughed and nodded. Smiling, Littlefoot walked on and she resumed rumbling beside him. He still had some anxieties swimming in him but for now, he felt assured to put them aside and allow himself to enjoy the day.

--

“Again.”

Panting, Tria charged and cracked her horns against the boulder. There was a spray of rocks and a further fifth of the boulder parted from the rest. She and Mr. Threehorn were in a part of the valley where several boulders had rolled off the Great Wall and provided many targets to practice on. Tricia had been sent to Dinah and Dana’s parents to be watched over again. She tried not think about this, as she couldn’t afford the distraction.

“Again.”

With a final pullback, Tria thrust her head at the boulder again and caused it to crackle to pieces. Mr. Threehorn examined the damage from where he sat nearby.

“Five strikes,” he said. “You’re still not angling right.”

“This is harder than it looks, you know.” Tria said. 

“I know that. Now find another boulder and try again.”

Biting back a sigh, Tria looked around and examined the boulders dotted about. She had been training for hours. From the first moment after her daughters left, she had been ramming boulders, going from one place to another when that area’s supply ran out. She tried to remain determined but it waned with the exhaustion and repetitive work. She would have been able to cope better if not for her mate’s attitude. Almost since yesterday, there had been a slow but perceptive change in his demeanor. The first day and a quarter, he had been tough but fair, giving praise where he saw it. But gradually the compliments dropped away and he became impatient and annoyed. He seemed distracted. He wasn’t like some of the harsh Threehorn Ascension instructors from their past but it was getting on her nerves. What was his problem?

She found a suitable boulder and rammed into it, sending more debris onto the ground.   

“Harder.” Mr. Threehorn said. “Bend your back a little more. You can’t charge properly if you’re stiff.”

With a flicker of irritation, Tria tried to relax her back as told and backed up. A second strike and a quarter fell off the boulder.

“Harder! You’re not putting in enough!”

Tria backed away a third time and ran as fast as she could. There was a crackle and when she blinked the dirt out of her eyes, she saw she only took out a third of the boulder. With a grunt of frustration, she struck it again, hard, leaving only a part of the base standing. She panted, regathering herself as Mr. Threehorn got up and walked over to inspect the aftermath.

“Four strikes,” he said. “Still not enough. You need to go at it with no hesitation.”

She took another breath and looked, glaring. “I’m not hesitating. I’m trying as hard as I can.”

“No you’re not.” Mr. Threehorn said. His gaze was slightly low, and he spoke strangely, almost automatically, like he was somewhere else. “I see you stiffen briefly before you run. You need to throw yourself at the boulder in order to break it quickly.”

“I will. I just don’t want to get myself hurt.” 

He stirred, glaring. “That soft heart has no place on the battlefield. When you have an opponent in front of you, you have to be more ruthless than them in order to win. In battle, there can be no hesitation”

“I know, it’s just,” she lowered her head, “I’m trying my best.”

“That’s not good enough. I thought you wanted to put your all into this.” Mr. Threehorn sighed.
“You are doing so many little things wrong. It’s really frustrating.”

Tria stiffened. “Topsy…”

“Don’t make excuses.” His voice came out harsh. “The guys training with me got it quickly, and it was this pressure that drove them along. Why couldn’t you have stopped being soft at everything and been strong enough to pass the first time?”

She raised her head, stepping closer. “Topsy, what’s gotten into you?”

“I’m frustrated you’re too hesitant and won’t make the snap decisions needed to deal maximum damage to a target.” Mr. Threehorn said.

“I know that, I’m just trying to learn how to actually do it carefully.” Tria said, some frustration entering her voice. “I mean, I’m not unfamiliar with this, I am a threehorn.”

“You don’t do a good job of acting it. You rarely show the usual aggression we display.”

“Maybe I have my own way of being a threehorn!”

Tria and Mr. Threehorn glared into each other’s eyes. For a moment, their legs were splayed, giving no ground. Then Mr. Threehorn closed his eyes and took a deep breath.

“Look,” he said, “it’s not like you haven’t improved these last few days. You’re able to break down boulders in much fewer strikes and your stance and charging speed has improved. But you still need to work on the flaws I mentioned. You’re smart, I thought you could see that.”

Tria stared for a moment before looking away.

“You have a point,” she said. “I do have some ways to go. I did say I would be okay with you being harsh in training me, but I didn’t expect how harsh it would become.” She sighed. “I know that isn’t an excuse. I should be focusing on getting better but here I am whining like a child for not getting a reward for something basic.”

Mr. Threehorn watched as she her lower her head. He softened.

“Well, I might have gone too far with that proper threehorn comment,” he said. “I’ve had something troubling on my mind lately, but I shouldn’t have taken it out on you.”

“No, it’s fine. I should be able to take a teacher’s moods in stride.” Tria looked at him. “What’s been on your mind?”

“Oh, this shouldn’t be bothering me like this…but I’ve been getting the sense that Verter has been avoiding us lately.”

Tria blinked. “Avoiding us? I assumed he was busy training Cera and Chomper.”

“I know. But normally we could spare some moments to chat. But yesterday and today, he cut us off before we could get to much. Didn’t you find that strange?”

She frowned. “Now that you mention it, he does make some time to talk.”

“Did I do something wrong?” Mr. Threehorn wondered. “Did I say the wrong thing? What could I have said that turned him off like this?”

“What were you talking about last time?” Tria asked. “I saw you two yell when I was training last morning.”

He looked uncomfortable. “I was becoming concerned about the level he was training them. He’s been using vines as a whip. We talked about it, how you and I noticed some marks on Cera the first night.”

She frowned. “Yeah. I’m not really comfortable with Verter’s use of it. I don’t like him ordering them around like followers in that way. As long as he didn’t really hit them, I would be fine but today…”

“I know. There are a few more marks.” Mr. Threehorn frowned. “Well, maybe this is necessary to keep Chomper in line.”

Tria shifted her gaze. “I don’t think that makes me anymore comfortable.”

“Hey, if we want to make sure a potential troublemaker behaves, sometimes you have to scare them in order to keep them in line,” he replied, rising up to glare. “It might be harsh but in this time of crises, we can’t go easy on them.”

She shifted uncomfortably but there was nothing she could say to that. “What else did you talk about?”

Mr. Threehorn held his glare but relaxed. “After we cooled down, we talked about what we got up to during the Time of Great Growing. He seemed very fond of those times.”

“Hmm.” Tria said. “I can’t see what in that discussion might upset him.”

He nodded. “I did disagree with him about the violence of that time but I wasn’t being angry about it. I thought I sensed a shift in his mood then but I’m not sure if that has anything to do with his current behavior.  It’s just…something feels off…”

There was a pause as both considered the issue whose meaning they couldn’t pinpoint but left them uneased. Mr. Threehorn shook his head.

“I’m being paranoid,” he said. “Verter could really just be busy with training. I’ll ask him when he comes around tonight. I guess I’m just not happy with being away from Cera and Tricia so much.”

Tria nodded. “No, maybe that’s also my issue. Mind you, Cera is usually off with her friends and we do send Tricia away occasionally to have time alone. But with these ghosts and Mr. Clubtail’s death, I guess we don’t like not having our family being away during these tough times.”

“Precisely.” Mr. Threehorn said. “I’m still not happy with Cera having to train but if she and Chomper have to, I’d rather be training them. No matter the awkwardness of Chomper being around, at least we’d be spending some time together.”

She chuckled. “It would be a bit strange to have kids as fellow trainees but I agree. But let’s see about getting me trained first.”

“You’re right. We should get back on track.” He gave her a firm look “Be warned, I won’t be as harsh but I’ll still be firm and honest. Can you handle that?”

“I’m ready. I’ll be a big girl this time.”

Mr. Threehorn nodded, a smile flickering in. Getting back into position, Tria resumed ramming boulders and he gave feedback, the pair of them a bit more at ease after they aired out their concerns. That was all that was needed, a bit of communication between them. Though still \tired and sore, Tria felt in much better spirits. Even so, their minds couldn’t help lingering on those who were absent.

--

Ducky and Spike hesitated, glancing at each other. Tega lay in the clearing from yesterday, eyes closed and mighty sides rising and falling. Ducky wondered if this was the right time. She and Spike hadn’t been able to gather the nerve to talk with Tega since she arrived to sleep nearby this morning. They felt like they hit a sore point with her yesterday and decided to give her space. They spent the intervening time having fun with their siblings, playing tag and teasing each other, making up with them in a quiet way for their argument the day before. Even through these games, Ducky and Spike’s minds lingered on the spiketail.

After morning turned to afternoon, though, it became clear Tega wasn’t going to move through inaction. Ducky was far from close to finding out the truth about how selfish or selfless people were but she couldn’t leave someone hurt by without trying to do something nice. Feeling Spike give her a nudge of support, he and Ducky stepped forward.

“Tega?”

Tega opened one eye. Ducky stood there with Spike, holding an armful of long grass. She went over and laid them in front of her.

“These are for you.” Ducky continued. “We thought you might like them.”

Tega examined her offerings.

“These are good,” she admitted. “They are always on the higher grounds where they are a pain to get.”

“Me and Spike climbed to get them.” Ducky explained. “I am very good at climbing, I am, I am. It makes it easier to get treestars myself.”

“A nice trick to have.” Tega commented. “Wouldn’t last to adulthood but it’s useful while it lasts.”

Spike almost sighed at that last comment but kept it quiet. Tega bent down, opening her mouth to bite on a piece of grass but paused. She gave them a suspicious look.

“This isn’t about serving some point about selflessness, right?” she asked.

“No, it is not!” Ducky waved. “It is just…we want to say sorry. Talking about groups and selfishness made you uncomfortable. We should have saw that and stopped. We should have not asked about what was wrong after the tree crackle scared you. Some people need space to become okay but we were worried, so-”

“Fine.” Tega sighed. “It’s fine. I kind of had it coming. It’s the most selfish thing, not to think about the past, especially if it contradicts your beliefs.”

“What do you mean?” Ducky asked. 

“I mean – oh this is going to be hard – you have a point.” Tega said. Her expression was neutral. “It is better to survive in groups. I tried to dismiss it, that I didn’t need another pair of eyes to watch my back but then I got into danger and…”

Tega fell silent, her grass chewing a bit wistful. Ducky exchanged glances with Spike, who was blinking, a bit surprised Tega would give ground like this.

“Um…if it is alright, can you tell us what that danger thing was?” Ducky asked.

Tega gaze drifted to her. “You expect me to spill my innermost secrets?”

“Me and Spike want to better understand you.” Ducky’s expression was concerned. “If we know where your issue came from, we will be more careful with dealing with it. At least, we will try.”

“Eh, eh.” Spike nodded, eyes serious yet warm.

Tega looked between the two, considering their words. She closing her eyes.

“Oh, alright,” she said. “What you’re saying does make sense. Remember that fire that came around after the Thundering Falls got blocked up?”

“We do, we do.” Ducky said, Spike nodding. “That was…wow, how long ago was it? We did not like how everyone was becoming very mean because of the water situation, no we did not.”

“Yes. That made me want to keep to myself even more. I suspected that my usual eating habits would make me more unpopular. Anyway,” Tega said when Ducky and Spike frowned, “I wasn’t near anyone when the fire started. I was by myself in the middle of a forest, eating dried out grass and pretending it tasted good, like Spike being my usual slothful self.”

Spike made a questioning “eh?” Ducky stirred.

“Wait. What is sloth?” she asked.

“Another way to say lazy.” Tega said. “Anyway, it took a while but I heard the cries of people being panicked about something and looked around only to see a fiery glow in the distance. Worried, I immediately knew what it meant and made tracks for the nearest evacuation path. I wasn’t going to take any chances with where a fire could go in a dried out valley.”

Tega adjusted the grass in her mouth, thinking.

“Um, are you not going to eat that?” Ducky asked.

“Hey, chewing grass calms me. Do you want me to be nervous when I remember my scariest memory?” Tega said. “Where was I? Oh yes. The smell of smoke was getting stronger. I picked up my pace. I knew from the word of travelers to be vigilant around fires. Dry wood and winds can make them go fast. Still, I thought I could get to shelter easily. But faster than I anticipated, a glow swept past and the fire was upon me. I cursed myself: I forgot the trees in my area burned more quickly. There was still space to maneuver, but I kept running into dead-ends or having a burning tree fall into my path. I was…becoming scared. Wherever I looked, there was fire and the smoke was making it hard to breathe. I started to realize…no one knows where I am. I’m alone here. I thought I wasn’t going to make it.”

In spite of herself, Tega’s casual tone wavered. Ducky and Spike could understand why. They remembered running from fires. The intense heat, the choking smoke, the orange glow…it still shook them how close they and their friends came at times to being burned alive. It was only understandable Tega took some time to pull herself together.

“Then,” she took a calming breath, “I saw a gap in the flames. I was desperate for any way out, so I leapt through it and fortunately I didn’t get singed much. I got to the Great Wall cliffs as fast as I could and stayed there until the Thundering Falls surged back and put the fires out. But I realized something that day. Before, I thought my cleverness and common sense would allow me to survive on my own. Then I saw how things truly were. In order to survive, you had to know people. You had to be in groups.”

Tega fell silent. Ducky and Spike had listened, wide-eyed. In the quiet that followed, she slid a foot forward as though to touch Tega’s cheek but thought better of it.

“Wow, that sounds – horrible.” Ducky said. “It must be so hard to have something important to you challenged like that.”

“Yeah.” Tega grimaced. “I learned my lesson. Loners aren’t built for this world. It’s so unfair. Sometimes I just wanna-” She glanced at Ducky. “Saying sorry about it won’t help. That only makes it hurt even more.”

“Oh, sorry – I mean, I just want to make sure you know you are heard.” Ducky said. “Even if there is no way to solve the problem, knowing I hear and will be careful about it would make you feel better.”

“And then I could be happy, and you wouldn’t have to deal with another person’s mood.” Tega said. “Right?”

“That is…At least, I hope it is what is best for you. Besides, it is better to be happy, right?”

Tega surveyed Ducky, who squirmed but maintained her sincere expression. At length, Tega looked away.

“That’s in everyone’s self-interest,” she said. “But you’re right. I do want to think about something more pleasant.”

“Good for you.” Ducky smiled. “Do not worry. We will be sure not bother you about it again. Right Spike?”

Spike nodded and bayed, smile gentle. Tega snorted.

“You guys are saps,” she said. “But I won’t complain. Still, I’m not going to rely on a bunch of kids.”

“Do not worry.” Ducky said. “Relying does not go one way with friends. Sometime, there is a mutual helping.”

“Mutual, huh?” Tega said, amused. “But you can’t always avoid dependence on others. Cera and Chomper depend on Verter.”

“Well, one knows more and the others are supposed to learn. That cannot be helped.”

“But with one side being kids and the other being a stranger, one side has to really trust the other has a good self-interest in them.”

“But Verter is not a stranger. He is Cera’s parents’ childhood friend.” Ducky said. “He would want what is best for the kids of his friends, right?”

“People change when they grow up.” Tega said. “I heard he kept your two friends from your little get together yesterday.”

“That is probably because he has a lot of training for them to do. Cera and Chomper have to catch up a lot in order to become good in a short time, they do, they do.”

“If that’s so, why did he allow them to hang out with you the day before?” Tega asked. “Even with rushed training, there should be some time off. What in his self-interest caused him to change his mind? Eh, that’s why I hated relying on strangers as a kid. You have less of an idea if they’re looking out for your best interest. I’m glad I’m not that age anymore.”

Ducky and Spike exchanged worried looks. They had decided to trust Cera and Chomper’s word that Verter was trustworthy but Tega reopened their concerns. They thought it was sad but reasonable Verter would keep Cera and Chomper away to train them more but they wondered what else it could be? They shook themselves and talked on with Tega about other matters, but they couldn’t dismiss the coincidence that the day after the gang expressed their worries about Verter, Cera and Chomper didn’t come to them.

--

Chomper was exhausted. They had been training for hours, going over the same exercises over and over in what felt like a circle. They barely had enough time just to linger and fill their bellies before Verter rushed them to the next task. It was overwhelming and even he, desperate to find some use in Verter’s training regiment, was at his limit.

They were climbing again. They scaled to a lower cliff path at the base of the Great Wall. Above them, the mountains stretched high, some enough to scratch a line through the sky puffies. The good news for them was that it wasn’t as high as their exercise yesterday. The downside was that this cliff was more perpendicular and their strained muscles felt like they would stop working at any moment from the weight of the gravity. Verter had assured the ferns at the base would cushion their fall just as much but it was still nerve-wracking. Chomper grabbed for every crack or protrusion he could reach, breaths a bind in his chest.

“Are we…almost there?” he panted.

“Maybe.” Cera said, limping her foreleg to another crevice. “Just…keep climbing.”

“So…tired.”

A protrusion Chomper stepped on fell out from underfoot. He yelped as he slid down, claws scratching through the rock until he stopped and reoriented himself. It was scary and disheartening every time he slid down or nearly fell but he couldn’t give up. That cliff edge got closer. With exhaustion hollow in his bones, each scale felt like forever. Cera foreleg pulled up to a crevice but it slipped, sending a hidden rock sliding out. Cera wobbled as she fell back, leaning diagonally as her three other legs clung tightly to the rock, whoa’s climbing in pitch as her body wavered more and more. Chomper glanced at her in worry but she managed to throw her spare foreleg back into the crevice. She calmed her breathing, as though to wrestle her fear down. Then she stole herself and resumed climbing. Chomper followed after her, suddenly wondering why two kids were being forced to do a treacherous task like climb a cliff but he didn’t have the strength to pursue the thought.

With a last few grunts and gasps, Chomper pulled himself over the edge and Cera followed. They slumped together, tired, just wanting to give their muscles some measure of rest. For a few blissful seconds, they got that, spacing out with the relief of not moving. Then Verter’s feet marched over.

“Good job.” Verter said. “Now onto running.”

Cera looked up, incredulous. “W-what?!”

“No time like the present,” he commented. He chewed some lush round leaves with an energetic grind and he swallowed them, looking refreshed. “We need to pack as much training in the day as we can.”

“But we just got here,” she protested. “We’re tired. I don’t feel like I can take another step.”

“Nope, have to keep going.”

“Seriously.” Cera glared. “We’re – too – tired – to move. Give us our rest and we’ll be right with you.”

Verter gave a look. “I thought you said you could handle this training.”

“Not with you barely giving us any time to rest. If we were any more tired, we would have fallen off that dang wall. If we do the next thing you want, we’d probably screw it up.”

Chomper hesitated, glancing between them. Cera had a hard glare about her. He didn’t want her and Verter to be fighting, but he was too exhausted to think of what could be said to calm them down.

Verter frowned. “It’s just the kind of harsh training us threehorns are used to. We might be exhausted during a crises situation, so you need to know how to react in that state.”

“Shouldn’t we train how to do that when we’re not tired first?” Cera asked. “It’s kind of hard to do it tired when we’re too tired to know what we’re doing in the first place!”

“Keep your voice down!” Verter said hastily, glancing around. Was it just Chomper’s imagination or was he doing that a lot lately?

“Why should I?” she asked. “Should you be training kids this hard? We might get hurt at this rate. Tria was right, there is some serious risk here.”

Verter was annoyed. “And you listen to whatever she says?”

“She has some good ideas.” Cera said. “If you continue acting like this, I’m going to have to ask my parents if this kind of training is safe for us kids.”

“What?” his mouth fell open. “Now, you don’t need to go that far.”

“Why are you so hesitant? You seem okay with telling them some of what we’re doing,” she said. “I don’t want to kick up a fuss but if I’m too tired to think, I’m going to kick up one.”

Chomper looked from Cera and Verter as each of them spoke, touching his chin as he tried to follow the conversation. Two flyers passed by low, talking amongst themselves, only giving them a look as they flew on. For some reason, that further agitated Verter.

“But this could interrupt the flow of training,” he protested. “In order to be ready at any moment, we can’t delay or be distracted. If your parents get the wrong impression, they might stop the training. With this killer around, do you want to risk that?”

“That’s-” Cera hesitated. “If it’s better than getting hurt, then we have to take it. We’re being rundown. If you don’t slow down the pace, we might have to step back a bit.”

“Cera, really.” Verter said. “Do you feel the same way, Chomper?”

Chomper hesitated. “Cera has a point. I want to get better, but to get hurt like Tria said – I don’t think that would be worth it.”

There was a long silence. Chomper and Cera met Verter’s gaze, uncertain or defiant, but both at the end of their rope. Verter watched them, at a loss. He turned to look around at the valley scenery, gaze unfocused as though debating with himself.

“Right,” he said, voice turning brisk. “I hear you. Follow me. I know just what to do.”

“I told you, we’re tired.” Cera said.
 
“But I know the perfect place to take a break. I want to make up with you. Come on. It’s a bit of a walk but I know you’ll like it.”

“Well…”

Verter turned, expression pleading and Cera became uncertain. Pressing a foreleg to her chest, she exchanged looks with Chomper. If Verter really did know a good place to rest and wanted to makeup, they might as well give him a chance. Sighing, the pair pushed themselves up.

“Fine.” Cera said. “Show us this wonderful place.”

Verter turned and walked up the Great Wall. Taking a second or two to compose themselves, Chomper and Cera followed.

Despite the brief rest, they were still tired. Chomper’s barely had the energy to put one foot in front of the other. Uncertainty lay in his gut. He felt guilty for disagreeing with Verter after all the threehorn did to support him, but his instincts told him Cera was right. They were being rundown. Even at their harshest, his parents didn’t push him through this much so quickly. Still, Verter looked contrite about what he was doing. Maybe this rest place would be good and they could resume training on the right foot. He hoped the place was a nice meadow of grass, the kind that was soothing to lay down and nap on. With how tired he was, he could almost imagine the soft green blades, stirring in a gentle breeze.

He was so tired, it took some seconds for him to realize the green he was seeing was actually from the crisscross of vines hanging from the ceiling of the cave they were walking though.

“Wait, where are we going?” Cera asked.

“To our rest place.” Verter said.

Verter stopped and Chomper and Cera slowed not far from his tail. Chomper frowned as he looked around and took a sniff.

“But this cave leads right to the Mysterious Beyond,” he said. “Why would our rest place be-?”

Smack! Cera cried out and Chomper whirled around just in time to see her crumble to the ground. He looked about wildly for what attacked her but he didn’t notice the tail tip descending toward him until it was too late.

With another smack, Chomper let out a whimper and fell beside Cera. Verter stood there. For a moment, he didn’t acknowledge the unconscious forms behind him. Then he let out a long, low sigh.

Next time…

Part 2

17
LBT Fanfiction / Re: We Will Hold On Forever
« on: September 30, 2018, 12:24:10 AM »
@Sovereign Thank you for the review. Sorry for the slow pace. Originally, we were going to get to the action much faster but I realized that meant certain events would happen in an odd, rushed manner.

Originally, Cera was a bit more open about how she views her past but I thought it might be too honest for her, so I cut it down. It gave the pair an opportunity to bond a bit, especially as they haven’t had much time to directly talk with each other in these past chapters. I’m glad you like the confrontation with Ducky’s siblings. I had that conflict, so I thought I might as well have a scene showing it.

Yeah, it is of note that the ghosts haven’t been showing up for a while. That was intentional but I kind of forgot for characters to point it out. I should rectify that in the next chapters.

@rhombus I appreciate the review. Chomper likes Verter and with his issues, wants to put himself into the training, so I had to pace any doubt in a slower manner. I did want to follow up the talk about Spike and his aversion to adventure with some action and what better way than some misinterpreted talk about games and adventure. As I said above, I’ll try to fiddle with the ghost issue more.

18
LBT Fanfiction / Re: We Will Hold On Forever
« on: September 16, 2018, 12:17:41 PM »
FF.net Link:  https://www.fanfiction.net/s/12535668/14/We-Will-Hold-On-Forever

--

We Will Hold On Forever

by

DaveTheAnalyzer

Chapter 14: New Routines Part 2

Chomper and Cera gazed up at the hill, mouths open with dread.

“We’re going to climb that?” Cera asked.

Verter smiled and waved ahead. After doing more rounds of jogging and stretching, he announced he was going to take them elsewhere for a new training session. They were so tired, so relieved to be back among the more lush parts of the valley, they didn’t put much thought to where they were going beyond maybe to another of the fighting grounds before he steered them to a rightly direction and they came upon this land feature.

The hill was high. There were grooves straddling up and terminating at smoothed out parts, mini ledges, and small protrusions. It was steep, so steep that it might as well be a cliff. Up top, there was a hint of grass and beyond that Chomper could smell the freshness of a small collection of trees. To their right, a green-patched path slithered down to ground level, where land-based dinosaurs could have an easier access to the bounty up there but Chomper had a feeling they wouldn’t be taking that route.

“This will be good for navigating rough terrain.” Verter said. “We’ll see how well you climb first before we get you pushing stuff up it.”

“Pushing stuff?” Chomper squeaked. “I thought you said we weren’t going to push any things up hills.”

“I said I wasn’t going to make you push boulders up hills.” Verter said. “There might be a milder version of that practice but let’s not concentrate on that now. Get climbing.”

“Climb? Up there.” Cera looked up anxiously. “Uh…”

Verter smiled slyly. “Are you saying you can’t handle it?”

“Of course not! It’s just, um – safety reasons. This is a rather high climb. If we fall, we would get hurt and that could get in the way of training.”

There was silence. Cera couldn’t help her anxiety over the risks. She had never liked heights, something in her instincts always revolting whenever she got near a high place. This was not helped when a pair of sprinters walked by and she heard one of them say, “Is that threehorn really thinking of making those kids climb a cliff?” Chomper glanced back after them but she stared ahead, trying to put the words out of her mind. 

Verter acted as though there had been no passersby. “Good point. I picked this spot for that reason. See the tall grass around there? It can soften any fall. I’ll be standing right here to catch you if worst comes to worst. Don’t worry, there are a lot more paw-holds than it looks. I’m sure you’ll be able to get to the top.”

“Okay.” Chomper looked up uncertainly. “I do like going high places. But I don’t see how this is going to help since we won’t be able to climb as much when we grow up.”

“Yeah.” Cera said. “You don’t see threehorns doing climbing competitions.”

Verter laughed. “If we could, we totally would. But while you’re still children, improving how you climb will be advantageous. In your adventures, you might need to escape a threat or access new routes through climbing. This exercise will help you with that. At least it would help you deal with that fear so it won’t get in the way in a crises situation.”

“Well…” Cera titled her head, Verter’s amusement at her joke easing her. “Oh, okay. Where do we begin climbing?”

Verter indicated to a spot and Cera and Chomper walked there, going through tall grass that was actually nice to the touch. Exchanging some uncertain glances, they looked for some handholds in the hill and began to climb.

Chomper would have liked to think it wasn’t as hard as he thought but that wasn’t the case. To start, he had to jump to reach the little crevice just about his head and scraped at the hill to get his toes into it. He dug his fingers into the rock, hauling himself so that he had both feet there. Then he looked up for the next handhold and strained his hand to it. Then the next handhold, and the next. He struggled to maintain even breathing as he ascended. It was challenging as suspected but he was able to do it. He now understood what his parents said once about hard tasks being more surmountable when actually working through them.

At least, that was what he thought until he didn’t dig his claws in enough at one ledge. Chomper yelped as he slid back, toe claws parting from the rock before he landed in the grass. It was as soft as Verter said and with how thick it was together, he felt little more than a distant ache. He shook himself.

“It’s alright, Chomper.” Verter said. “Keep going. Don’t let any mistakes discourage you.”

“R-right.” Chomper said.

He got back to the hill and resumed climbing, trying not to feel anything about seeing Cera far ahead. He could feel gravity pull on him. It was like he was challenging a force of nature and he felt that at any second, its weight would overcome him again. He tried not to hurry his pace to catch up with Cera. He looked around to ascertain his height, but that he hadn’t held on hard enough and the motion caused him to swing his place, making him woah until his body steadied. Then he took a deep breath and continued up. That wasn’t wise to do but at least he ascertained he got up ten feet. He heard a scream and, out of the top corner of his eye, he saw Cera miss a handhold and wobble before sliding down. She grabbed onto a paw-hold and adjusted her other legs to grip other spots, panting until she felt calm enough to continue. She gripped one protrusion or crack and then the other with her forelegs, grunts holding a nervous edge.

“You doing alright, Cera?” Chomper said.

“Managing,” her voice cracked. Her forepaw slipped on a crack and she yelped before throwing her forepaw back in. Then more measuredly. “Managing. This is far from the highest we climbed, no big deal.”

“Don’t talk too much.” Verter called. “Concentrate on climbing so you won’t fall.”

“Okay, okay.”

For nearly a minute, they put their focus on ascending from one crack or ledge to the next. A cool wind blew by, making him feel a thousand feet up. A handhold collapsed under Chomper’s claws and he yelled as he slid down until his foot caught a protrusion and he dug his claws into the earth. He panted before gazing around and finding some more handholds and starting up again.

This was more difficult than he thought. He had some climbing experience in the Mysterious Beyond and he and Cera did climb often on the gang’s adventures but most of the time, they were more perpendicular cliffs or at least had a lot of ledges where they could stand and rest. They rarely climbed such vertical land features, at least not tall ones and not without at least one other person to help push them up. He wondered if his parents would approve of this kind of training. They were tough in teaching him how to hunt, both for the physical dangers and in learning to swallow his reluctance about it, but would they have him climbing hills? They didn’t want to put him in too much danger but they would do anything to heighten his chance for survival. They would at least make sure it was safe. He could almost picture it now, his parents watching him ascend a cliff but heads hovering nearby, ready to catch him should he fall.

He shook the image from his mind. He was doing this kind of training so they wouldn’t have to be ready to catch him all the time. He had to be more independent, so he wouldn’t be a burden to anyone. Even as Chomper tried to concentrate on climbing one nook at a time, a part of his mind lingered on the motivations of another person.

“Cera,” he said lowly, “why did you decide to do this training?”

“What?” Cera huffed. “Don’t distract me. Didn’t your precious Verter say not to talk?”

“Hey, we can talk quietly.” Chomper said, annoyed. He glanced down and was relieved Verter appeared distracted by a few dinosaurs passing by. “As long as we concentrate, I’m sure we’ll be fine. Besides, I’m curious.”

Cera didn’t say anything for a moment, the click of each climbing movement filling the silence. “I just want to do something.” A crack echoed out as she got up to another paw-hold. “Just standing around being sad wasn’t going to help.”

“I get that.” Chomper panted as he pulled himself up to a rather narrow ledge. “This does mean we don’t have too think much about what happened.” 

“I’m not here to avoid my feelings.” Cera said quickly. “I just – this give me something useful to do.”

“Hey, you’re plenty useful Cera. You do so much on our adventures, ramming rocks or pushing us onto higher places. Even when you’re being snarky, you’re a good friend in a pinch.”

“…would you say that if you met me around the time my friends did?”

Chomper glanced at her. Cera ascended the hill with a down look. Verter had apparently finished with the passersby and stepped closer to the hill, head held as though to catch either of them should they fall.

“I’m not a nice person.” Cera continued. “You know how prickly I was with you the first two times we met. Even now, I still like winding you up.”

“Cera, you’re not that bad.” Chomper said, puzzled. “Sure, you can be annoying but that doesn’t stop me from liking you.”

“You don’t get it. I was much worse when I met my friends. I was so prideful and boastful about my accomplishments, yet turned tail at the slightest danger. I got into loads of fights with Littlefoot and the others on the journey to the valley, and I didn’t care at all about their feelings. More than once, I even almost-”

Cera’s voice cracked. Verter’s figure glanced back up briefly before his eyes settled on the piece of hill ahead of him.

“Oh.” Chomper paused. “Me and Ruby kind of gathered something like that with what you guys said about your adventures. But you’re much better now, Cera. You haven’t been that way for a while.”

“But I can still get that way. Remember when we tried to rescue Littlefoot’s dad from the Fire Mountain?” Cera took a deep breath. “At least with this – maybe the training can help me work on my fear. And I can be there when it matt-”

Cera slipped on a loose rock. She yelled as she started skidding down the hill. Chomper watched, startled. Her distancing figure scraped her forefeet at the hill to get a grip on something, anything, falling quite far. A quarter of the way to the ground, she grabbed for a small ledge and stopped her descent. She hung there, reorienting herself, before her other feet padded out and she climbed back up again. Her ascent was slow and it took a while for her to be close enough to see her face but when he did, he saw her mood was low. She appeared a bit surprised to see Chomper still hanging there and a look of guilt came in as she closed the distance, having a hard time making eye contact.

“I’m really screwing things up.” Cera muttered.

“Hey, don’t be like that.” Chomper said. “I’m struggling too. At least we’re in this together.”

“Knowing someone else is also suffering isn’t exactly reassuring but…thanks.”

They were three-quarters up the hill. Below, Chomper glimpsed Verter shifting position as he glanced up. Chomper was a bit happy Cera appreciated his thought but how she had been talking bothered him.

“If you’re so interested in improving, why are you suspicious of Verter?” he asked. “With what you mentioned earlier…what could make you say that?”

“I don’t know. Maybe it’s just what our friends said yesterday is eating at me.” Cera said. “I don’t exactly believe it – but it’s strange how much he pays attention to you. Don’t you find it kind of creepy?”

“Maybe he’s just amazed he’s training a sharptooth.” Chomper said. “He’s used to other threehorns but training someone who’s usually the enemy’s pretty weird. I think that would make many people excited.”

“Maybe,” she said. “I don’t know how to explain it either. It’s just, for some reason, it bothers me…”

Silence. Verter bent his head to eat at some greens on a hill-mounted bush. Chomper gave her a considering look.

“Is this because you’re jealous of the attention he gave me?” he asked.

“No,” she said quickly. “I mean, it was annoying but this is completely different.”

“So it’s the weird thing? If we think everyone weird is suspicious, then we wouldn’t have any friends.” Chomper chuckled. “Hey, I wouldn’t have any friends. Not everyone’s perfect, but that doesn’t mean anything bad. I do think it’s better he’s trying to make up and give us more equal training. Especially since you live here and, um,” he coughed awkwardly, “it would be better if someone who’ll stay here longer knows how to defend our friends.”

“What? Oh…yeah.” Cera tone became quiet. “I will get more training opportunities with my parents. I just hope this one delivers...”

Chomper glanced at Cera questioningly, but his hand nearly missed the next ledge, and he had to scramble to not slide down. He continued climbing but his mind lingered on Cera’s doubts. He had a hard time believing them. Really, he found Verter’s attention a bit flattering; it indicated the threehorn saw potential in him. Still, now that Chomper looked back on it, he did notice how beadily Verter had been watching him while instructing them. It was a bit weird but he probably just enjoyed the novelty of teaching a sharptooth. Besides, Cera always doubted things. He liked her but he had to admit she wasn’t often right about things. Still, if even she admitted she found these doubts weird, what did that say about them? He shoved those thoughts aside and focused on the training, not wanting any distractions.

After minutes that stretched into forever, his claws dug into grass and he and Cera pulled themselves onto land, crawling from the ledge before collapsing, breaths heaving. In that instant, Chomper wanted to curl up and take a nap but his stomach growled, announcing it had been awhile since he ate. He glanced around uncertainly but Cera was already staring ahead.

“Food, at last.”

She pushed herself up to get to the small tree collection in front of them and Chomper scrambled to follow. He learned from his cold times of foraging that where there were plants, there was usually grub. Cera was already chomping on a bush, struggling not to swallow a long leaf whole to sate her. Sniffing about, it didn’t take him long to find some bugs near the dirt and hidden in trees, and he munched enthusiastically, grateful to feel like something other than exhausted rubber. A brightness was returning to Cera’s eyes. The air was filled with the sound of gnashing teeth and rustled plants but no sooner were they recovering did Verter jog in.

“Good job, you two,” he said. “There could be some improvements but we can work on that. Time to move along.”

Cera and Chomper looked at them with a mouthful of greens and bug parts, surprised.

“Ohredy?” Cera said, muffled. She swallowed. “I mean, already? We just got here.”

“We can’t take breaks on a whim.” Verter said. “They need to be regimented to compliment the training.” Upon their crestfallen looks, he continued. “You do want to catch up with this killer right? This is the hard work that comes with progress.”

“R-right.” Chomper swallowed the last of his bugs.

Cera chewed up the last of the leaves she gathered, muttering. “My stomach was feeling full anyway.”

They joined Verter in walking down the grass path to the ground, struggling to keep up with his hurried pace. He almost missed Verter muttering under his breath.

“…the nerve. If someone acts…rumors…”

“What was that?” Cera asked.

“Oh, nothing.” Verter said, shaking himself. “I’ve been traveling alone a lot, so I’ve gotten into the habit of talking to myself.”

Cera gave him a look but didn’t appear surprised. Chomper checked the bright circle’s position.

“Maybe we could rest with our friends when the day’s over,” he said.

“I’m afraid friend reunions will have to be skipped for today.” Verter said.

Cera and Chomper nearly tripped over their feet, glancing at him in shock.

“What?” Cera said. “Why?”

“With a killer around, we need to train as much as we can.” Verter was staring ahead. “It wouldn’t be productive to take up the limited time we have with side activities, right?”

“Oh.” Chomper slumped. “I – I guess that makes sense.”

Cera grumbled under her breath, glaring at the ground. Chomper tried not to let this bring down his spirits. He and Cera spent nearly every day with their friends, there should be no harm in spending a few away from them, especially if it was to train to protect them, right? Trying to make this a positive thought, he followed Verter and Cera to whatever the next part of training was.

--

Laughter echoed in the river. The swimmer family was enjoying a nice afternoon playing a game of dodge-splash. The brothers and sisters were divided up into teams, throwing and kicking water at each other. Mama Swimmer hovered, acting as a referee and alternating between cheering for each team. At the moment, the left team looked a bit more winded, cringing from the onslaught of the right team, but from the giggles and whoops everyone was having fun regardless.

“Hey, is this a private game or can anyone join?”

The two teams looked over and cheers went up as Ducky and Spike walked in to the water.

“There you are!” Bill said. “We were wondering if you two would show up!”

“Finally pulled yourselves away from that spiketail?” Eda asked.

Ducky forced a smile. “You could say that. Anyway, let’s play!”

There were cheers as Ducky walked over to the left team and Spike to the right team. Spike generated particular excitement, the right team chanting, “Spike! Spike! Spike! Spike!” as he made a show of stomping through the water, growling ominously. Ducky laughed as Spike’s façade broke with a big smile when he reached the front and sent a big wave splashing onto the left team.

There were squeals and the splashes resumed with greater vigor. Ducky smiled mischievously and threw water at Spike, her brother gasping and ducking down to avoid it. But in the process, his teammates cried out in dismay as his body splashed water on them. It was dubious if Spike had dodged Ducky’s splash at all.

But the right team recovered and retaliated with force. Ducky’s team jumped and dashed as they attempted to avoid being splashed. Bill jerked and leapt around the flying liquid, having long become an expert at this game. Bitty screamed and hopped about, getting sent off her feet with one strong splash. Ducky managed to stay standing but she had been splashed over a dozen times in her vain attempts to dodge. She didn’t care, laughing as she shook some of the water off her.

“Come on guys, we are supposed to splash back!” she told her team. “Let’s give them what they gave us!”

She dodged a splash and kicked a wave to the nearest right team member, Eda, who paused in the midst of her own wave sending to roll out of the way. This rallied Ducky’s teammates enough to really splash back and despite Spike’s presence on the other team, the tide turned. Spike stopped kicking water in favor of crouching and jerking to dodge splashes aimed at him. Riv tried to keep up but his face got hit once, twice, three times and he fell back, sputtering as he covered his head. Eda lasted the longest, ducking expertly as she kicked and threw water but eventually she squealed and giggled like the rest of her teammates as they got overwhelmed. Shaking water out of her eyes, Eda called out.

“Alright, you win! Mercy, mercy!”

Chuckling, Mama Swimmer clapped her hands and the splashing calmed, everyone panting but smiling. Wiping water off herself, Eda looked around and smiled at Ducky and Spike.

“Wow, that was a fun game you two,” she said.

“Yeah.” Riv said. “You really went all out.”

“Things are more fun when you two are around.” Bitty agreed.

The other siblings chimed in with nods and compliments. Mama Swimmer smiled down warmly. Spike laughed, leaning into himself bashfully as the others gave him congratulatory pats. Looking around, Ducky raised herself proudly.

“Well, we have our friends to thank. We come up with a lot of ways to have fun together, we do, we do. It only makes sense to take what we learn with them to our family.”

Bill nodded thoughtfully. “You sure like having fun with those friends. Since you’re with them all day, it makes sense you need to find new ways to have fun.”

“I do not know if it is time or anything like that,” Ducky admitted. “We just have really good friends that can make anything fun. We had a good game of pointy seed bowling yesterday. Oh, I cannot wait to see what fun we will have when we meet with them today. Maybe we can jump over Patty’s tail like Littlefoot said before.”

Bill smiled. “Well, have a good time. Jumping over a longneck’s tail…that’ll be fun to hear about.”

“You can also be part of that fun if you want.”

The murmurs and splashing of adjusting feet quieted. Ducky became very aware of the eyes staring at her and Spike.

“Us?” Eda said. “Joining your friends?”

“Right.” Ducky said. “I mean, Bill said it sounds like fun. Why not see if it really is.”

She looked hopefully at her hatch-mates: Eda, Bill, Loch and Fussy. They often agreed on how to be silly, and had enthusiastically welcomed Spike into the family when they arrived to the valley. With the two sets of siblings since, they were often a united front in organizing the chaos family get-togethers can become. But they were having a hard time meeting her eye.

“That – that does sound interesting.” Loch murmured. 

Fussy nodded. “Yeah. It’s…it’s nice you asked us.”

Silence. Mama Swimmer watched with concern.

“Ducky and Spike are always coming home with stories of their fun with their friends,” she said encouragingly. “I wouldn’t mind if any of you joined them.”

But there were still averted gazes. Spike walked carefully around his siblings, looking around and baying before standing next to Ducky. She didn’t like how supportive his presence was. She stared at her hatch-mates as they looked nervous, something in her twisting.

“It would be fun!” she said. “It would. Can you not at least try?”

“We’re not saying it won’t be fun.” Fussy said quickly. “Just…”

“It is about my friends, right?”

No one said anything but they didn’t really need to.

“Why?” Ducky looked around. “I know you are scared with what we get into but it does not happen all the time. I wish you would just try.”

“Well, we…” Riv scratched his face. “Why are you bringing this up again? I thought you were okay with us being with different people.”

“It is just-” Ducky put a finger to her lip. “I have fun with my friends. I also have fun with you guys. I thought if everyone were together, we would have double the fun.”

Spike nodded, baying with emphasis. Ducky stared hopefully at her siblings but they looked only more anxious. Eda sighed and stepped up.

“Everyone has different kinds of fun, Ducky,” she said. “Not all of it will fit everyone.”

“I am confused.” Ducky said. “I thought we all like having the same kinds of games – tag, swimmer and splasher, being really silly. My friends love those, so will you not have fun with each other?”

“Maybe.” Bitty hesitated. “We are more different than you think. You guys going all over the place for your fun, it does not click with us.”

“Oh, come on!” Ducky threw her hands up. “How do you know if you will not try?”

“Ducky has a point.” Mama Swimmer said. “Her and Spike’s friends might get into trouble occasionally but they’re really sweet. It would be nice to try once.”

“We haven’t decided anything like that, Mama.” Riv said. “Don’t force us.”

“Is now a great time to do that?” Osber asked. “There’s a killer around.”

“That would be too scary without Mama around.” Shean said.

“I didn’t say to try anything right away.” Mama Swimmer said quickly. "Just-”

She fell silent as there were moans and head shakes, her resolve faltering at the sight of their anxiety. Ducky’s stomach sank at the sight of Bitty fidgeting and shaking her head hard. She had been Ducky’s favorite of the batch and that she and all the others of the second batch didn’t want to try was hard for her.

“Maybe – maybe we can try after the killer is gone.” Ducky said weakly. “Or, oh, have my friends stay with us until then. That would be easier.”

“That is a good idea, Ducky.” Mama Swimmer said. “I would be more than willing to watch over them.”

“We can try that.” Fussy said reluctantly. “But don’t expect it to work out.”

“Yeah, what if they attract danger to us?” Norkel said nervously.

“They will not!” Ducky said. “We are their friends, and we do not think we attract danger. Please, let’s do it. I am tired of having to choose between being with my family and friends.”

There was silence. Some of the brothers and sisters looked down guiltily or gave them sympathetic looks. Eda sighed.

 “Ducky, we love you but sometimes you can’t hang out with everyone,” she said. “There are still brothers and sisters here I don’t know well. Not because they are bad or anything, but because we’re different.”

“Yeah.” Bill said. “That’s life.”

Ducky’s brothers and sister’s nodded. Even the latest batch, who were only born a few cold times ago, were bobbing their heads in agreement. Ducky’s heart sank. That not even her youngest siblings were willing to agree with her made her feel really alone.

“It is not fair.” Ducky said. She slumped down. “Me and Spike always thought it would be nice if you would join our friends.”

“Is it something you both want?” Loch asked. “Because Spike looks rather surprised by that.”

Ducky started and looked. Spike hastily shook his head and tried to look supportive but he had hid his slight surprise at her statement a bit too late. It might have occurred to him but he had been content with things as they were. He did look sad, but more for her than the sibling-friends situation and he looked rather guilty about that.

“Now please be nicer to Ducky and Spike.” Mama Swimmer said. “I know this is all distressing but they just want to be with those they love.”

“We’re not trying to be not nice.” Fussy said. “It’s just,” she turned to Ducky, “you understand, right Ducky? We find joy in other places, with other friends. Can you accept that? I know that is kind of sad, since that means we won’t know everyone perfectly, but…”

That pronouncement caused the siblings to look down. As much as this caused tension, they loved being around each other. The thought they would always be distant with some caused great sadness. Ducky looked around in distress.

“Okay,” she said. “Okay. I will try not bother you about it again. Please, go back to playing. Me and Spike will go somewhere else.”

“Ducky…” Eda reached a hand out.

“It is okay!” Ducky said, a bit loudly. “Me and Spike just need to… be away. I need to think about this. I will see you guys later.”

With that, Ducky sloshed out of the river, Spike following. After a pause, splashes hesitantly picked back up behind them. Mama Swimmer sloshed after them.

“I’m sorry, Ducky, Spike,” she said. “I wish I could have helped more but there are some things you can’t force on others, particularly when there are so many kids to marshal.”

“Then why did you have so many of us in the first place?” Ducky flipped around, throwing her hands up. “With less kids, you would have been able to give us more attention.”

“Ducky!” Mama Swimmer reeled back.

Ducky instantly regretted it. She lowered her head. “I am sorry Mama. I did not mean to get angry.”

“Oh, Ducky.” Mama Swimmer relaxed, nuzzling her and Spike. “I know these past few days have been stressful for you both. I’m sorry I couldn’t attend to you more.”

“It is okay.” Ducky waved. “Go watch over our brothers and sisters. We will be fine.”

Mama Swimmer hesitated, but at a call from one of the boys, she got up and went to attend to her other children, that unsure expression still present. Ducky and Spike feet patted through grass, making a beeline for a clearing where spiketail plates could be seen over the bushes. Pushing through, they saw Tega resting, a piece of long-grass hanging from her mouth but otherwise apparently asleep. Hesitating, Ducky and Spike approached.

“So, how did it go?”

The pair stopped. Tega spoke but her eyes remained closed. Ducky fidgeted.

“Um, not too well,” she said. “Oh, it would have been nice if we could all be together.”

“Hmm. Thought this would happen.”

The tree crackled. Wincing, Tega opened her eyes and examined the pair calmly. They had been talking off and on about selfishness since Tega came around that day. Ducky and Spike got some points in their favor but Tega’s arguments were harder to crack. Ducky’s head had become swim-y. Her convictions about the goodness of people was still there but she found all of this so confusing. The latest interaction with her brothers and sisters didn’t help matters.

“Selfishness exists even in your family.” Tega continued. “With so many siblings, it’s only natural their interests wouldn’t align with yours, especially if there’s a hint of danger.”

“They were not mean about it.” Ducky defended.

“You’re insistent about not saying a bad word about them.” Tega observed. “Rather greedy about making sure everyone is happy, aren’t you?”

“Well, that is because it is not nice to make people sad. They tried to let me down gently.”

“They let you down gently because the harsh method would get a scolding from Mama. If they were actually selfless, wouldn’t they just come along? This test was rather illuminating, wasn’t it?”

Ducky squirmed. “I – I do not want to think of this as a test. I really did want them to.”

“People can have more than one purpose for their actions.” Tega looked at Ducky with an understanding that was uncomfortable. “Having to get all of those brats to agree on anything is such an inconvenience. Wouldn’t it be easier if they just…did what you say? Go along without question.” 

“What? Oh no, no, I do not want to force anyone to be what they are not, that is creepy.”

“Come on, the thought must have occurred to you. Same for you, Spike. Wouldn’t it be ever so nice to order your friends to go your way for once? More powerful people do that to others all the time. Heck, with the rumors flying about, a certain green dinosaur really likes to do it.”

“Huh? Who?” Ducky asked.

“You need to listen more.” Tega said. “Come on, don’t tell me you’re so noble you wouldn’t do it?”

Ducky and Spike stared at her. To override others for who they were just to get what you want was too horrible to contemplate. They liked their friends and family as they were, they didn’t want to rob them of their agency. After the argument though, Ducky didn’t like how a small part of her found it tempting…

With another crack from the tree, Tega’s gaze gained a brief nervous edge as she spat out her piece of grass and grabbed another piece to chew.

“Well, enough of that,” she commented. “Groups are just pains anyway. All this negotiating and giving and taking – even as an undisputed leader, you’d still have to take care of some of their needs. It would be better if everyone could just survive on their own.”

“Oh, that is not true!” Ducky said, now feeling like she was on firmer ground. “It would be so sad if we had no one to be with. I like having friends and family to be around, I do, I do!”

“You did not sound like you liked being with a big family a few seconds ago.” Tega said. “Do you and Spike enjoy having so many siblings?”

“Um.” Ducky winced. “It is not like that most of the time. We mostly have fun.”

Spike stepped forward, nodding defiantly. “Uh-huh.”

“Hmm?” Tega sounded amused. “Even so, with so many brothers and sisters around, it must be annoying to get pushed aside in the shuffle.”

“Uh…” Ducky shook her head. “It is not fun but…I do know it is good to have people around and I like having lots of family and friends with me.”

“Pah.” Tega looked away. “If you live alone, you wouldn’t have to deal with that drama. You can just survive and entertain yourself at your own pace. You would only have to stick with others out of brief mutual interest. That is the ideal.” She sighed. “Things would be so much simpler that way but instead everyone insists on sticking to their groups.”

“But dinosaurs do not stick together just because they like to.” Ducky said. “Surviving together is better. Not only because of the company, though that is enough.” Spike smiled, and she patted his neck. “If you are not alone, then you can always have someone there to help you when you need it.”

Tega shifted uncomfortably. “That – it is a challenge to survive alone but if you are quick and hardy, then it’s possible.”

“Even if you are, you still might get into trouble. You might not know enough or think fast enough, so having a friend to talk out a solution with is very helpful, it is, it is.”

“I heard of that argument.” Tega said shortly. “If you are smart enough, you do not need anyone. Other people get in the way.”

“But what if you are trapped somewhere and cannot see a way out? What if you are scared and find out you do not know what to do? It would be very hard to rescue yourself, right?”

“Um, I…”

Tega suddenly wasn’t so laidback and confident. She licked her lips and looked around nervously. Concerned, Ducky stepped forward.

“Tega?”

There was another crackle from the nearby tree. Tega surged to her feet, eyes darting about, breaths quick and shallow.

“Tega, what is wrong?” Ducky asked. “Tega, it is alright! That is just the tree making its funny sounds, you do not need to be scared!”

Spike walked over to Ducky, bays sharp but soothing. Tega continued to pant but she glanced around and took some gulps of air, attempting to school calm back into her voice.

“Right. Just the tree. There is no danger around.”

“We told you that tree liked to make crackling sounds.” Ducky said. “Why did you not listen?”

Before Tega could respond, there was a rustle from the bushes. Mama Swimmer peaked through.

“Everything alright back here?” she asked.

“Yes, Mama.” Ducky turned, putting her hands behind her back. “Just a bit of a scare, but no big deal.”

“Hmm.” Mama Swimmer’s eyes searched the clearing, Tega’s indifferent expression already back in place. Sighing, she turned her head. “Well, it’s almost time for you to meet your friends. Normally, I would escort you there, but your brothers and sisters didn’t like being dragged across the valley last time, so as a compromise…I think Tega should do it.”

“Wait, Tega?” Ducky said.

Spike’s “eh?” echoed Ducky’s tone, the pair turning to look at Tega in wonderment. Tega met Mama Swimmer’s eyes, chewing her grass calmly

“Yes, I know.” Mama Swimmer said. “I wouldn’t ordinarily approve but with how cooperative she has been with looking after you, I feel comfortable enough to make the choice. Your conversations with my children don’t exactly make me happy but at least you keep them occupied after what happened yesterday. Maybe you changed or those rumors have been exaggerated. At any rate, I would appreciate if you took up the task.”

“What an honor.” Tega droned. She shrugged. “It seems simple enough to drag a couple of spawn across the valley.”

“I don’t feel that comfortable.” Mama Swimmer gazed sternly. “You have to be with them until you arrive to Patty’s. If there are any dangers, I expect you to get them away as quickly as possible. I do not want them to get hurt under your watch.”

“Yeah, yeah, I already heard it from that old longneck.” Tega said. “Don’t I look strong enough to carry a young bigmouth and spiketail away?”

“Just don’t slack off.” Mama Swimmer’s eyes softened as she gazed at Ducky and Spike. “I’ll see you before the bright circle comes down. Have fun with your friends.”

“We will, Mama!” Ducky waved.

Spike gave a grateful call. Mama Swimmer waved before returning to her other children. Stretching her legs, Tega spat her piece of grass out.

“Well, let’s not waste time. Let’s go.”

She began moving. Ducky and Spike scrambled to follow, moving out of the shade into the sunlight now leaning in a westerly direction. They walked away from the river and the trees that lined that area, only a few collections of vegetation around their path. They passed quite close to dinosaurs as they walked along, their stances alert as one whispered to his companion.

“…is suspicious, right?”

“Yeah. Maybe he’ll use them for his kind’s rivalries.”

Ducky looked around but the speakers were already out of hearing range. Confused, she turned her mind to more immediate matters. She caught Spike’s eye before their gaze drifted to their escort. Tega’s expression of lazy indifference hadn’t changed but there was something ever-so-slightly troubled in the tilt of her mouth that moved Ducky to reach out.

“Are you okay, Tega?” Ducky asked.

“Fine.” Tega said, eyes still ahead

“Are you sure? I mean, you really jumped back there.”

“Fine.”

“But that scare was not ordinary, it was like you were really-”

“I’m fine!” Tega snapped. “Just stop. I only want to get this duty over with, okay!” More softly, she said. “I’m fine. Really.”

Ducky reeled back, staring at Tega but the spiketail continued walking. Ducky opened her mouth but Spike nudged her and shook his head. Prodding her more wouldn’t work and probably only further upset her. Ducky nodded, looking down. Maybe it was best to give her space. Whatever Tega’s fears were about, Ducky felt sad she might have exasperated them and couldn’t help her right now.

They were somewhat relieved when Patty and most of their friends at last came into view. Littlefoot, Petrie, and Ruby were sitting next to each other, Littlefoot straining to think as Ruby apparently bombarded him with questions.

“…you ask your grandparents?” Ruby was asking. “It sounds like they might have more things to know about how longnecks do things.”

“I’ll try but they’re kind of busy.” Littlefoot replied. “You know what they’re trying to do with this killer.”

Ruby nodded, a bit disappointed. Petrie looked between them, a bit lost but perked up when Ducky and Spike smiled and waved at them. They stuck with Tega as she stopped in front of Patty.

“Here.” Tega said. “Your responsibility. Don’t lose them or anything.”

“Thanks.” Patty frowned.

Tega turned and lumbered away, without so much as looking back. Ducky and Spike closed the distance with their friends, who watched the departing spiketail with surprise.

“What was that about?” Ruby asked.

“I do not know.” Ducky said. “She is not much of a talking person but she has been acting strange ever since a tree scared her with its crackling sounds.”

Ruby frowned but glanced to the side. “Littlefoot?”

Littlefoot was staring at where Tega left. “She was there.”

“What?” Ducky said. “You mean near the tunnel? We all saw her.”

“No, I mean, she was there when Hyp’s mother was, um,” Littlefoot averted his gaze, “discovered. She was among the dinosaurs grazing and relaxing nearby.”

Ducky blinked and glanced at where she last saw Tega, the others doing the same.

“That is strange.” Ruby murmured. “But bumping into the same person two days in a row in the valley isn’t that strange right?”

“Maybe.” Littlefoot frowned. “It’s just weird to remember seeing someone so blasé get really scared about seeing a ghost…”

In the silence that followed, Patty raised her head and gave their surroundings another sweep, troubled. “Cera and Chomper aren’t here yet. Should we start the game?”

“Huh?” Littlefoot shook his head. “Oh, right. From what I heard, Verter might be training them even more today.” He tried to ignore how Patty’s frown deepened. “It would be bad to leave them in the lurch but I don’t want to delay this game so much the bright circle’s out of the sky and we have to go home again.”

“What game are you talking about?” Ducky asked.

“We thinking about doing hide and seek in the Secret Caverns.” Petrie explained. “The hiders explore a place to hide and seekers explore to find the hiders. It fun.”

Ducky clasped her hands. “Oh, that does sound like fun, it does, it does!”

Ruby chuckled. “We explored the Secret Caverns before but this would add an exciting element to that exploration. It would be kind of like an adventure.”

Petrie nodded rapidly. “Me can’t believe it but me like that.”
 
“Me too.” Littlefoot chuckled. “Oh, it feels like forever since we had one of those. Who knows what we might find in there? I can’t wait. Let’s go.”

There were nods and cries of agreement, their excitement contagious. Spike was halfway through bobbing his head eagerly when a thought occurred to him. He frowned, and the more he turned something over in his mind, the deeper his frown became. At length, he sat on his haunches and turned his head away, uttering a negative “eh.” The others turned to him, the celebratory mood faltering.

“What is it, Spike?” Littlefoot asked.

Spike glanced at Littlefoot, that long neck tilted with concern. He looked away, haunches digging into the earth.

“He’s not going to move. Why won’t you move Spike?” Ruby asked.

“Do – do you no want to go with us?” Petrie said, tone trembling. “What we do wrong?”

Spike winced. He cast a guilty glance but forced himself to look away again. Touching her lips as she looked at her brother, Ducky’s eyes widened.

“Oh, Spike got turned off when we said adventure,” she explained. “He does not like them anymore, oh no, no, no.”

“Does not like them?” Littlefoot repeated. “What do you mean?”

“I mean he is getting tired of them. We always pull him away from the relaxing life to go explore places that are sometimes dangerous and need lots of running. He finds that scary, he does, he does.”

“Really?” Ruby looked at Spike. “Now that I think about it, it makes sense.”

Petrie nodded. “Me do see him annoyed in our adventures but me did not think too much about it…” He fidgeted guiltily.

“Me neither. We don’t mean to get into trouble but it is what often happens when we go on an adventure.” Littlefoot stepped closer. “I’m sorry, Spike. We must be really insufferable to drag you all over the place. But you don’t need to worry. We’re just going to play in the Secret Caverns and look at some shiny rocks. We won’t be looking for any danger. I even picked the place because it would be safe from the killer. I swear, at the first sign of trouble, we’ll run straight to Patty, who’ll be guarding outside. After everything that happened the last few days, I just want us all to have fun.”

Spike slowly raised his gaze. Littlefoot’s face was contrite and understanding. After a moment, Spike smiled and gave him a big lick

“That’s the spirit.” Littlefoot laughed. “Be sure to stick to your goofball self while we hide and sneak around, okay?”

Spike nodded like a soldier to his general. Littlefoot shook his head and stepped ahead.

“Come on, let’s get to having some fun,” he continued.

“But what about Cera and Chomper?” Petrie asked. “How they find us if we not here?”

“Chomper could always use his sniffer to find us.” Ruby said reluctantly. “I do not like leaving them behind but if we’re to get to the Secret Caverns while there’s still time…”

“That’s the best we can do.” Littlefoot sighed. “We’ll show you the way, Patty.”

“Thanks.” Patty said. “That threehorn better give those two a break. Kids your age need a lot of rest.”

“I know,” he sighed again. He smiled. “But speaking of breaks, there’s some good treestars near the cave entrance. You can stand by and eat there. It’ll be a good break from me running you down.”

Patty chuckled. “You haven’t been running me down. But I’ll accept the chance for a breather. I am a bit famished.”

“A bit? I’ve barely seen you eat all day.” He shook his head. “You’re amazing, you know that? Well, this game should at least give you some time to fill your stomach.”

“Speaking of time,” Ruby cut in, “can I have some time to talk to Ducky, Spike, and Patty? I want to know some more about swimmers, spiketails, and longnecks.”

“Um, alright.” Ducky said, exchanging a bemused glance with Spike while Patty nodded.

Petrie flew over and put a hand on her shoulder. “No worry. She like this all day. She really want to hear how all kinds work.”

“Oh.” Ducky said. “Well, me and Spike have heard some strange things about how people talk about kinds?”

“What did you hear about?” Ruby asked, walking beside them.

Ducky started, putting her hands behind her. “Oh, nothing,” she said, a bit guilty for speaking behind Ruby’s back. “Just that someone will use someone else for their kind’s rivalries and that another someone really liking bossing others around. It is not much.”

Ruby touched her chin and even Petrie had a ponderous look on his face.

“You’re the latest person beside our friends to mention hearing strange rumors.” Ruby said. “No one has heard fully what these rumors are about, but they do worry people.”

“They always seem to be about the same person, though.” Petrie said. “Using someone for someone else…why that sound familiar?”

“But they are rumors.” Ducky said “The valley has said things that are not true before. They cannot be true now, right?”

Patty called out. “Are you three moving?”

“Huh?” Ruby said. “Oh, we’re moving, we’re moving.”

Hastily, the three caught up as Littlefoot led them onward, Patty casting a rumbling shadow over them. They laughed as Spike walked ahead in an exaggerated motion of his usual lopping walk, giving them a cheeky look that said, “Well, you asked for it.” Ducky giggled into her palm but a glance around showed Ruby and Petrie looking thoughtful. Ducky hadn’t expected what she overheard to cause them to have so much to think about. It was confusing, and slightly concerning. What was it about what she said that caused that flash of worry in their eyes?

--

Chomper curled on the cave floor. After Verter escorted him home, he had all but staggered his way in, collapsing onto his sleeping spot. He thought he would go to sleep right away but he stayed awake. After a full day of training, he was discovering it was possible to be too tired to fall asleep. He lay there, hoping the restless exhaustion in his bones would turn into the soothing tiredness that preceded blissful slumber…

Distantly, he heard the rumble of footsteps and Ruby’s voice near the entrance.

“Thanks for the escort and information, Patty! Night, friends!”

There were a patter that got closer and became tentative as it stopped behind him.

“Are you awake, Chomper?” Ruby said softly. “I hope you’re training went alright. I was wondering if we could talk and…”

She trailed off, tone hopeful. Chomper stirred, a pane of guilt in his gut.

“I – I can’t,” he mumbled. “I’m tired. Sorry, Ruby.”

“No, it’s fine.” Ruby touched the top of his head. “Let’s just get some rest.”

She walked over and settled on her sleeping spot. She was only around the corner, but in the silence, Chomper could feel the distance between them. He had heard Ruby bid his friends goodnight but had been unable to meet them. Just as might be the case the next few days. He shifted, trying to get comfortable. 

*This is worth it,* he thought. *This is worth it. Right?*

Next time…

The Next Fall Part 1

--

Note: I'll try to aim to post the next chapters for November or December. Classes have resumed, cutting two days out of my writing time, but I'll try to make them.

19
LBT Fanfiction / Re: We Will Hold On Forever
« on: September 16, 2018, 01:15:27 AM »
@rhombus I appreciate the review. I didn’t think of Verter and Mr. Threehorn’s argument in terms of threehorns but I can see that. Mr. Threehorn disengaging is more to show how he’s mellowed since settling in the valley and my story’s events have been grinding him down. Glad you like the other parts too.

As for sweating, I did pause to google about if dinosaurs sweated after you mentioned it but my skimming was inconclusive. I don’t know if I will change that line or previous mentions of sweat but I’ll make sure to edit it out of future chapters.

20
LBT Fanfiction / Re: We Will Hold On Forever
« on: September 11, 2018, 07:14:35 PM »
@Sovereign Thank you for the review. I’m glad these quiet chapters still hold your interest and my building of the mystery holds you. I find I enjoy writing those kinds of stories.  Don’t worry, the quiet time won’t last forever. We’re around halfway in arc 2. I worked hard to get that Topps and Verter exchange right, so I’m happy you like it. So much is going on there. Yeah, Patty’s theory is weird and I had my doubts but I then found a reason to put that exchange in here. Don is quite stubborn and though he knows some things, his views can skew the facts. I look forward to seeing what your reaction to the context of Don’s look of guilt is. Things will happen (Yeah, this totally isn’t an exercise in vagueness).

Pages: 1 2 3 ... 9